Nu 4th Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 1f595j

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

df

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Sangskrit

Four-Year B.A. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Sangskrit Session: 2013-2014

FOURTH YEAR Paper Code 241301 241303 241305 241307 241309 241311 241313 241315 241317 241318

Paper Title Sanskrit Grammar-2 Sanskrit Epic Purana and Philosophical Poem Post-Kalidasa Sanskrit Drama Sanskrit Ethical Poem Sanskrit Historical Poem Ancient Indian Politics Archaeology of Bengal Essay, Composition and Translation Viva-voce Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

Credit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title

241301

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

ms¯‹…Z e¨vKiY Ñ 2

Class Hours : 60 hrs. Exam Duration : 4 Hours

cvV¨ welq f‡ÆvwR`xw¶Z

:

wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x (AvZ¥‡bc` I ci‰¯§¤ú` weavb, mgvm, ¯¿xcÖZ¨q)

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ †`‡e›`ªKzgvi we`¨viZœ mvi`viÄb ivq mw”P`vb›` gy‡Lvcva¨vq A‡hva¨vbv_ mvb¨vj kv¯¿x kªxkP›`ª emy mZ¨bvivqY PµeZ©x w`jxc Kzgvi fÆvPvh©¨ jwjZ‡gvnb mvsL¨-†e`vš—Zx_©

Paper Code Paper Title

241303

cvwYwbi Aóva¨vqx wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x (KviK I mgvm) wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x cvwYbxq kãkv¯¿ f‡ÆvwR`xw¶‡Zi wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x (msÁv cÖKiY) êqvKiY wm×vš—‡KŠgy`x

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

ms¯‹…Z gnvKve¨


cvV¨ welq (K) Kvwj`vm (L) fwÆ

: :

iNyeskg& (mM© 1-3) fwÆKve¨g& (mM© 1-2)

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ cÖm~b emy (m¤úv) Kvwš— wc `Ë wegvbP›`ª fÆvPvh©¨ RvýexKzgvi PµeZ©x ax‡i›`ªbv_ e‡›`¨vcva¨vq d‡qRy‡bœmv †eMg

ms¯‹…Z mvwnZ¨m¤¢vi (LÊ- 4,10) Kvwj`vm iPbvmgMÖ ms¯‹…Z mvwn‡Zï iƒc‡iLv cÖvPxb fviZxq mvwnZ¨ I evOvjxi DËivwaKvi (2q LÊ) ms¯‹…Z mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm ms¯‹…Z mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm

CR Devadhar (ed.) AA Macdonell AB Keith Krishnamachariar SK De & SN Dasgupta

Works of Kalidasa (Vol. II) A History of Sanskrit Literature A History of Sanskrit Literature A History of Sanskrit Literature History of Sanskrit Literature


241305

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

cyivY I `vk©wbK Kve¨


cvV¨ welq (K) cyivY: kªxg™¢vMeZ (10g ¯‹Ü/1g-3q Aa¨vq; weòzcyivY (Z…Zxqvsk/7g-9g Aa¨vq) (L) `vk©wbK Kve¨: kªxg™¢Me˜MxZv (m¤ú~Y©, Z‡e Abyev` I e¨vL¨vi Rb¨ †Kej 2-4, 10 I 18 Aa¨vq) Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ cÂvbb ZK©iZœ (m¤úv) gnvbvgeªZ eªþPvix (m¤úv) myav emy Avh©kv¯¿ cÖKvwkZ A‡kvK P‡Ævcva¨vq ¯^vgx cÖZ¨MvZ¥vb›` mi¯^Zx RM`xkP›`ª †Nvl (m¤úv) gnvbvgeªZ eªþPvix G wm fw³‡e`vš— ¯^vgx

kªxg™¢vMeZg& fvMeZ (10g ¯‹Ü, 1g LÊ) fvMe‡Z kªxK…ò weòzcyivYg& cyivY cwiPq cyivY I weÁvb kªxg™¢Me˜MxZv MxZva¨vb kªxg™¢Me˜MxZv h_vh_

RC Hazra


Studies in the Puranic Records on Hindu Rites and Customs

241307

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

Kvwj`v‡mvËi ms¯‹…Z bvUK


cvV¨ welq (K) fef~wZ (L) fÆbvivqY

: :

DËiivgPwiZg& †eYxmsnvig&

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ mvi`viÄb ivq (m¤úv) mxZvbv_ AvPvh© (m¤úv) cÖm~b emy (m¤úv) d‡qRy‡bœmv †eMg mw”P`vb›` gy‡Lvcva¨vq mvab Kzgvi fÆvPvh©¨ `yM©vksKi gy‡Lvcva¨vq cwigj P‡Ævcva¨vq

DËiivgPwiZg& DËiivgPwiZg& ms¯‹…Z mvwnZ¨m¤¢vi (LÊ- 4) †eYxmsnvi bvUK mgx¶v fviZxq bvU¨‡e` I evsjv bvUK bvU¨ZË¡ gxgvsmv bvU¨ZË¡ wePvi ms¯‹…Z bvU¨cÖ‡qvM

GK Bhat AB Keith

Uttararamacarita Sanskrit Drama


241309

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

ms¯‹…Z bxwZKweZv


cvV¨ welq (K) PvYK¨ (L) fZ©„nwi

: :

bxwZ‡k−vKt bxwZkZKg&

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ mZ¨bvivqY PµeZ©x ˆPZvjx `Ë g‡nkP›`ª fviZxq `yjvj †fŠwgK (Ab~ I m¤úv) cÖm~b emy (m¤úv) h~w_Kv e‡›`¨vcva¨vq (Ab~ I m¤úv)


241311

PvYK¨-bxwZ-kv¯¿g& PvYK¨-msMÖn kªxfZ©„nwiweiwPZs bxwZkZKg& fZ©„nwii bxwZkZK ms¯‹…Z mvwnZ¨m¤¢vi (LÊ-16) kZKÎq

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

ms¯‹…Z HwZnvwmK Kve¨


cvV¨ welq (K) Kn¬Y (L) mÜ¨vKib›`x

: :

ivRZiw½Yx (1g I 7g Zi½) ivgPwiZg& (cÖ_g cwi‡”Q`)

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK Mš’ cÖm~b emy (m¤úv) gnvg‡nvcva¨vq nicÖmv` kv¯¿x (Ab~ I m¤úv) †R¨vwZ wek¦vm nijvj P‡Ævca¨vq (Aby)


241313

ms¯‹…Z mvwnZ¨m¤¢vi (LÊ-20,21,22,23,24) mÜ¨vKibw›`weiwPZg& ivgPwiZg& mÜ¨vKib›`xi ivgPwiZ : HwZnvwmK I mvgvwRK we‡k−lY iRZiw½bx

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

cÖvPxb fviZxq ivóªweÁvb


cvV¨ welq (K) e¨vm‡è (L) †KŠwUj¨ (M) gby Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’

: : :

gnvfviZg& (kvwš—ce©: 58-64 Aa¨vq) A_©kv¯¿g& (lôvwaKiY: 1g I 2q Aa¨vq, mßg AwaKiY: 1g I 7g Aa¨vq) gbymswnZv (7g Aa¨vq: ivRag©)

nwi`vm wm×vš—evMxk (Ab~ I m¤úv) KvjxcÖmbœ wmsn (Ab~ I m¤úv) ivav‡Mvwe›` emvK (Ab~ I m¤úv) gvb‡e›`y e‡›`¨vcva¨vq (Ab~ I m¤úv) cÂvbb ZK©iZœ (Ab~ I m¤úv) gyivwi‡gvnb †mbkv¯¿x (Ab~ I m¤úv) nx‡i›`ªbv_ `Ë


241315

gnvfviZg& gnvfviZ †KŠwUjxq A_©kv¯¿ †KŠwUjxqg& A_©kv¯¿g& gbymswnZv gbymswnZv gbyi eY©vkªg ag©

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

evsjvi cyivZË¡


cvV¨ welq cyivZ‡Ë¡i mvaviY aviYv I fviZxq cyivZË¡; evsjvi cyivZË¡; evsjvi cyivZvwË¡K ¯’vbmg~n †hgb gnv¯’vbMo, cvnvocyi, gqbvgwZ, Iqvix-e‡Uk¦i, Zvgªwjwß (ZgjyK), cvÊyqv, cvÊyivRvi wXwe, P›`ª‡KZzMo BZ¨vw` m¤ú‡K© Rvbv Ges Hme ¯’vb ågY Kiv| Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ wmivRyj Bmjvg (m¤úv) ivLvj`vm e‡›`¨vcva¨vq bxnviiÄb ivq i‡gkP›`ª gRyg`vi bvwRgDwÏb Avn¤§` mvab miKvi L›`Kvi gvngy`yj nvmvb †gvt †gvkvid †nv‡mb Av Kv †gvnv¤§` hvKvwiqv

evsjvwcwWqv ev½vjvi BwZnvm ev½vjxi BwZnvm (Avw` ce©) evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm (cÖvPxb hyM) gnv¯’vb, gqbvgwZ I cvnvocyi †eŠ× wk¶v I ¯’vcZ¨ fviZxq Dcgnv‡`‡ki mf¨Zv I cyivKxwZ© evsjv‡`‡ki bMi : D™¢e I weKvk evsjv‡`‡ki cÖZœm¤ú`

Asiatic Society of Bangladesh NK Dikshit NK Dikshit G Buhler

Sites in Bangladesh Paharpur Excavation at Mahasthangarh Indian Palaeography


241317

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

cÖeÜ, iPbv I Abyev`


cvV¨ welq (K) cÖeÜ iPbv (L) evsjv A_ev Bs‡iwR †_‡K ms¯‹…‡Z Abyev` (M) ms¯‹…Z †_‡K evsjv A_ev Bs‡iwR‡Z Abyev` (N) ms¯‹…‡Z fvem¤cÖmviY (O) ms¯‹…‡Z cÎ wjLb (P) ms¯‹…‡Z Aby‡”Q` iPbv

40 15 15 10 10 10

Aby‡gvw`Z mnvqK MÖš’ †hvMxivR emy kvwš— e‡›`¨vcva¨vq †Mv‡c›`y gy‡Lvcva¨vq wek¦eÜz fÆvPvh©¨ c~iex cvj kvwš— e‡›`¨vcva¨vq ˆg‡Îqx †èx wegvbP›`ª fÆvPvh©¨ Pµai AvPvh© RvýexKzgvi PµeZ©x my‡ikP›`ª e‡›`¨vcva¨vq ax‡i›`ªbv_ e‡›`¨vcva¨vq iv‡gk¦i kÕ w`jxc Kzgvi fÆvPvh©¨ d‡qRy‡bœmv †eMg `yjvj †fŠwgK Amxg miKvi Amxg miKvi †MŠixbv_ kv¯¿x

†e‡ì cwiPq êw`K mvwn‡Zï iƒc‡iLv êw`K mvwnZ¨ I ms¯‹…wZi iƒc‡iLv †e`v½ cwiPq †e` cwiµgv êw`K hy‡Mi hvMhÁ F‡M¦‡ì †èZv I gvbyl ms¯‹…Z mvwn‡Zï iƒc‡iLv ms¯‹…Z wbeÜ gÄylv cÖvPxb fviZxq mvwnZ¨ I evOvjxi DËivwaKvi (1g I 2q LÊ)

ms¯‹…Z mvwn‡Zï f~wgKv ms¯‹…Z mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm ms¯‹…Z I cÖvK…Z mvwnZ¨ Ñ mgvR‡PZbv I g~j¨vqb evsjv fvlvq ms¯‹…ZPP©v ms¯‹…Z mvwn‡Zï BwZnvm ms¯‹…Z bvU‡Ki BwZnvm ms¯‹…Z fvlv wk¶v ms¯‹…Z fvlvq iƒcvš—i cÖm‡½ A History of Vedic Literature A History of Sanskrit Literature A History of Indian Literature A History of Sanskrit Literature A History of Sanskrit Literature History of Sanskrit Literature

AA Macdonell Winternitz AB Keith Krishnamachariar SK De & SN Dasgupta


241318 Viva-voce

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Bangla

Four Year B.A Honours Course Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Bangla Session: 2013-2014

Fourth Year Paper Code 241001

241003 241005 241007 241009 241011 241013 241015 241017 241018

Paper Title History of Bangla Literature-3 (Development of Bangladeshi Literature Since 1947 to 2000) Bangla Novel-3 Western Literary Theores and Methods of Literary Criticism Bangla Drama-2 Classical Literature (Translated) Bangla Short-Stories-2 Bangla Poetry-3 Phonetics and Linguistics Literature on Bangladesh Liberation War Viva-voce Total =

Marks

Credits

100

4

100 100

4 4

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title :

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. 241001 History of Bangla Literature-3 (Development of Bangladeshi Literature Since 1947 to 2000)

mnvqK Mªš’ Ave`yj nvB I ˆmq` Avjx Avnmvb : evsjv mvwn‡Zï BwZe…Ë AvRnvi Bmjvg : evsjv‡`‡ki †QvUMí : welqfvebv ¯îƒc I wkíg‚j¨ Lvb mviIqvi gyiwk` (m¤cvw`Z) : mgKvjxb evsjv mvwnZ¨ wek¦wRr †Nvl : evsjv‡`‡ki mvwnZ¨ fx®§‡è †PŠayix : evsjv‡`‡ki mvwnZ¨-M‡elYv I Ab¨vb¨ gbmyi gymv : c‚e© evOjvi Dcb¨vm †gvnv¤g` gwbi“¾vgvb : evsjv mvwn‡Z¨ D”PZi M‡elYv iwdKDj−vn Lvb : evsjv‡`‡ki Dcb¨vm : welq I wkíiƒc iv‡g›`y gRyg`vi (m¤cvw`Z) : evsjv‡`‡ki bvU¨PP©v mvC`-Di ingvb (m¤cvw`Z) : evsjv‡`‡ki cuwPk eQ‡ii mvwnZ¨ mv‡q`v evby : evsjv‡`‡ki †QvUM‡í ev¯ÍeZvi ¯îƒc myKygvi wek¦vm : evsjv‡`‡ki bvU¨PP©v I bvU‡Ki aviv nvmvb nvwdRyi ingvb : AvaywbK Kwe I KweZv cÖ_gv ivq gj− : evsjv‡`‡ki eyw×Rxex I cÖMwZ cÖwZwµqvi Ø›Ø w`jviv nvwdR : evsjv‡`‡ki KweZvq e¨w³ I mgvR (1947-1971) PÂj Kzgvi †evm : evsjv‡`‡ki †QvUM‡íi wkíiƒc †gvi‡k` mwdDj nvmvb : c~e© evOjvi wPšÍvPP©v (1947-1970) : Ø›Ø I cÖwZwµqv

Paper Code Paper Title :

241003

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

Bangla Novel-3

A‰ØZ gjøeg©Y ˆmq` IqvjxDj−vn& AvLZvi“¾vgvb Bwjqvm †mwjbv †nv‡mb

: wZZvm GKwU b`xi bvg : Pvu‡ì Agvem¨v : wP‡j‡KvVvi †mcvB : KuvUvZv‡i cÖRvcwZ

mnvqK MÖš’ : GRvR BDmydx (m¤cv`K) : wjwiK, AvLZvi“¾vgvb Bwjqvm msL¨v, 1 êkvL 1399 Ave`yj gvbœvb ˆmq` wMqvm kvgxg RxbvZ BgwZqvR Avjx wek¦wRr †Nvl fx®§‡è †PŠayix gbmyi gymv iwdKDj−vn Lvb

: ˆmq` IqvjxDj−vn& : evsjv‡`‡ki AvÂwjK Dcb¨vm : ˆmq` IqvjxDj−vn& : Rxeb`k©b I mvwnZ¨Kg© : evsjv‡`‡ki mvwnZ¨ : RbvwšÍ‡Ki gyw³hy× I Ab¨vb¨ cÖeÜ : c‚e© evOjvi Dcb¨vm : evsjv‡`‡ki Dcb¨vm : welq I wkíiƒc

Class Hours : 60 hrs.

knx` BKevj : AvLZvi“¾vgvb Bwjqvm : gvbyl I K_vwkí myKvšÍ `vm (m¤cvw`Z) : wZZvm GKwU b`xi bvg : cªm½ Abyl½ m‡Z¨›`ªbv_ ivq : evsjv Dcb¨vm I Zvi AvaywbKZv mvR&Rv` Av‡iwdb (m¤úv`K) : Ôbv›`xcvVÕ ; ˆmq` IqvjxDj−vn& msL¨v-1, 2014 ˆmq` AvKig †nv‡mb : cÖm½ : evsjv K_vmvwnZ¨


Marks : 100

241005

Credits : 4


Western Literary Theores and Methods of Literary Criticism

K. wMªK I †ivgvb mvwnZ¨ZË¡ : †c−‡Uv, Avwi÷Uj, †nv‡im, jw½bym L. mvwnZ¨Z‡Ë¡i aviv : †ivgvw›UwmRg, wiqvwjRg, b¨vPvivwjRg, gvK©wmRg, d«‡qwWRg, †dwgwbRg, gWvwb©Rg, †cv÷ gWvwb©Rg| M. mvwnZ¨-mgv‡jvPbv c×wZ : BwZnvmg~jK, Zyjbvg~jK, we‡k−lYg~jK, g~j¨wePvig~jK| mnvqK Mªš’ Ai“YKzgvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq AwmZKzgvi e‡›`¨vcva¨vq Kexi †PŠayix Z‡cvaxi fÆvPvh© ew`Di ingvb wkwkiKygvi `vk mvC`-Di ingvb (Ab~w`Z) wmivRyj Bmjvg †PŠayix my`xc emy mybxjKygvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq Abercrombie Lasceles Mcfarlane (ed) Rice Philip and W patricia (eds) T S Dorsch Wellek Rene Wismat' W K Brooker, C


K. L. M. N.

: evsjvi mgv‡jvPbvi BwZnvm : mgv‡jvPbvi K_v : mvwnZ¨‡Kvl : cªZx‡Pï mvwnZ¨ZË¡ : aª“c`x mvwnZ¨ZË¡ : Avwi÷Uj : Kve¨ZË¡ : gvK©m I gvK©mev`x‡ì mvwnZ¨wPšÍv : G¨vwi÷U‡ji Kve¨ZË¡ : evsjv mvwn‡Zï mgv‡jvPbvi aviv : †nv‡i‡mi Avm©‡cv‡qwUKv ; jw½bym : The principles of Literary Criticism : Modernism : Modern Literary Theory : Classical Literary Criticism : Aristotle Horace Longinus : A History of the Modern Criticism; Conets of Criticism : Literary Criticism : A Short History

Marks : 100

241007

Bangla Drama-2

weRb fÆvPvh© gybxi †PŠayix ˆmq` kvgmyj nK †mwjg Avj `xb

: bevbœ : wPwV : b~iDÏx‡bi mviv Rxeb : KxËb‡Lvjv

Credits : 4


mnvqK Mªš’ AwRZKygvi †Nvl Avwbmy¾vgvb `k©b †PŠayix `xcK P›`ª †gvnv¤g` RqbyÏxb myKzgvi wek¦vm Paper Code Paper Title :

K. L. M. N.

: evsjv bvU‡Ki BwZnvm : gybxi †PŠayix : MYbv‡Uï "bevbœÕ : cybg©‚j¨vqb : evsjv bvU‡K AvaywbKZv I MY‡PZbv : gybxi †PŠayixi mvwnZ¨Kg© : evsjv‡`‡ki bvU¨PP©v I bvU‡Ki aviv 241009

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


Classical Literature (Transtated)

m‡dvwK¬m Kvwj`vm †kKm&wcqi g¨vw·g †MvwK©

: BwWcvm (ˆmq` Avjx Avnmvb Ab‚w`Z) : †gN`‚Z (ey×‡è emy Ab‚w`Z) : n¨vg‡jU (kvgmyi ivngvb Ab‚w`Z) : gv (cy®cgqx emy Ab‚w`Z)

mnvqK Mªš’ †MŠixbv_ kv¯¿x gvneyeyj nK †gvev‡k¦i Avjx wkwkiKygvi `vk

: ms¯‹„Z mvwnZ¨m¤¢vi : gvw·g †MvwK©i ÔgvÕ : wek¦mvwnZ¨ : Avwi÷Uj : Kve¨ZË¡

Bradley, A C H D F Kitto

: Shakespearean Tragedy : Greek Tragedy


241011

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


Bangla Short-Stories-2

K. gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : cªv‰MwZnvwmK, wmuwo, mixm„c, Kyô‡ivMxi †eŠ, mgy‡`ªi ¯^v`, AvR Kvj ciïi Mí, nviv‡bi bvZRvgvB, †QvU eKyjcy‡ii hvÎx| L. bvivqY M‡½vcva¨vq : exZsm, nvo, cy®‹iv, eb‡R¨vrmœv, `ytkvmb, BwZnvm, wZwZi, †iKW©| M. ˆmq` IqvjxDj−vn : bqbPviv, g„Zy¨-hvÎv, RvnvRx, civRq, Lybx, `yB Zxi , GKwU Zyjmx Mv‡Qi Kvwnbx, wbõj Rxeb wbõj hvÎv| N. AvLZvi“¾vgvb Bwjqvm : Ab¨ N‡i Ab¨ ¯î, `yafv‡Z DrcvZ, cv‡qi wb‡P Rj, KxUbvk‡Ki KxwZ©, AcNvZ, Rvj ¯^cœ ¯^‡cœi Rvj, Kvbœv, †iBb‡KvU| mnvqK Mªš’ Ai“YKygvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq Ave`yj gvbœvb ˆmq` Avby gynv¤g` m¤cvw`Z

: Kv‡ji cyËwjKv : ˆmq` IqvjxDj−vn : Z…Yg‚j, AvLZvi“¾vgvb Bwjqvm msL¨v, Rvbyqvwi 1998

GRvR BDmydx (m¤cvw`Z)

: wjwiK, AvLZviæ¾vgvb Bwjqvm msL¨v, 1 êkvL 1399 †MvwcKvbv_ ivq‡PŠayix : gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : Rxeb`„wó I wkíixwZ RxbvZ BgwZqvR Avjx : ˆmq` IqvjxDj−vn : Rxeb`k©b I mvwnZ¨Kg© aª“eKygvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq (m¤cvw`Z): hyMje›`x MíKvi : Zvivk¼i gvwbK bvivqY M‡½vcva¨vq : mvwn‡Z¨ †QvUMí ; evsjv MíwewPÎv ex‡i›`ª `Ë : evsjv †QvUMí : cªm½ I cªKiY fv¯^Zx jvwnox : mvgvwRK I A_©‰bwZK †cª¶vc‡U evsjv †QvUMí fx®§‡è †PŠayix I

ˆmq` AvwRRyj nK (m¤cvw`Z) f‚‡è †PŠayix f‚uBqv BKevj (m¤cvw`Z) knx` BKevj wkLv †Nvl wkcªv †` mvR&Rv` Av‡iwdb (m¤úv`K) ˆmq` AvwRRyj nK


K. L. M. N.

: gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : kZevwl©K ¯§iY

: evsjv mvwn‡Zï †QvUMí I MíKvi : gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : AvLZvi“¾vgvb Bwjqvm : gvbyl I K_vwkí : gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨v‡qi †QvUMí : AeqeMZ we‡k−lY : bvivqY M‡½vcva¨v‡qi †QvUMí : Ôbv›`xcvVÕ ; ˆmq` IqvjxDj−vn& msL¨v-1, 2014 : gvwbK e‡›`¨vcva¨v‡qi †QvUMí : mgvR‡PZbv I Rxe‡bi iƒcvqY Marks : 100

241013

Credits : 4


Bangla Poetry-3

diiyL Avng` Avnmvb nvexe kvgmyi ivngvb nvmvb nvwdRyi ingvb

: mvZ mvM‡ii gvwS : ivwÎ‡kl : e›`x wkwei †_‡K : †kvKvZ© Zievix

mnvqK Mªš’ †èxcªmv` e‡›`¨vcva¨vq (m¤cvw`Z)

AkÖ“Kygvi wmK`vi Ave`yj gvbœvb ˆmq` Avey †nbv †gv¯Ídv Kvgvj `xwß wÎcvVx †eMg AvKZvi Kvgvj gvmy`y¾vgvb †gvnv¤g` gwbi“¾vgvb iwdKDj−vn Lvb mvC`-Di ingvb mybxjKygvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq ˆmq` Avjx Avnmvb ûgvqyb AvRv` evsjv GKv‡Wwg cÖKvwkZ

: AvaywbK evsjv KweZvi BwZnvm : AvaywbK KweZvi w`M&ejq; †Pv‡Li `ywU Zviv : ï×Zg Kwe ; diiæL Avng` : Rxeb I mvwnZ¨ : wkíxi iƒcvšÍi : AvaywbK evsjv Kve¨ cwiPq : kvgmyi ivngv‡bi KweZv : AwfÁvb I ms‡e` : evsjv‡`k I cwðg evsjvi KweZv : AvaywbK evsjv KweZv : cªvmw½KZv I cwi‡cªw¶Z : evsjv‡`‡ki KweZv : mgevqx ¯^Zš¿¯î; nvmvb nvwdRyi ingvb Rxeb I mvwnZ¨ : c‚e©evsjvi ivRbxwZ ms¯‹„wZ I KweZv : Kwe dii“L Avng` : AvaywbK evsjv KweZv : k‡ãi Abyl‡½ : kvgmyi ivngvb : wbtm½ †kicv : kvgmyi ingvb ¯§viK MÖš’


Marks : 100 241015 Phonetics and Linguistics

Credits : 4


K. aŸwbweÁvb I evsjv aŸwbZË¡ (50 b¤î) evK-cªZ¨½, ¯îaŸwb, Aa©-¯îaŸwb, wØ¯îaŸwb, e¨ÄbaŸwb, mshy³ e¨ÄbaŸwb, hyM¥xfeb, AvšÍR©vwZK aŸwbZvwË¡K eY©gvjv, k¦vmvNvZ, ¯îZi½, gxo, ¯î, g‚jaŸwb| L. HwZnvwmK I Zyjbvg‚jK fvlvZË¡ (50 b¤î) HwZnvwmK fvlvZË¡, fvlv cwieZ©‡bi KviY, A_©MZ cwieZ©b, mv`„k¨, fvlvi bKmv, K„ZFY, Zyjbvg‚jK c×wZ, Mªxg, Mªvmg¨vb I fvb©v‡ii m‚Î, fvlv cybM©Vb, B‡›`v-qy‡ivcxq fvlv, fvlvi kªYxweb¨vm, eY©bvg‚jK c×wZ, Dcfvlvi gvbwPÎ, AvÂwjK fvlvi Awfavb| mnvqK-Mªš’ Awb‡gl KvwšÍ cvj Ajxfv `v¶x Aveyj Kvjvg gbRyi †gvi‡k` RxbvZ BgwZqvR Avjx gyn¤g` Ave`yj nvB iwdKyj Bmjvg iv‡gk¦i k myKygvi †mb ûgvqyb AvRv` Suniti Kumar Chatterjee


: fvlvweÁvb I evsjv : evsjv fvlvweÁvb Awfavb : AvaywbK fvlvZË¡ : aŸwbweÁv‡bi f‚wgKv : aŸwbweÁvb I evsjv aŸwbZË¡ : fvlvZË¡ : mvaviY fvlvweÁvb I evsjv fvlv : fvlvi BwZe„Ë : HwZnvwmK I Zyjbvg‚jK fvlvweÁvb : Origin and Development of the Bengali Language ((Volume 1-3)

Credits : 4 Marks : 100 241017 Literature on Bangladesh Liberation War


K. gyw³hy‡×i KweZv : Aveyj nvmbvZ m¤úvw`Z wbe©vwPZ KweZv : †Zvgv‡K cvIqvi R‡b¨, †n ¯^vaxbZv (kvgmyi ivngvb), GLb mKj kãB (nvmvb nvwdRyi ingvb), Avi KZ i‡³i ìKvi n‡e (ˆmq` kvgmyj nK), GKRb gyw³‡hv×vi AvZ¥mgc©Y (iwdK AvRv`), Av‡Mœqv¯¿ (wbg©‡j›`y ¸Y), bwP‡KZv (Aveyj nvmvb), evOvwji Rb¥wZw_ (gyn¤§` b~iæj û`v), evZv‡m jv‡ki MÜ (iæ`ª gyn¤§` kwn`yjøvn)| L. gyw³hy‡×i Mí : Aveyj nvmbvZ m¤úvw`Z wbe©vwPZ Mí : cixevbyi Kvwnbx (m‡Z¨b †mb), Avgv‡K GKwU dzj `vI (AvjvDwÏb Avj AvRv`), f‚l‡Yi GKw`b (nvmvb AvwRRyj nK), GKRb gyw³‡hv×vi Rb¥ (wiwRqv ingvb), Avwgbv I gw`bvi Mí (†mwjbv †nv‡mb), bwP‡KZvMY (Kv‡qm Avng`), Rwjj mv‡n‡ei wcwUkb (ûgvqyb Avn‡g`), GKvË‡ii hxï (kvnwiqvi Kwei)| M. ivB‡dj †ivwU AvIivZ : Av‡bvqvi cvkv N. GKvË‡ii w`b¸wj : Rvnvbviv Bgvg

mnvqK Mªš’ AvRvnvi Bmjvg : evsjv‡`‡ki †QvUMí : welq-fvebv ¯îƒc I wkíg~j¨ PÂjKzgvi †evm : evsjv‡`‡ki †QvUM‡íi wkíiƒc wek¦wRr †Nvl : evsjv‡`‡ki mvwnZ¨ iwdKDjøvn Lvb : evsjv‡`‡ki Dcb¨vm : welq I wkíiƒc; evsjv‡`‡ki KweZv : mgevqx ¯^Zš¿¯î mvC`-Di ingvb (m¤cvw`Z) : evsjv‡`‡ki cuwPk eQ‡ii mvwnZ¨

Paper Code : 241018 Paper Title : Viva-voce

Marks : 100

Credits : 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of English


1

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: English Session: 2013-2014

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 241101 241103 241105 241107 241109 241111 241113 241115 241117 241119 241120

2

Paper Title Nineteenth Century Novel Twentieth Century Poetry Modern Drama Twentieth Century Novel American Poetry American Literature: Fiction and Drama Classics in Translation Literary Criticism (From Victorian to Modern Age) Continental Literature Or Approaches and Methods of Language Teaching Viva-voce Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

100

4

100 1000

4 40

Detailed Syllabus Marks : 100 Paper Code : 241101 Paper Title : Nineteenth Century Novel Jane Austin Charles Dickens Charlotte Bronte Thomas Hardy

WB Yeats

Paper Code : 241105

Marks : 100 Modern Drama

W. Whitman

3

Credits : 4


Credits : 4


Heart of Darkness A age to India To the Light House Sons and Lovers The Grass is Singing

Paper Code : 241109 Marks : 100 Paper Title : American Poetry Emily Dickinson


Importance of Being Earnest Waiting for Godot The Caretaker Look Back in Anger

Paper Code : 241107 Marks : 100 Paper Title : Twentieth Century Novel J. Conrad EM Foster V. Wolf DH Lawrence Doris Lessing

Credits : 4

“The Lake Isle of Innisfree”, “Easter 1916”, “The Second Coming”, “Sailing to Byzantium”. “The Love Song of J Alfred Prufrock”, “The Waste Land” “Poem in October” “Morning Song”, “Words”, “The Rival”, “Crossing the Water”

TS Eliot Dylan Thomas

Oscar Wilde Samuel Becket Harold Pinter Osborne


Pride and Prejudice A Tale of Two Cities Jane Eyre Tess of the D’ Urbervilles

Marks : 100 Paper Code : 241103 Paper Title : Twentieth Century Poetry

Paper Title :

Credits : 4

Credits : 4


“Wild Nights Wild Nights”, “I Felt a Funeral in My Brain”, “I Taste a Liquor” “When Lilacs Last at My Dooryard Bloomed”, “O Captain, My Captain”

R. Frost

“After Apple Picking”, “The Birches”, ‘Mending Wall”, “The Death of the Hired Man”, “Road Not Taken”, “Acquainted with the Night”, “Tree at My Window”

Langston Hughes

“The Negro Speaks of Rivers”, “I too Speak of America” “Weary Blues”, “Harlem”

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Paper Code : 241111 Paper Title : American Literature: Fiction and Drama N. Hawthorne

Young Good Man Brown

E. O’ Neil E. Hemingway S. Bellow Tony Morrison

Hairy Ape The Sun Also Rises Seize the Day Beloved

Paper Code : 241113 Paper Title : Homer Aeschylus Euripides Aristophanes Seneca

Marks : 100 Classics in Translation

Credits : 4



Iliad Agamemnon Medea The Frogs Hyppolytus

Paper Code : 241115 Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. Paper Title : Literary Criticism (From Victorian to Modern Age) Mathew Arnold T.S. Eliot Edward Said Terry Eagleton

“The Study of Poetry” “The Metaphysical Poets” “Introduction” to Culture and Imperialism “The Rise of English”

Marks : 100 Paper Code : 241117 Paper Title : Continental Literature F. Kafka A. Camus Bertolt Brecht H. Ibsen F. Dostoyevsky 4

Credits : 4

Metamorphosis The Outsider Mother Courage and Her Children A Doll’s House Crime and Punishment


Or Paper Code : 241119 Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Paper Title : Approaches and Methods of Language Teaching


The aim of this Paper is to familiarize students with developments in the theories and practices of language teaching and learning so that those who will as teachers of English can teach English effectively with theoretical insights, taking the potentials and constraints of a context into consideration. The Paper will introduce students to theory of language, theory of language learning, classroom practices, teachers’ roles and learners’ roles, strength and weakness of Audio-lingual Method. It will also include the Natural Approaches, Direct Method, Communicative Approaches, Task-based teaching and learning, Appropriate Methodology, Postmethod pedagogy and the Politics of English Language Teaching. The Paper will also cover approaches to and practical aspects of teaching vocabulary, pronunciation, grammar, reading, writing, speaking, listening skills and use of literature in language teaching.

Text Books: Richards. J and T. Rodgers 1986. Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching, CUP. Littlewood William. 1981. Communicative Language Teaching. Harmer. J. 1983. The Practice of English Language Teaching, Longman. Holiday. A. 1994. Appropriate Methodology in Social Context ,CUP. Frecceman-Larsen. 1996. Techniques of Language Teaching Lyndsay. Paul. 2000. Teaching English Worldwide: A New Practical Guide to Teaching English. California: Alta Book Centre Publishers. Penury Ur. 2003. A Paper in Language Teaching. Cambridge University Press. Reference Book: Brumfit. C. J. and Carter. R. 1986. Literature and Language Teaching. OUP Harmer. J. 1997. How to Teach English. Longman. Widdowson, H.G. 1978. Teaching Language as Communication, CUP Robinson, P. 1988. Academic Writing : Process and Product, ELT Doc. 129. The British Council Nuttal, C. 1982. Teaching Reading Skills in a Foreign Language, Heinemann. Tricia Hedge.1990 Writing . ELBS. White. R. and Arndt. V. 1991. Process Writing. London: Longman.

Paper Code : 241120 Paper Title :

5

Viva-voce

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus

Department of History


1

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: History Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title History of South Asia 1857-1947 History of Bengal 1905-1947 Constitutional History of India under British Colonial Rule 1773-1947 West Asia in Modern Times upto 1945 History of Russia and Soviet Union upto 1945 History of United States 1861-1945 History of Europe 1815-1939 Bangladesh: National Culture and Heritage History of Resistance Movement and Subalterns (Selected Topics) Viva-voce Total =

3

Marks 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4

100 100 100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4 4 4

100 1000

4 40

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title:

Marks: 100 241501 History of South Asia 1857-1947

Credits: 4

Class Hours: 60 hrs.

Effects of the Revolt of 1857; abolition of the Company’s rule in India. Detailed Syllabus istrative reorganisation under the Crown Sir Syed Ahmed Khan and the Aligarh Movement India under Lord Lyton and Lord Ripon The foundation of Indian National Congress Lord Curzon: istration and reforms Simla Deputation and the foundation of Muslim League 1906 Morely-Minto Reforms 1909 The Luknow Pact 1916 Government of India Act. 1919 Khilafat and Non-cooperation Movements The Simon Commission, Nehru Report, Jinnah’s 14 Points, Round Table conference, Communal Award. The Civil Disobedience Movements (1920-32) Government of India Act. 1935 Elections of 1937 Lahore Resolution of 1940 Cripps Mission and Quit India Movements Cabinet Mission Plan End of British rule, partition of India 1947 Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Bipin Chandra Humayan Kabir B.B. Misra Sumit Sarkar A.B. Keith Ram Gopal H. V. Hodson Pereival Spear nx‡i›`bv_ gy‡Lvcva¨vq †MŠiv½ †Mvcvj †mb¸ß cÖYe Kzgvi P‡Ævcva¨vq mgi Kzgvi gwjøK wm×všÍ ¸n ivq, my‡ik P‡Ævcva¨vq

Paper Code Paper Title:

: India’s Struggle for Independence 1857-1947 : Muslim Politics 1909-1947 : The istrative History of India 1934-1947 : Modern India 1885-1947 : Constitutional History of India : Indian Muslims : A Political History (1857-1947) : The Great Divide : The Oxford History of Modern India, 1740-1975 : fviZe‡l©i BwZnvm : AvaywbK fviZ : AvaywbK fviZ 2q LÐ 1920-1947 : AvaywbK fvi‡Zi iƒcvšÍi ivR‡_‡K ¯îvR (1858-1947) : AvaywbK fviZe‡l©i BwZnvm (1857-1964)

Marks: 100 241503 History of Bengal 1905-1947

Credits: 4

1. Partition of Bengal: Swadeshi Movement and the annulment of the Partition 2. Khilafat and Non-cooperation 1920-21 3. C. R. Das and Bengal Pact 1922-26

5


4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Provincial elections, 1937 and the Fazlul Haque ministry Nazimuddin Ministry Elections of 1946 Suharawady Ministry Greater Bengal Movements Establishment of Dhaka University and the rise of Muslim Middle class Hindu-Muslim relation and riots Famine, 1943

Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Ramsay Muir Sufia Ahmed

: The Making of British India : Muslim Community in Bengal 1884-1912

The Bengal Muslim a Study in Their Politicization (1912-1924)

Shila Sen wmivRyj Bmjvg (m¤úvw`Z) wmivRyj Bmjvg gybZvmxi gvgyb (m¤úvw`Z) webq †Nvl Gbv‡qZzi iwng Agi `Ë Ag‡j›`y †` Rqv P¨vUvRx©

: Muslim Politics in Bengal : evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm (3 LÐ) : Dcwe‡bwkK kvmb KvVv‡gv : e½f½ : evsjvi beRvM„wZ : evsjvi ¯^kvmb (1937-1943) : Dwbk kZ‡Ki gymwjg kvmb I e½f½ : evOvjx eyw×Rxex I wew”QbœZvev` : evsjv fvM n‡jv : wn›`y mv¤úª`vwqKZv Ges †`k wefvM 1932-1947 : evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm, 1905-47

13. ‡gvt gvneyei ingvb


241505

Marks: 100

Credit: 4


Constitutional History of India under British Colonial Rule 1773 - 1947

1. Beginning of British Colonial rule – Treaty of Allahadad (1765) & the Grant of Diwany, Anglo-Mughal t istration (1765-7772) 2. Constitutional Reforms – (a) Regulating Act (1773), & Pitt`s India Act (1784) (b) Charter Acts - 1793, 1813, 1833, 1853 (c) Govt. of India Act- 1858 (d) Council Acts- 1861 & 1892 (e) Govt. of India Act- 1909-1919 (f) Govt. of India Act- 1935 (g) Indian Independence Act- 1947

Recommended Books : 1. A.B. Keith

:

Constitutional History of India

7

2. A.C Banerjee

:

Indian Constitutional Documents

3. R.N. Aggarwala

:

National Movement and Constitutional Development of India

4. W. AvZdzj nvB wkejx I W. †gvt gvneyei ingvb t


evsjv‡`‡ki mvsweavwbK BwZnvm

Marks: 100 241507 West Asia in Modern Times upto 1945

Credits: 4


1. West Asia defined: countries included and the importance in international politics 2. Arab nationalism: meaning, contribution of Muhammad Ali and Ibrahim Pasha of Egypt, revival of learning in Syria, learned societies, Secret Societies, 3. Development during the world war: Sherif-McMahon correspondences, Sykes-Picot Agreement, Balfour Declaration, Paris Peace Conference, Mandates. 4. Turkey: Treaty of Sevres, the Nationalist Movement, the Treaty of Lausanne, Kamalist Reforms, Six principles, Turkey in the world, relation with the Soviet Union. 5. Egypt: Egypt and the World War I, declaration of British Protectorate in Egypt, Nationalist Movement, Sa’ ad Zaghlul Pasha and his Waffd Pary, treaty of 1936, problems of the revision of the treaty. 6. Iran: Reza Shah’s reforms and foreign Policy, Russo-Iranian Relations (1919-1939). 7. Iraq: Iraq under the British mandate, the Anglo-Iraqi Treaty of 1930; provisions and significance. 8. Syria and Lebanon: Syria and Lebanon under the French Mandate, freedom movements, Treaties with in 1936, British intervention in the Levant, independence of Syria and Lebanon (1941). 9. Palestine: Palestine under the British mandate, Arab-Jewish hostility, Jewish immigration, the White Paper of 1920, 1930 and 1939 the Anglo-American Committee of Inquiry, the Partition Plans, end of the mandate, birth of Israel (1948). 10. Saudi Arabia: foundation and consolidation of the Saudi Kingdom, Sultan Abdul Aziz Ibn Saud. c) Modernization and Reforms. 11. The Arab League: background, organisational structure, evaluation of its works.

Suggested Readings: 1. Edward Atiyeh 2. George E. Kirk

: The Arabs : A Short History of the Middle East: From Rise of Islam to the Modern times 3. Peter Mansfield : A History of the Middle East 4. Sydney N. Fisher : The Middle East: A History. 5. George Lenczowski : The Middle East in the World Affairs. 6. Hisham B. Sharabi : Nationalism and Revolution in the Arab World. 7. Donald N. Wilber : Iran: Past and Present. 8. Donald N. Wilber : The Resurrection and Reconstruction of Iran. 9. Majid Khadduri : Independent Iraq: 1960 hrs.. 10. George E. Kirk : Contemporary Arab Politics: A Concise History. 11. Albert Hourani : Syria and Lebanon. 12. Maxime Rodinson : Israel and the Arabs. 13. mvBdzÏxb †Rvqv`©vi : AvaywbK ga¨cÖvP¨, cÖ_g I wØZxq LÐ 14. Bqvwnqv AvigvRvbx : †gvnv¤§` Cbvg-Dj-nK (Aby.): ga¨cÖvP¨ AZxZ I eZ©gvb 15. byi †nv‡mb gRx`x (Aby): Biv‡bi mgKvjxb BwZnvm 16. gymv Avbmvix : AvaywbK wgk‡ii HwZnvwmK weKvkaviv

9


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 241509 History of Russia and Soviet Union upto 1945


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Nineteenth-century Russia: social, political and economic conditions – revolutionary movements. Revolution of 1905: causes, nature and results Spread of Marxism and rise of V. I. Lenin: February Revolution, 1917 October Socialist Revolution of 1917: causes, nature and results, role of Lenin Civil War: Red Army, Allied intervention, War Communism, Bolsheviks in power. New Economic Policy (NEP): background, main features, success and importance, strategic retreat. Death of Lenin and struggle for power: Joseph Stalin and Leon Trotsky, Stalin’s success. Soviet Union under Stalin: industrialization, collectivization, Five Years Plan, Cultural Revolution, constitution of 1936. 10. Foreign policy: Soviet foreign policy between the two World Wars, objectives and success 11. Non-aggression Pact with 12. Great Patriotic War: Operation Barbarossa, Grand Alliance, results of the War.

Recommended Books : 1. C. Hill 2. D. J. Dallin 3. Dallin and Larson 4. E. H. Carr 5. E. H. Carr 6. J. Toynbee (ed.) 7. P. Dukes 8. K. Dwisha 9. L. Kochan 10. R. J Hill (ed.) 11. W. Kirchncr 12. W. Lenhard 13. A Samsonov (ed.)

Paper Code Paper Title: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9. 10.

: Lenin and the Russian Revolution : Soviet Foreign Policy after Stalin : Soviet Politics since Khruschev : The Bolshevik Revolution (1917-1923), Vol. 1 and 2 : The Russian Revolution from Lenin to Stalin : The Impact of the Russian Revolution : A History of Russia : Eastern Europe, Gorbachev and Reform : The Making of Modern Russia : Gorbachev and Perestroika : A History of Russia : The Kremlin and the West : A Short History of the USSR

Marks: 100 241511 History of United States 1861-1945

Credits: 4


American Civil War: slavery and regionalism Reconstruction after the Civil War: problems & solutions Agricultural Revolution in America, rise of the Populist Party its success and failure Industrial Revolution: causes, rise of Labour Organisation and their role. Progressive Movements: Nature of the Movement and the role of President Theodore Roosevelt Rise of the United States as a world power: Pan-Americanism, end of Isolationist Policy, SpanishAmerican war (1898). World War I and the USA, Paris peace conference (1919) and the role of the USA. Isolationist policy between the two world wars. Second world war and the USA: end of isolation policy, participation in the war, victory against Japan. Depression and the New Deal. Impact of World War II and its impact on USA economy and society.

11

Suggested Readings: 1. Hicks & Mowry 2. Morrison & Commager 3. H. B. Parkes 4. Nevins and Commager 5. Remis 6. Reard & Beard 7. Kvwd Lvb 8. gwimb, K‡gRvi I wjDK‡UbevM© 9. †WMjvi 10. †gvt Avãyj KzÏym wmK`vi 11. †WMjvi


: A Short History of American Democracy : The Growth of the American Republic : The United States of America- A History : A Short History of United States : The Diplomatic History of the United States : The Rise of the American Civilization, vol. I & II. : Av‡gwiKvi mswÿß BwZnvm : Av‡gwiKv cÖRvZ‡š¿i BwZnvm : Av‡gwiKv t AZxZ †_‡K AvaywbK Av‡gwiKv cÖRvZ‡š¿i iƒc †iLv : Av‡gwiKv hy³iv‡óªi BwZnvm 1776-1945 : Av‡gwiKv : AZxZ †_‡K AvaywbK

Marks: 100 241513 History of Europe 1815-1939

Credits: 4


1. Congress of Vienna: main principles, territorial clauses, evaluation 2. Prince Metternich: domestic and foreign policy Concert of Europe: origin, activities, causes of failure. 4. July Revolution, 1830: causes, nature and results. 5. February Revolution 1848: causes, nature and results. 6. Ideological developments in the nineteenth century: nationalism, liberalism, socialism, (utopian & scientific). 7. Europe between 1850 and 1914: Napoleon III, Crimean War, Tsar Alexander, unification of Italy, unification of , Treaty of Berlin 1878, Tripple Alliance and Tripple Entente 8. The First World War: causes and main events 9. Weimar Republic 10. The Treaty of Versailles: 11. between two World Wars: quest for security; collective security measures 12. Fascism in Italy and Nazism in 13 The Spanish Civil War 1936-39 14. The Policy of Appeasement: Munich Pact (1938) 15. League of Nations 3.

16. World War II

Suggested Readings: 1. 2. 3. 4.

David Thomson E. Lipson S. H. Hughes E.H.Carr

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

A.J.P.Taylor mgi Kzgvi gwjøK H cÖdzjø Kzgvi PµeZx© cÖfvZvsï gvBwZ myfvl iÄb PµeZx©

: Europe Since Napoleon : Europe in the 19th and 20th centuries : Europe in the Twentieth century : International Relations Between the Two World Wars : Origins of the Second World War : beiƒ‡c BD‡ivc 1848-1919 : BD‡iv‡c wecø‡ei Kvj 1789-1848 : ‡qv‡iv‡ci BwZnvm : BD‡iv‡ci BwZnv‡mi iƒc‡iLv : BD‡iv‡ci BwZnvm

13

11. bxnv‡i›`y e‡›`vcva¨vq 12. Aveyj Kvjvg 13. †gvt kvn AvjgMxi

: AvaywbK BD‡ivc mgxÿv 1789-1939 : BD‡ivcxq ivRbxwZ I K~UbxwZ 1815-1871 : BD‡iv‡ci BwZnvm 1789-1945

Paper Code : 241515 Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Paper Title : Bangladesh: National Culture and Heritage


1. Definition of culture and heritage 2. Religious beliefs in ancient Bengal 3. Introduction and development of Buddhist culture 4. Ancient language and literature of Bengal 5. Advance of Islam and its impact on Bengali culture 6. Social economic and religious life of the people in medieval Bengal 7. Sri Chaitanya and Bhakti movement 8. Influence of Christianity of Bengali culture 9. Development of Western education and the Bengal renaissance 10. Emergence of Hindu middle class 11. Emergence of Muslim middle class 12. Development of Political consciousness among the middle class; during the first-three decades of the 20th century 13. Origin and development of Bengali nationalism 14. Impact of modernism on Bengali society and culture. Books Recommended: 1. Abdul Karim 2. AZzj myi 3. webq †Nvl 4. my‡ev` Kzgvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq

: : : :

Social History of the Muslims in Bengal evsjvi mvs¯‹…wZK BwZnvm evsjv beRvM„wZ evOvwj ga¨weË I Zvi gvbm‡jvK

Paper Code : 241517 Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. Paper Title: History of Resistance Movement and Subalterns (Selected Topics)

1. Definition and Characteristics of Resistance movement and subalterns 2. General Condition of the subalterns or Poor People of 18th and 19th Century. 3. Characteristics of the Peasant resistance in the 18th and 19th Century. 4. Fakir- Sannyasi rebellion (1763-1800) 5. Chakma Revolt in the Chittagong Hill Tracts (1776-87) 6. Peasant rebellion of Rangpur (1783) 7. Pagalpanthi rebellion of Mymensingh (1820-33) 8. Wahabi Movement (1831) 9. Fariazi Movement (1840) 10. Sawtal rebellion (1855-57)

15

11. Indigo rebellion (1859-60 hrs.) 12. Pabna rebellion (1872-73) 13. Tebhaga movement (1946) 14. Peasant rebellion of Nachal (1949)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Jamini Mohon Ghosh Qeyamuddin Ahmad A. N. Chandra Muinuddin Ahmad Khan Muinuddin Ahmad Khan

: : : : :

6. Blians B Kling 7. Kalyan Kumar sen Gupta

: :

8. Muntasir Mamun and Mahbubur Rahman(ed) 9. gybZvmxi gvgyb I gvneyeyi ingvb 10. gybZvmxi gvgyb m¤úvw`Z 11. ‰mq` Av‡bvqvi †nv‡mb I gybZvmxi gvgyb m¤úvw`Z 12. mycÖKvk ivq 13. ¯^cb emy 14. ‡Rqvi we wc−s 15. cÖ‡gvìÄb †mb ¸ß 16. Kgj †PŠayix 17. ‡MŠZg f`ª 18. Ave`yj gI`y` 19. Kzgvj P‡Ævcva¨vq 20. abÄq ivq m¤úvw`Z 21. gyBb DÏxb Avng` Lvb 22. ‡gRevn Kvgvj I Bkvbx PµeZ©x 23. ARq fÆvPvh© 24. ‡MŠZg f`ª (m¤úvw`Z)

:


: : :

Sannyasi and Fakir Raidens in Gengali, Kolkata The wahabi movement in India. Kolkata, 1966 The Sannyasi rebellion, Kolkata, 1977 History of the Fara’idi movement, Dhaka, 1984 Titumir and its Follwers in British Indian Records, Dhaka, 1980 Indigo rebellion Pabna Disturbances and the politics of rent, Kolkata, 1974 Meterial condition of the Subultern classes of East Bengal, Dhaka. evsjv‡`‡ki Mixe gvby‡li Ae¯’v, XvKv| wPi¯’vqx e‡›`v¯— I evOvwj mgvR, XvKv evsjv‡`‡ki mk¯¿ cÖwZ‡iva Av‡›`vjb, XvKv, 1986

: : : : : : : : : : : : :

fvi‡Zi K…lK we‡`ªvn I MYZvwš¿K msMÖvg, †KvjKvZv, 1972 MY Am‡š—vl I Dwbk kZ‡Ki ev½vjx mgvR bxj we‡`ªvn bxj we‡`ªvn I ev½vjx mgvR, †KvjKvZv, 1978 bxj we‡`ªvn I mgKvjxb e½ mgvR, †KvjKvZv, 2010 Bkvb I wbkvb, †KvjKvZv, 1694 Invex Av‡›`vjb, XvKv, 1669 ‡ZfvMv Av‡›`vj‡bi BwZnvm, †KvjKvZv, 1987 †ZfvMv Av‡›`vjb, KjKvZv, 2000 weªwUk fviZxq wZZgxi I Zvi AbymvixMY bv‡Pv‡ji K…lK we‡`ªvn, KjKvZv, 2006 bxjKi Av‡›`vjb, `yB LÊ, XvKv wbgœe‡Y©i BwZnvm, KjKvZv|

Marks: 100

241518 Viva-voce

17

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Islamic History and Culture


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Islamic History and Culture Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title Muslim Historiography (Khilafat; Sultanat and Mughal India) Development of Philosophy and Sects in Islam Development of Muslim Art and Painting Development of Muslim Architecture and Archeology History of Muslim istration in India (Sultanat and Mughal) Economic History of Islam History of the Muslims of Southeast Asia (upto 1824) History of the Modern Muslim States

Political History of Bangladesh since 1971 Viva-voce

Total =

Marks

Credits

100

4

100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4

100 100 100 100 100 1000

4 4 4 4 4 40


241601

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Muslim Historiography (Khilafat; Sultanat and Mughal India)

Outline: Definition, Scope and Utility of historiography in general and Muslim historiography in particular; Factors responsible for the growth of consciousness of history among the Muslims: (a) Influence of al-Quran, al- Hadith, Arab narrations (b) Epigraphic and Political heritage of pre-Islamic Arab in development of Muslim historiography: (a) Khabar and genealogy (b) Maghazi (c) Sirah (d) Chronicle (e) Universal history (f) Dynastic and national history (g) Regional history Some historians and their philosophy of history: (a) Ibn Ishaq (b) Al-Waqidi (c) Al-Baladhuri (d) Al-Tabari (e) Al-Masudi (f) Ibn Khallikan (g) Ibn Khaldun (h) Ibn Miskawaih (i) Baihaqi (j) Rashiduddin (k) Abul Faraj Ishfahani–Characteristics of Muslim Historiography in India: IndoMuslim historiography– origin and growth–Leading historians in Medieval India– Khwaja Hasan Nizami– Minhajuddin Siraj–Zia-ud-din Barani– Shams-i-Siraj Afif– Ameer Khusrav–Ibn Battutah–Isami–Yahya bin Ahmed Sirhindi–Babur–Gulbadan Begum–Jawhar Aftabchi–Abul Fazl– Abdul Qadir Badauni–Abdul Hamid Lahori–Abbas Khan Sarwani–Ghulam Hussain Salim– Munshi Salimullah Reading List: Carr, E.H., What is History ?, Cambridge, 1961 Collingwood, R.G., The Idea of History, London, 1973 Hardy, P., Historians of Medieval India, London, 1960 hrs. Lewis, B. and Holt, P.M., Historians of the Middle East, London, 1962

Margoliouth, D.S., Lectures on Arab Historians, Calcutta, 1921 Hasan, Muhibbul., Historians of Medieval India, Delhi, 1968 Mukhia, H., Historiography during the reign of Akbar, Delhi, 1976 Nizami, K.A., On History and Historians of Medieval India, Delhi, 1979

Rahman, Fazlur., Islamic Methodology in History, Karachi, 1955 Rosenthal, F. A., History of Muslim Historiography, Leiden, 1982 Shortwil, J.T., The History of History, New York, 1950 Walsh, W.H., An Introduction to Philosophy of History , London, 1970

AvLZvi“¾vgvb, †gv., gymwjg BwZnvmZË¡, XvKv, 2008 Avjx, G.‡K.Gg. BqvKze (Aby.), Avie RvwZi BwZnvm PP©v, XvKv, 1982


241603

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Development of Philosophy and Sects in Islam

Outline: Muslim Philosophy: Internal and external sources−Al-Kindi−Al-Farabi−Ibn Miskawaih−Ibn Sina−Ibn Rushd−Al-Razi-Ibn Tofail−Ibn Bajja- Ibn Hazm. Sufism: Principal Sufi Orders−Internal and external sources−Hasan al-Basri– Dhunnun alMirsi−Imam Gazzali−Muhiuddin Ibn Al-Arabi−Maulana Jalaluddin Rumi− Iqbal; Sufism in India. Sects: Kharijites − Shi’ites − Jabarites − Qadarites − Murjites − Mutazilites − Asharites − Qarmatians− Assassins−Ikhwan-us-Safa. Reading List: Affifi., Mystical Philosophy of Ibn al-Arabi, Lahore, 1979 Arberry, A.J., Doctrine of the Sufis, Cambridge, 1935 Arnold, Thomas., The Legacy of Islam, Oxford, 1959

Bhargava, K.D., A Survey of Islamic Culture and Institutions, Allahabad, 1981 De Boer, A., The History of Philosophy in Islam, London, 1933 Hai, S.A., Muslim Philosophy, Dhaka, 1982 Haq, M. Enamul., Sufism in Bengal, Dhaka, 1975 Iqbal, Muhammad., Development of Metaphysics in Persia, Lahore, 1964 ........................... ., Reconstruction of Religious Thought in Islam, New Delhi, 1984 Khuda Baksh, S., Contributions to the History of Islamic Civilization, Vol. II, Calcutta, 1930 ......................... ., Politics in Islam, Lahore, 1948 Macdonald, D.B., The Religious Attitude and life in Islam, Chicago, 1909 ........................ .,Development of Muslim Theology, Jurisprudence and Constitutional Theory, London, 1903 Nicholson, R.A., Mystics of Islam, London, 1914 ........................ ., Studies in Islamic Mysticism, Cambridge, 1921 Rahman, Fazlur., Islam, Chicago, 1976 Rahman, Syedur., An Introduction to Islamic Culture and Philosophy, Dacca, 1970 Shariff, M. M. (ed.)., History of Muslim Philosophy, 2 Vols. Delhi, 1989 Stace, W.T., A Critical History of Greek Philosophy, New York, 1967 Umaruddin, M., The Ethical Philosophy of Al-Ghazali, Delhi, 1996 Wensinck,W., The Muslim Creed, Cambridge, 1932 Bmjvg, Avwgbyj, gymwjg `k©b I ms¯‹…wZ, XvKv: bI‡ivR wKZvwe¯—vb, 2001 nK, Gbvgyj, e‡½ mydx cÖfve, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1978


241605

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Development of Muslim Art and Painting

Outline: Development of Painting in Islam: Islamic attitude towards pictorial art− Origins of Muslim painting− Subject matter: mural painting, manuscript illustration Schools of Painting and Their Characteristics: Mesopotamian, Mongol, Ilkhanid, Jalayirid, Timurid and Safavid Schools Eminent Painters: Kamaluddin Bihzad, Ustad Muhammadi, Sultan Muhammad, Riza Abbasi Famous Centres: Shiraz, Herat, Tabriz Muslim Painting in India : The Mughal school: Humayun− Akbar and Jahangir− Decline of Mughal Court painting, The regional schools: Gujrat and Deccan Calligraphy: Arabic Calligraphy−position of calligraphers in the society Reading List: Ahmed, N., Discover the Monuments of Bangladesh, Dhaka,1984 Arnold T.W., Painting in Islam, Oxford, 1930 Blair S. & J. Bloom., Art and Architecture of Islam (1250-1850), New York, 1993 Brand, Barbara., Islamic Art, London, 1963 Brown, Percy., Indian Painting under the Mughals, Oxford, 1929


241607

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Development of Muslim Architecture and Archiology

Introduction to Art and Architecture− Religious and Secular Architecture− Architectural The Beginning of Muslim Architecture: The early mosques : Medina, Kufa & Fustat

Umayyad Architecture: Dome of the Rock− Great Mosque of Damascus− Palace of Qusayr Amra Abbasid Architecture: Mosques of Samarra and Abu Dulaf Muslim Architecture outside Arabia: Mosque of Cordova− Mosque of Ahmed Ibn Tulun− Mosque of Sulaymania− The great Mosque of Isfahan Muslim Architecture in India and Bangladesh: Quwatul Islam Mosque− Taj Mahal −Shat Gambuj Mosque (Bagerhat)− Lalbagh Fort Mosque & Tomb of Pari Bibi

Reading List: Creswell A.K.C., History of Muslim art and Architecture Creswell, K.A.C., A Short of Early Muslim Architechture, London, 1969 Dani, A.H. , Muslim Archetecture in Bengal, 1961 Das, A.K., Mughal Painting During Jahangir’s Time, Calcutta, 1978 Dimand, M.S., A Hand book of Muhammadan Art, New York, 1947 Ettinghausen, R., Arab Painting, London, 1977 Gray, B., Persian Painting, London, 1977 Papadopoulo, Alexandre., Islam And Muslim Art (tr. into English by Robert Erich Wolf), London, 1980 Pope, A.U., A Survey of Persian Art, vol. III, London, 1938 Rice, David Talbot., Islamic Art, London, 1965 Ziauddin, M., Muslim Calligraphy, Viswa-Bharati, 1936 Avjx, G †K Gg BqvKze., gymwjg gy`ªv I n¯ZwjLb wkí, XvKv, 1989 †nv‡mb, G we Gg., Bmjvgx wPÎKjv, XvKv, 2003 nvmvb, ˆmq` gvngy`j y .,gymwjg wPÎKjv, XvKv, 1971 Avjx, G †K Gg BqvKze, gymwjg ¯’vc‡ZÏ BwZnvm


241609

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of Muslim istration in India(Sultanat and Mughal)

Outline: Sources – Relation of Delhi Sultans with the Caliphs – actual sovereign Sultan – Royal household- Central istration; Finance and Revenue - Military Organization –Judiciary – Police Organization – Provincial and local istration- Mughal central istration - Emperor – power and functions – Royal Insignia - finance and land revenue – Military istrationMansabdari System- Judicial istration- Provincial and local government.

Reading List: Arnold,T.W. The Caliphate, Oxford, 1965 Aziz. A. The Mansabdari System and the Mughal Army, Allahabad, 1941 Habib, I. Agrarian System of Mughal India, London, 1963 .................... An Atlas of the Mughal Empire, Delhi, 1982 Hussaini, S.A.Q. istration under the Mughals, Lahore, 1952 Ibn Hasan. Central Structure of Mughal Empire, London, 1936 Jaffar, S.M. Education in Muslim India, Delhi, 1973 Khuda Bakhsh, S. Politics in Islam, Lahore, 1948 Moreland, W.H. Agrarian System of Mughal India, Cambridge, 1929 Qureshi, I.H. Mughal istration, Allahabad, 1936 ..................... istration of the Sultanate of Delhi, London, 1965 Saran, P. The Provincial Government of the Mughals, Allahabad, 1941

Sarkar, J.N. Mughal istration, Calcutta, 1920 Tripathy, R.P. Some Aspects of Muslim istration, Allahabad, 1950 Avjx, AvmMi., gymwjg cÖkvmb eë¯’vi µgweKvk, XvKv, 1981 Avjxg, G.†K.Gg. Avãyj., fvi‡Z gymwjg kvmb eë¯’vi BwZnvm, XvKv, 1976


241611

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Economic History of Islam

Outline:

Economic System in Pre Islamic Arabia Sources of state revenue and their expenditure till the end of the Abbasid Caliphate Economic utility and significance of Zakat, Ushr, Kharaj and al-Ghanimah Islamic agrarian system, land policy : The Prophet, pious caliphs, the Umayyads and AbbasidsMuslim rulers of Spain, Egypt and India Development of agriculture and industry: Caliphate (till the end of the Abbasids), Spain, Egypt and India under the Muslim rule Trade and Commerce : items of import and export, the inland and international trade, trade routs in the Arab Caliphate Baitul Ma’al: its development, activities, comparison with modern state or central bank Banking system, hundi, Islami banking, Islami insurance Concepts of riba'a, interest, profit etc Currency system – mints – urbanization Reading list: Abu Yousuf., Kitab al-Kharaj, Cairo, 1362 AH Aghnides, N.P., Mohammadan Theories of Finance. Lahore, 1961 Ahmed, Sheikh Mahmud., Economics of Islam (A Comparative Study, 3rd edition, Lahore, 1958 Ali, Syed Ameer., The Spirit of Islam, London, 1922 Arnold, T.W., The Caliphate, Oxford, 1974 Barakatullah, Mohammad., The Khilafat, Dhaka, 1970 Hamidullah, M., Muslim Conduct of State, Lahore, 1958 Hitti, P.K., History of the Arabs, ( 7th ed. ), London, 1961 Husaini, S.A.Q., istration under the Mughals, Lucknow, 1962 .......................... The Constitution of Arab Empire, Lahore, 1959 Imammuddin, S.M., Arab Muslim istration, Dhaka, 1976 ..........................., Some Aspects of the Socio-economic & Cultural History of Muslim Spain, Leiden, 1965 Sharif, Raihan., Islamic Economics :Principles and Applications, Dhaka, 1985 Siddiqui, S.A., Public Finance in Islam, Lahore, 1962 AvDqvj, gvIjvbv Avãyj (Aby)., Bmjv‡gi A_©‰bwZK eë¯’v, XvKv, 1982 Avjg, kvgmyj., Bmjvgx A_©bxwZi iƒc‡iLv, 2q cÖKvk, XvKv, 1984 Rvjvjvev`x, Avãyj gwZb (Aby)., Bmjv‡gi A_©‰bwZK gZv`k©, XvKv, 1980 nvB, †gvnv¤§` Avãyj (Aby)., Bmjv‡gi A_©‰bwZK weavb, XvKv, 1976 Paper Code Paper Title:

241613

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of the Muslims of South East Asia (upto 1824)

Outline: Sources of early history of South East Asia- location- significance- major and common characteristics: region of diversity in unity- non-Islamic background- early Sino-Indian influences-socalled Indianization of South East Asia- early trade communication: commercial relation of the

Arabs with South East Asia- Muslim traders in South East Asia- Socio-cultural interaction with the natives Islam in South East Asia: advent of Islam- socio-economic background of spread of Islam- different factors of mass conversion to Islam- Islam in Southern Philippine islands The Malaya Kingdom of Malacca (1400-1511): establishment of Malacca Sultanate- reasons for the rapid rise of Malacca- Malacca’s territorial expansion- government (or istration) and politics of Malacca Sultanate European penetration: Portuguese conquest of Malacca (1511)- Malacca under the Portuguese rule (1511-1641)- Malacca’s relation with Malay neighbors - decline of Portuguese power- The Spaniards in the Philippines- The Dutch entry into South East Asia- Portuguese-Dutch rivalryThe formation of the V.O.C.- Conquest of Malacca by the Dutch (1641)- establishment of Dutch Asiatic commercial empire and the policy of J.P. Coen and Van Dimien- Nature of the Dutch commercial empire - Coming of the British East India Company - The Anglo-Dutch relation (160 hrs.0-1660 hrs.)- The Amboina Massacre of 1623- The return of the British East India Company to South-East Asia- The British colonial system in Java and the reforms of Raffles (1811-1816) Era of Reforms ( 1800-1820)- founding of Singapore and its importance in contemporary world trade- The Anglo-Dutch Treaty of 1824 Reading List: Allen, Richard., A Short Introduction to the History and Politics of South East Asia, New York, 1972 Andaya., Barbara Watson & Andaya, Leonard. A History of Malaysia, London, 1988 Bastin, John (ed.)., The Emergence of Modern South East Asia 1511-1957, New York, 1967 Beri, K.K., History and Culture of South East Asia ( Modern). New Delhi, 1994 Cady, John F., South East Asia: Its Historical Development, New York, 1964 Fisher., Charles A. South East Asia- A Social, Economic and Political Geography, London 1969 Fitzgerald, C.P., A Concise History of East Asia, London, 1966 Gullick, John., Malaysia: Economic Expansion National Unity, Toronto, 1981 Hall, D.G.E., A History of South East Asia, New York, 1981 Harrison, Brian., South East Asia -A Short History, London, 1963 Kennedy, J.M.A., A History of Malaya (A. D. 1400-1959), Macmillan, London, 1967 Sardesai, D.R., South East Asia: Past & Present, Delhi, 1981 Tarling, Nicholas (ed)., The Cambridge History of South East Asia, Vol- I, (From early Times to c.1800)., Cambridge, 1992 The Cambridge History of Islam, Vol-2A Warshaw, Steven., South East Asia Emerges (Concise History of South East Asia from its origin to the present ), New York, 1979 Williams, Lea E., South East Asia: A History, New York, 1976 Winstedt, Richard., Malaya and its History, London, 1966 Avbmvix, gymv., B‡›`v‡bwkqv I gvj‡qwkqvi HwZnvwmK µgweKvk, XvKv-1993 †mb, Rni., `w¶Y-c~e© Gwkqvi BwZnvm, KjKvZv, 1996


241615

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


History of the Modern Muslim States

Outline: Islam and Muslims in 19th and 20th centuries: Muhammad Ali Pasha in Egypt – Greek War of Independence – Tanzimat Era – Suez Canal- French in North Africa – Russia and Iran – Afghanistan, Crimean War – Congress of Berlin – British occupation of Egypt and Sudan – Young Turk Movement – Balkan War- causes and effects of World War I – Syria – Lebanon- Palestine – Iraq and Trans – Jordan – Mustafa Kamal Pasha and Turkish Republic – Reza Shah I of Iran Wafd Party and Egyptian independence – Ibn Saud in Hejaz –Gulf States– Iran-Iraq war

Reading List: Binnaz, Toprak. Islam and Political Development in Turkey, Leiden, 1984 Bullard, R. The Middle East, Oxford University Press, London, 1998 Deen Muhammad. Islam in North America, Chicago, U.S.A. 1988 Dickson, H.R.P. Kuwait and Her Neighbours, London, 1965 Ahmed, Feroz. The Making of Modern Turkey, London, 1994 Frye, R.N. Islam and the West, The Hague, Netherlands, 1956 Gibb, H.A.R. Modern Trends in Islam, London, 1946 Holt, P.M. (ed). Political and Social Change in Modern Egypt, London, 1968 Hourani, A.H. Syria and Lebanon, London, 1958 Imamuddin, S.M. A Modern Political History of the Middle East and North Africa, Vol. I, & II, Dhaka, 1968 Iqbal, M. The Reconstruction of Religious Thought in Islam, New Delhi, 1984 Lenczwiski. Middle East in the World Affairs, U.S.A. 1962 Lewis, B. The Emergence of Modern Turkey, London, 1961 Philips, Price M. A. History of Turkey, London, 1956 Jameela, M. Islam and Modernism, London, 1958 Macfie, A.L. Ataturk, Ankara, 1982 Mazharuddin, S. Modern Reformist Thought in the Muslim World, Islamabad, Pakistan, 1982 Nazih W. Ayubi. Political Islam Religion and Politics in the Arab World, New York, London, 1991 Parker, J.& C. Smith, Modern Turkey, London, 1940 Rivlin, B & S. Joseph ( ed.). The Contemporary Middle East, New York, 1956 Spuler, B. The Muslim World, Vol. IV, Leiden, 1969 Sykes, Percy. A History of Afghanistan, New Delhi, 1981 Avbmvix, †gv. gymv., AvaywbK wgm‡ii HwZnvwmK weKvk aviv, (ms‡kvwaZ), evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1997 Kv‡ì, †gv. Ave`yj., Zzi‡¯‹i BwZnvm 1g LÊ, XvKv , 1986 †Rvqv`©vi, mwdDwÏb., AvaywbK ga¨cÖvP¨ 1g I 2q LÊ, XvKv, 1978, 1987 †`‡e›`ª, †KŠwkK., AvaywbK ga¨ Gwkqv, g‡¯‹v, 1970 fyuBqv, †Mvjvg wKewiqv., AvaywbK wgki I my`v‡bi BwZnvm, XvKv, 2008


241617

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Political History of Bangladesh since 1971

Liberation War of Bangladesh- Bangladesh Constitution 1972-Political Situation- Formation of BAKSAL- Flood and Famine, 1974- Coup, 1975-Assassination of the Father of the Nation-Martial Law- Political Changes (1976-81)-Coup, 1981- Ershad Regime- Mass Movement against AutocracyElection 1991-BNP Government (1991-1996)-Caretaker Government Movement- Election 1996Awami League Government (1996-2001)-Four Parties Alliance- Election 2000- BNP led Government (2001-2006) Rise of religious militancy and extremin -Military backed Caretaker Government (20072008)- General Election 2008- Awami League Government led 14 Parties Alliance Rule (2008-2014)Election 2014 and aftermath. Books Recommended— 1. Jahan, Rounk, Pakistan Failure in National Integration, 1977 2. Jahan, Rounk, Political Parties in Bangladesh, 2015 3. Umar, Badruddin, Politics in Bangladesh 4. evsjv‡`k msweavb, 1972 5. Avn¤§`, gwnDwÏb, Rvm‡ì DÌvb I cZb, 2014 6. iwk`, nvi“b-Ai, ivRbxxZ, miKvi I kvmbZvwš¿K Dbœqb, 2001 7. gvgyb, gybZvwmi I ivq, Rqš— Kzgvi, evsjv‡`‡ki wmwfj mgvRcÖwZôvi msMÖvg, Aemi, 2006

8. Taluqdar, Maniruzzaman, Radical Politics and Emergence of Bangladesh, 2003 9. ingvb, †kL gywReyi, Amgvß AvZ¥Rxebx, 2012| 10. Bmjvg, wmivRyj., (m¤úvw`Z), evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm 1704-1971 (1g-3q LÊ), XvKv, 1993 11. Dgi, eì“Ïxb., c~e© evsjvi fvlv Av‡›`vjb I ZrKvjxb ivRbxwZ, XvKv, 1995 12. dv‡qKD¾vgvb, †gvnv¤§`., gywRebMi miKvi I evsjv‡`‡ki gyw³hy×, XvKv, 2008 13. iwk`, nvi“Y-Ai., evOvwji ivóªwPš—v I ¯^vaxb evsjv‡`‡ki Afz¨`q, XvKv, 2003 14. †nv‡mb, Avey †gv. †`‡jvqvi., evsjv‡`‡ki BwZnvm 1905-1971, XvKv, 2008


241618 Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Islamic Studies


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Islamic Studies Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title Sayings of the Holy Prophet (SM.) In the Practical Life Principles and History of Hadith Literature Principles and History of Islamic Jurisprudence Political System in Islam Study of Major Religions of the World Banking and Insurance in Islam Muslims' Contribution to Science & Technology Islamic Civilization Human Rights in Islam Viva-Voce Total =

Marks 100

Credits 4

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40


241801 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Sayings of the Holy Prophet (SM.) In the Practical Life

This Paper will highlight on the concepts, aims, objectives and subject matters of the Sunnah of Prophet Muhammad (SM.), Obligation of adherence to the Sunnah of Prophet (SM.) in all spheres of life, Highlights on the duty of Muslims towards Sunnah, Giving the right approach and essential principle, towards better understanding of Sunnah and its application according to the analytical methodology. Relating Sunnah, texts and its objectives with contemporary life. Analytical and thematic study of the Prophet’s guidance ethics, virtues and good behaviours; helping students to adhere explaining their benefits and their positive effects on individual, society and Ummah; mentioning the destructive and negative effects of neglecting them. Book Prescribed: Bgvg gywnDÏxb BqvnBqv Avj-beex : wiqv`ym mv‡jnxb, (LÊ 1, 2, 3 I 4) Chapter Nos. : 1(Sincerity, Selflessness and Intention behind all Actions and Matters Open or Secret. 2 (Penitence), 4 (On Truthfulness), 6 (On Piety), 7 (On Belief and Trustin Allah), 8 (On Perseverance in Religion), 10 (To Sur in Virtuous deeds and Incentive for the same), 23 (Ening Virtue and Forbidding Evil), 26 (Prohibition of Cruelty and Injustice and their eradication), 59 (Earning by Own efforts and Refraining from Asking and Taking Lead in Giving), 276 (Prohibition of Flaw and Cheating), 277 (Prohibition of Breach of Promise), 279 (Prohibition of Pride and Haughtiness), 280 (not to cut off Relations with Muslims) and 327 (Prohibition of Vulgar and Loose Talking). Books Recommended 1.

Wali al-Din, Muhammad : Mishkat-Al-Masabih

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Bgvg gywnDÏxb BqvnBqv Avj-beex: wiqv`ym mv‡jnxb, (LÊ 1, 2, 3 I 4), AvaywbK cÖKvkbx, XvKv Bgvg gynv¤§` Beb BmgvBj Avj-eyLvix : Avj-Av`veyj gydiv`, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k, XvKv Bgvg Mvhvjx : GnBqv‡q DjygyÏxb, evBZzj gyKviivg, Av`k© cy¯ÍK eëmvqx mwgwZ, XvKv b~i †gvnv¤§` Avhgx : †gkKvZ kixd, Gg`vw`qv jvB‡eªix, XvKv cÖ‡dmi W. Av.b.g. iBQ DwÏb, Av‡bvqvi“j nv`xm, (‰`bw›`b Rxe‡b nv`x‡m ivm~j (m.), A‡š¦lv cvewj‡KkÝ, XvKv: 2009 gIjvbv gynv¤§` Avãyi inxg : nv`xm kixd, Lvqi“b cÖKvkbx, XvKv Bgvg Avey gynvt kwdDÏxb Avãyj Avhxg web Avãyj KvIqv Avj-gyb‡Rix : AvZ ZviMxe IqvZ Zvinxe, nvmbv cÖKvkbx, XvKv gIjvbv dRjyj Kixg: Av`k© gvbe, Bmjvg wgkb jvB‡eªix, XvKv ‡jLKe„›` : ivm~‡j Kixg (m.) : Rxeb I wk¶v, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k, XvKv W. gynv¤§` RvwKi †nv‡mb : Av_© mvgvwRK mgm¨v mgvav‡b Avj-nv`x‡mi Ae`vb, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k, XvKv nv‡dR Avey †kL Avj-Bmcvnvbx : AvLjvKzbœex (m.), BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k, XvKv gvIjvbv gynv¤§` BDm~d Bmjvnx : Av`v‡e wR‡›`Mx, BmjvwgK dvD‡Ûkb evsjv‡`k, XvKv


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Principles and History of Hadith Literature

241803


a) Special attention shall be given mainly to the following terminologie's. A1-Khabar, al-Hadith, alSunnah, al-Marfu, al-Mawquf, al-Maqtu, al-Mashhur, al-Aziz, al-Garib, al-Fard, al-Mutlaq, alMutawatir, al-Fard al-Nasabi, al-Sahih, al-Hasan, al-Muttasil, al-Munqati, al-Muallaq, al-Mursal,

al-Mudallas, al-Muanan, Muktalaf al-Hadith, Muttafaq Alaih, al-Nasikh and al-Mansukh, alSanad and al-Matn, Mutabi, al-Shahid. b) Special referance shall be given to the following topics: The place and importance of Hadith in Islami Sharia. Preservation and compilation of Hadith during the time of the prophet (SM), Sahaba and Tabiyun: Compilation of Sihah Sittah: Biographies of the following traditionists: Imam Malik (R.), Imam Bukhari (R.), Imam Muslim (R.), and Wali al-Din Muhammad. a) Book prescribed: 1. Ibn Hajar al-Asqalani : Sharh Nakhbat al-Fikar. Books Recommended : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

11.

Dr. Muhammad Ishaq : India's Contribution to The Study of Hadith Literature Dr. A.N.M. Raisuddin : Spanish Contribution to the Study of Hadith Literature Mufti Amimul Ihsan : Tarikh-i-Ilm-i-Hadith Manazir Hasan Gilani : Tadwin-i-Hadith Shaikh Abdul Haque-Al-Dehlawi : Al-Muqaddama Muhammad Abdul Aziz al-Khawli : Miftah al-Sunnah gvIjvbv b~i †gvnv¤§` AvRgx : nv`x‡mi ZË¡ I BwZnvm W. gynv¤§` kwdKzj−vn : nv`xm kv‡¯¿i BwZnvm W. ‡ejvj ‡nv‡mb : Dj~gyjnv`xm W±i †gvnv¤§` GQnvK : Bj‡g nv`x‡m fviZxq Dc-gvn‡`‡ki Ae`vb gynv¤§v` Ave`yi inxg : nv`xm msKj‡bi BwZnvm


241805 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Principles and History of Islamic Jurisprudence.

a) This section will cover the following Topics: Al-Kitab,Al-Sunnah,Al-Ijma, Al-Qiyas and Al-Ijtihad b) This section will cover the following topics: Meaning and necessity of al-Fiqh; its origin and development; lives and works of Imam Abu Hanifa (R.), Imam Shafi (R.), Imam Malik (R.), lmam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal (R.), Imam Abu Yusuf (R) and Imam Muhammad (R.). Book prescribed: 1. Mulla Ahmad Jiwan: Nur al-Anwoar Books Recommended: 1. Mufti Amimul Ihsan: Tarikh-e-Ilm Fiqh 2. Khudhra Bek: Al-Tarikh al-Tashri aI-Islami 3. Ahmad Amin: Fajr al-Islam 4. Abdul Qadir : Al-Jawahir al-Mudiyya Fi Tabaqat al-Hanafiyya 5. Avey mvC` Ave`yj−vn : wdKn kv‡¯¿i BwZnvm 6. gvIjvbv gynv¤§v` Avãyi inxg, Bmjvgx kixqv‡Zi Drm, Lvqi“b cÖKvkbx, XvKv


241807 Marks: 100 Political System in Islam.

Credits: 4


This paper will cover mainly the following topics: Definition and characteristics of Islamic state,Qualities, duties and responsibilities of the head of an Islamic State; Organs of the government-executive, Legislature and Judiciary; Citizens: their rights and duties, Sovereignty, Democracy, Majlis-e-Shura, Defence and Foreign Policy of Islamic state; A comparative study between Islamic State and other States. Books Recommended : 1. Khuda Baksh : Politics in Islam 2. Dr. Hamidullah : The Muslim Conduct of State

3. kvgmyj Avjg : Bmjvgx ivóª 4. 5. 6. 7.

gvIjvbv gynv¤§` Avãyi inxg : Avj-KziAv‡b ivóª I miKvi gvIjvbv gynv¤§` Avãyi inxg : Bmjvgx ivRbxwZi f~wgKv W. †kL jyrdi ingvb : Bmjvg, ivóª I mgvR gynv¤§` b~i“j Avgxb, Bmjv‡gi ivóª eë¯’v


241809 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Study of Major Religions of the World


This paper wiil cover the following topics: Different Theories regarding origin of religion; Origin and Development of all the religions of the World; Historical Development and Common features of Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Zoroastrinism, Judaism, Christianity and Islam with a comparative Study. Books Recommended: 1. Arnold Toyenbe : A Historian's Approach to Religion 2. John B. Boss : Man’s Religions

3. Trevor Ling : History of Religions 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Sweetman, J. Windrow : Islam and Christianity Th. Arnold : The prectching of Islam Jurji : Great Religions of the Modern World Nawab Ali : Suhuf-i-Samwi Rashid Ahmad : Tctrikh-i-Madhahib B. Russel : Religion and Science : Historical and Contemporary Issues. G, †K, Gg, BDbym, gi‡bvËi Rxeb m¤ú‡K© Bmjvg I wn›`y ag© cÖg_ †mb¸ß : ag© `k©b


241811 Marks: 100 Banking and Insurance in Islam

Credits: 4


This paper will focus on the following topics: Meaning and concept of Islamic Banking, Origin and development of Islamic Banking & Insurance. Importance and necessity of Islamic Banking, Characteristics of Islamic Banking, Deposit and Investment system in Islamic Banking, the mode of an Islamic Banking. The role of Islamic Banking in Bangladesh, A comparative study between Islamic Bank and a commercial Bank, Meaning and concept of Islamic Insurance (Takaful), Nature of Insurance, Contract in Islamic framework, Difference between Islamic Insurance and Conventional Insurance.

Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Dr. Ataul Hoque : Reading in Islamic Banking Dr. Nejatullah Siddiqi : Islamic Banking and Zakat gydZx gynv¤§` kdx : kixq‡Zi `„wó‡Z exgv wkí gvIjvbv gynv¤§` dRjyi ingvb : Bmjv‡g eëmv evwYR¨ I e¨vswKs iƒc‡iLv G, ‡K, Gg dRjyj n° Avãyj †Mvdivb : Bmjvgx e¨vswKs bxwZgvjv I Kg©c×wZ gvIjvbv gynv¤§` Avãyi inxg : Bmjv‡g A_©‰bwZK wbivcËv I exgv Gg. ZvRyj Bmjvg : Bmjv‡g exgv eë¯’v


241813 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Muslim's Contribution to Science and Technology

This paper will consist of the following topics: Scientific indications in the Holy Quran and the Sunnah, Origin and Development of Islamic Science. Muslim's contribution to Various branches of Science such as Mathematics, Medicine, Geography, Chemistry, Astronomy, Physics, Architecture and Surgery with special reference to Musa al-Khawarizimi, Ibn Sina, Muhammad Ibn Zakariya al-Razi, Hasan ibn al- Haytham, Umar Khayyam, al- Maqdesi, Yaqut Ibn Abdullah, Jabir b. Hayyan, Al-Beruni and Ali Tabari.

Books Recommended: 1. Yusuf al-Qardawi : Science and Civilization in Islam. 2. Muslim Contribution to Science and Technology, Islamic Foundation Bangladesh. 3. Gg.AvKei Avjx, weÁv‡b gymjgvb‡ì Ae`vb 4. Ave`yj gI`y`, gymwjg gbxlv 5. Gg.AvKei Avjx, Rvwei Be‡b nvBqvb 6. gywim eyKvBwj, evB‡ej †Kvivb I weÁvb 7. gynv¤§` b~i“j Avgxb, weÁv‡b gymjgvb‡ì Ae`vb


241815 Marks: 100 Islamic Civilization

Credits: 4


This paper will consist of the following topics: Definition and scope of Islamic Civilization. Religions and spiritual bases of Islamic Civilization reflected in the Madinah State. Islamic Civilization during the Umayyad period, including political, legal, istrative, economic, military and educational systems; urban-life; architecture and fine arts. The glory of Andalusia under Muslim rule. Achievements and weaknesses of the Abbasid period, including causes for the rise and fall of Islamic Civilization.

Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Ibn Al-Athir : Al-Kamil J. Zaidan : Tamaddun al-Isiam with Shibli Numani’s criticism of the book. S.A Bilgrami : Tamaddun-i-Arab Hitti : History of the Arabs S. Khuda Bakhsh : Islamic Civilization Th. Arnold : a) The legacy of Islam, b) The Preaching of Islam Ameer Ali : The Spirit of Islam Joseph Hell : The Arab Civilization Gibb : Studies on the Civilization of Islam

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

Levy : The social Structure of Islam Watt : a) Muhammad at Mecca b) Muhammad at Medina E.G Brown : Literary History of Persia Sarton : Introduction to the History of Science (Selected Chapter) A.S Triton : The caliphs and their non Muslim subjects Civil Bell : Civilization (Penguin Books) Crewell : A Short History of Early Muslim Architecture. London 1958. Rice and Kuchnel : Islamic Art Sayed Sajjad Husain : Civilization and Society Dr. Aminul Islam : Muslim Philosophy and Culture Ahmad Abdul Quader : Nation, Language Culture & Independence Gm.Gg.G. inxg I W. Avgxi ûmvBb : Bmjvgx ms¯‹…wZ I Ab¨vb¨ Abym½ bvwRi Avng` GÛ W. i“ûj Avgxb : gymwjg ms¯‹…wZi BwZnvm W. gy¯—dv Avm-wmevC : gvbeZvi Kj¨v‡Y Bmjvgx mf¨Zvi Awe¯§iYxq Ae`vb gvIjvbv gynv¤§` Ave`yi inxg : wk¶v, mvwnZ¨ I ms¯‹…wZ W. †gvt AvLZvi“¾vgvb, gymwjg BwZnvm ZË¡, XvKv wek¦we`¨vjq, XvKv


241817 Marks: 100 Human Right in Islam.

Credits: 4


This paper will consist of the following topics: Definition, nature, origin and development of human rights, Concept of human rights in Islam; Civil, political, Social, economic and cultural rights : Islam and Slavery; Human rights during war. Rights of religious minorities and women; Safeguards of human rights-a study of human rights in Islam with special reference to the Universal Declaration of U.N.O. Books Recommended : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Al-Quran : Sihah Al-Sittah. Moses Moskowitx: Human Right and World Order. Muhammad Qutb: Islam the Misunderstood Religion. Syed Ameer Ali: The Spirit of Islam. N. MCneill and Jean W. Sedlar : The Ancient Near East. Gustave Le Bor : The Civilization of the Arabs. M.H. Syed, Human Rights in Islam the Modern Perspective. United Nations Booklet, Human Rights The International Bill of Human Rights. MvRx kvgmyi ingvb, gvbevwaKvi fvl¨ Bgvg Avj-Mvhvjx: GnBqv‡q Dj~gyÏxb gynv¤§` mvjvn DÏxb: Bmjv‡g gvbevwaKvi gvIjvbv gynv¤§` Avãyi inxg: Bmjvg I gvbevwaKvi

Paper Code: Paper Title:

241818 Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Library and Information Science (LIS)


1

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Library and Information Science (LIS) Session: 2013-2014

FOURTH YEAR Paper Code 243801 243803 243805 243807 243809 243811 243813 243814 243816 243820 243822

Paper Title Organization of Knowledge (Classification Theory) Organization of Knowledge (Cataloguing Theory) Systems Analysis and Design New Technologies Current Trends in Information Systems Information Production Marketing and Public Relation Information Retrieval Techniques Advanced Bibliography Organization of Knowledge ( Classification Practical) Organization of Knowledge (Cataloguing Practical) Computer Applications in Libraries (Practical) Viva Voce Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4

100

4

100 100 75 75 50 100 1000

4 4 3 3 2 4 40

OBJECTIVES (1) To give the students an understanding of the basic principles of fundamental laws of Library and Information Science and to enable them to understand and appreciate the functions, purposes and services of Libraries and Information Organizations in this fast changing world of ‘Information Age’. (2) To train the students in the techniques of Information Management and equip them with the latest developments in Information Technology (IT) and its applications in libraries and information centres. (3) To acquaint the students with the organizations and development of the Universe of Knowledge.

2

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title: Unit-1

243801

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Organization of Knowledge (Classification Theory)

Meaning and purpose of organization of library materials

Unit-2 Theory of classification; natural and artificial classification; knowledge classification; principles of book classification; rules of subject determination Unit-3 Special features of library classification: study of different kind of library materials including specialized and non-book materials Unit-4 Characteristics of classification schemes: enumerative and analytico-synthesis schemes Unit-5 Major schemes of library classification: a) Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC): history and origin, principles, collocation, seven tables, notations, number building in DDC. b) Universal Decimal Classification (UDC): growth and development of the scheme, auxiliaries in UDC, use of its application in special libraries. c) Library of Congress Classification (LC): growth and development, principles of the schemes, its application in libraries. Unit-6 Problems of library re-classification. Reading list: Broadfield, A. The philosophy of classification. Datta, D.N. Library Classification Manual. Kellay, G.D. The classification of books and inquiry into its usefulness to the readers. Mil, J. A. Modern outline of library classification. Perrsault, J. M. Towards a theory for UDC. Philips, W. H. A printer of books classification. Ranganathan, S. R. Prolegomena to library classification.


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 243803 Organization of Knowledge (Cataloguing Theory)


Unit-1 Modern concept of cataloguing procedures Unit-2 Major cataloguing codes: ALA 1949, AACR 1967, AACR2R: 1988 Unit-3 Subject determination: use of Sears List, direction for use, principles of construction, types of subject headings, construction of subject headings with subdivisions Unit-4

Shelf list: definition, functions and importance; shelf list vs. public catalogue; accession .

Unit-5 Union catalogue: definition, functions and importance; kinds and compilation; procedures of union catalogue; use and implementation of union catalogue in Bangladesh

3

Unit-6 Analytical entry: definition, kinds, functions and importance Unit-7 Cataloguing entries: definition, kinds, functions and importance; Indexing of catalogue entries; rules for arranging index entries Unit-8 Organization of technical section; cataloguing tools: needs and significance; behind the screen process Unit-9 Computerized catalogues: hardware and software for integrated library automation systems; input and output devices; MARC programme; development of CD-ROM, OPAC, etc.

Reading list : Akers, S. G. Simple library cataloguing, Hunter E. and Bakewell, K.G. Cataloguing, Hunter, E. Computerized cataloguing. Margaret, M. Introduction to cataloguing and classification of books. Needham, C. D. Organizing knowledge in libraries: an introduction to information retrieval. Redfren, B. Cataloguing. Sengupta, B. Cataloguing: its theory and practice. Wyner, B. S. Introduction to cataloguing and classification.


243805

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Systems Analysis and Design

Unit-1 Introduction to information systems: system concepts, information system and its characteristics; elements and types; computer as a cybernetic system; system analysts and their role, responsibilities, essential qualification and professional issues Unit-2 System analysis: system requirements, tools for planning and developing of information system, System Development Life Cycle (SDLC), understanding existing system, plan for system study, information gathering, definition of problem and specific objectives, search for alternatives, feasibility study, functional steps, evaluation and selection of a candidate system, writing feasibility report, operational goal, specific requirement and evaluation criteria of new candidate system Unit-3 System design: process and methodologies, design background, patterns and modules of system design, input design, control design, output design, database design, data structure, data communication and network design, program and procedure design, hardware and software specifications Unit-4 Implementation: Implementation plan, method of testing, evaluation, installation and selection of hardware and software, recruitment and training of personnel. system conversion, post-implementation follow-up, evaluation and maintenance Unit-5 Cost-benefit analysis: concepts, cost and benefit categories, study of cost salaries, space, supplies and inventors, overhead implement costs, investment costs, study of tangible and intangible benefits, procedure for cost-benefit determination Unit-6 Programming: conceptual issues, objectives, functional steps in programming, programming techniques, algorithm, flowcharting, branching and looping, debugging, introduction to some programming language, Basic, Pascal, Java, HTML

4

Unit-7 Evaluation of information system and services: importance and scope of evaluation in library and information systems, considering issues for evaluating an information system, performance measurementobjectives, different phases of performance measurement, Evaluation of systems security and data integrity Reading list: Award, E. M. Systems Analysis and Design. Hawry S. I. System Analysis and Design. Rajaraman, V Analysis and Desgn. Whitten, J. L., Bently, L. D. and Dittmen, K. C. System Analysis and Design Concept.


243807

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


New Technology Current Trends in Information Systems

Unit-1: Concept of information communication technologies (ICTs), evolution and development of ICT, use and applications of ICTs in different fields of library and information institutions in Bangladesh, impact of ICT in library and information systems, current trends and existing situation, problems and prospects of using ICT in Bangladesh Unit-2: Computer, concepts, types of computer based on processing/signaling, purpose and capacity of size, comparisons of mainframe, mini- and microcomputers, generation of computers, U Control unit, arithmetic logic unit, primary memory comparison of primary and secondary memory Unit-3: Digital library, concepts, necessity, function, characteristics, major activities and skills or digital librarianship, digital library scenario in Bangladesh Unit-4: Computer hardware, overview of computer hardware, basic components of a computer system, input and output components of a computer system, factors to be considered for the purchase of hardware of micro computers in library and information centre/institution, distinction between color monitor and monochrome monitor Unit-5: Software, concepts, classification of software and introduction of some application software used for the library and information centre in Bangladesh Unit-6: Operating system, concepts, types of operating system based on processing and interface, functions of operating system, introduction to some popular operating systems, process, process management Unit-7: Information superhighway: definition, components, groups, importance, advantages and disadvantages of information superhighway; World Wide Web, Internet, web browser (Internet Explorer, Netscape Navigator, etc.); web pages andwebsites Unit-8: Computer networks, concepts, types of computer networks and their configurations, layers and protocol of computer networks.

Reading list: Minasi, M. The Complete PC Upgrade and Maintenance Guide. Peter, N. Introduction to Computer. Peter, N. Inside the PC. Rahman, M. L. Hossain, M.A. Computer Fundamentals. Redd, L. A. Introduction to Computer-Based Library Systems.

5


243809

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Information Production Marketing and Public Relation

Unit-1: Information, identification of information need and information seeking behavior, needs, wants and demands, product, products and services, product classifications, individual product decisions, information as a product, concept of fee based information services, awareness and promotion of information products and services, deg information products and services for s, current trends in Bangladesh Unit-2: Marketing concept, marketing defined, key purposes of marketing, organizational orientations towards marketing, factors affecting achievement or organization library objectives, barriers to marketing, marketing management developing marketing programs for libraries, marketing approach marketing and the quality revolution, market, what can be marketed, market planning and implementation status of the use of marketing concepts in libraries and information centres, need for strategic involvement, professional skills for marketing, marketing problems in libraries and information centres, benefits of marketing Unit-3: Developing marketing plan: What is marketing plan benefits of a marketing plan, how to develop a marketing plan, marketing audit, strategic direction for information centre, implementation and control, marketing mix, four Ps and four Cs, creating the marketing mix Unit-4: Market segmentation: Characteristics of segmentation, levels of segmentation, methods of segmentation requirements for effective segmentation. Marketing communications: Communication process, steps in developing effective communication Unit-5: Direct and online information marketing: Direct marketing, benefits an growth of direct marketing, forms of direct marketing. Online marketing of information products in service. Conducting online marketing, challenges of online marketing, challenges of online marketing: new roles of libraries and information on professionals, marketing libraries and information centres in the digital world, the digital marketing mix Unit-6: Marketing research and information systems: Assessing information needs, developing and distributing information. Marketing research: defining the problems and research objectives, preparing the research brief, developing the research plan, description of research designs Unit-7: Reprography: conceptual issues, types of reproduction, different methods and process of reprography, reprography, reprographic technologies, planning for a reprographic unit, reprographic services in Bangladesh Unit-8: Advertising, promotion and public relations: Setting advertising objectives, developing advertising strategy, other advertising considerations, Public relations planning AIDA-a communication model, professional cooperation and promotion, the media, book talk, direct marketing, press releases and press conferences Unit-9: E-commerce and its application in library and information services Reading list: Elliott de S. E. Marketing concepts for libraries and information services. Jain, A. K. and Others. Marketing information products and services: a primer for librarian and information professional. Kotler P. and Armstrong, G. Principles of marketing. Blaise, G. The marketing of library and information services. Irving, A. Marketing the information profession to the information society.

6


243811

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Information Retrieval Techniques

Unit- 1 Information retrieval: definitions, types and tools for information retrieval; different methods of information retrieval (IR), processes of IR, current technologies and traditional methods towards IR; evolution of IR systems Unit-2 Stages of information retrieval: planning, analysis, implementation and evaluation Unit-3 The nature of retrieval: indexing, storage, retrieval; indexing and searching Languages; search Logic; basic retrieval facilities, search strategies; search management Unit-4 profile: definitions, characteristics, elements, creating profile in practice Unit-5

Computer-based information retrieval system

Unit-6 Evaluation of information storage and retrieval systems, recall and precision, effectiveness, main causes of failure, cost-effectiveness, cost-benefit evaluation Unit-7 Dissemination of information: forms of dissemination, dissemination of primary products, dissemination of secondary information, SDI Reading list: Guha, B. Documentation and Information retrieval. Sengupta, B. and Chatterjee, M. Documentation and Information Retrieval. Sharp, J. Information retrieval: Notes for Students.

Bunch, A. The Basics of Information Work. Lancastester, F. W. Information Retrieval System. Rowley, J. E. and Turner, C.M.D. The Dissemination of Information.


Marks: 100 243813 Advanced Bibliography

Credits: 4


Unit-1: Bibliography: definition, bibliography as a science or an art, importance of bibliography, bibliography vs. library catalogue, bibliography vs. footnotes, reference vs. bibliography Unit- 2: Different types of bibliographies: analytical, historical, systemic, national, trade, subject, universal, bibliography of Bibliographies; incunabula Bibliographies, Author Bibliographies, etc.; National Bibliography of Bangladesh Unit-3: Evaluation of bibliography: authority, scope, items and entries of information, special features, format, drawbacks, conclusion Unit-4: Arrangement of different kinds of bibliography with proper examples Unit-5: Bibliographic Organizations: FID, IFLA, ICSU, ISO, UNISIST, UNESCO, INSDOC, BANSDOC Unit-6: Bibliographic Control: Different methods and policies of bibliographic control. Its usefulness in Bangladesh

Unit-7: Bibliographic Description: Minimum standard entry, Short standard entry, Full entry with examples

7

Unit-8: Bibliomatric: origin, growth, applications and limitations Unit-9: Bibliotheraphy: importance in various treatment, Purposes. Bibliographic network. ISBN. Unit-10: Literature search: Techniques, benefits, steps, citation analysis, Literature searching tools and their uses.

Reading list: Chakraborti, M. L.; Bibliography in Theory and Practice. Kumar, G. and Krishan K. Bibliography. Kumar, K. Reference Service. Ranganathan, S.R.; Reference Service. Shores, L. Basic Reference Sources. Winchell, C. M. Guide to Reference Books.


Marks: 75 Credits: 3 243814 Organization of Knowledge (Classification Practical)


An Introduction to DDC (19th edition): First Summary, Second Summary, Third Summary and others use and application of schedule (index and table), Number analysis, Number building with the aid of tables and schedules.


243816

Marks: 75

Credits: 3


Organization of Knowledge (Cataloguing Practical)

Analysis and practical application of cataloguing rules; AACR-2, the Sears List of Subject Headings (13th edition), and Library of Congress subject headings, Call Numbers, etc. Indention and spacing on skeleton card: Title and statement of responsibility area; edition area; material (or type publication) of responsibility area; publication, distribution, etc. Main entries: Single, double, triple, more than triple authors; Editor, compiler, translator, etc., Corporate bodies; Scared books; Title on main entry (Serial, Dictionary, and Encyclopedia) Added Entries: Subject, Title, t Authors, Series, Editor, Compiler, Translator, etc. and Filing the entries according to dictionary and classified methods.

Reading list: Batty, CD. An Introduction to 19th edition of DDC. Melvil D. & Albany, N. Y. Dewey Decimal Classification and relative index. John P. Comarami and others Manual of the use of the Decimal classification. Saiful I. K.M. Number building in Dewey Decimal Classification, 19th and 16th editions, a practical manual.

8


243818

Marks: 50

Credits: 2


Computer Applications in Libraries (Practical)

MS-Word, Excel, PowerPoint and other office applictions Library Software including CDS/ISIS, Koha, DSpace, Greenstone and other repository software.

Practical Examinations Question papers for the practical examinations must be prepared by two examiners. The practical questions must be moderated by the Examinations Committee like other papers/Papers. Practical Paper teachers of respective department/college/institution together with the external examiners will arrange the practical examinations. Marks of the practical examination must be submitted to the controller of examinations/Head of the Examinations Committee immediately at the end of the practical examinations.


243820

Marks: 100

Viva-voce

9

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Philosophy


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Philosophy Session: 2013-2014

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 241701 241703 241705 241707 241709 241711 241713 241715 241717 241718

Paper Title Contemporary Western Philosophy Marxist Philosophy Aesthetics Political Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval Philosophy of the Bangalees: Modern and Contemporary Philosophy of Mind Social Philosophers Meta Ethics Philosophy of Religion Viva-voce Total =

2

Marks 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4

100 100 100 100 100 1000

4 4 4 4 4 40

Detailed Syllabus 241701


Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Contemporary Western Philosophy

Main features of Post-Hegelian western philosophy: its main trends with special reference to the following: Twentieth century idealism, dialectical materialism, logical positivism, intuitionism, existentialism, pragmatism, neo-realism and post-modernism. Analytic Philosophy: the nature and development of analytic philosophy in the twentieth century: A study of some important contributions of Moore, Russell and Ayer to analytic philosophy.

Books Recommended 1. 2.

Afanasyev, V.G. : Marxist Philosophy, Moscow: Progressive Publishers, 1980 Ayer, A.J. : Language, Truth and Logic, 17th Impression, London: Victor Gollancz Ltd., 1967 3. Ammerman, R.R. : Classics of Analytic Philosophy, Indian ed., New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., 1965 4. Bergson, H. : Creative Evolution, tr. by Arthur Mitchel, London: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1941 5. Blackham, H.J. : Six Existentialist Thinkers, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1952 6. Buchler, Justus. : Charles Peirce's Empiricism, New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co., 1939 7. Copleston, F. : Contemporary Philosophy, London: Burns and Oates, 1965 8. Datta, D.M. : The Chief Currents of Contemporary Philosophy, Calcutta: University of Calcutta, 1970 9. Dev. G.C. : Idealism: A New Defence and a New Application, Dhaka: University of Dhaka, 1958 10. ____ : Idealism and Progress, Calcutta: Das Gupta and Co., 1952 evsjv Abyev`: †nvm‡b Aviv Avjg, fveev` I cÖMwZ, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1988 11. Gale, Richard M. : The Philosophy of William James: An Introduction, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2005 12. James, W. : Pragmatism : A New Name for Some old Ways of Thinking, New York: Longmans Green and Co., 1908

3

13. Miah, Sajahan : Russell’s Theory of Perception (1905-1919), Dhaka: University of Dhaka, 1999; republished, London, New York: Continuum International Publishing, 2006. 14. Muirhead, J.H. : Contemporary British Philosophy, London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd. 1965 15. more, J. : A Hundred Years of Philosophy, London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd., 1968 16. Rashid, Haroon : Normative Marxism: Making Sense of Jon Elster’s Marx, Dhaka: Jatiya Sahittya Prokash, 2007 17. Rashdall, H. : The Metaphysics of Mr. F.H. Bradley, London: British Academy, 1914 18. Ratner, J. : The Philosophy of Dewey, New York: Modern Library, 1939 19. Runes, D.D. ed. : Twentieth Century Philosophy: Living Schools of Thoughts, New York: Living Schools of Thought, 1947 20. Russell, B. : History of Western Philosophy, London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd., 1946; Abyev` : cÖ`xc ivq cvðvZ¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm, cÖ_g LÊ, cwiewa©Z I cwigvwR©Z, XvKv : Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2006 21. Urmson, O. : Philosophical Analysis, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1956 22. Warnock, G.J. : English Philosophy Since 1900, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1958 23. Weinberg, J.R. : An Examination of Logical Positivism, Paterson, N.J.: Little Field, Adams, 1960 hrs. 24. Awbj Kzgvi e‡›`¨vcva¨vq : wesk kZvãxi cvðvZ¨ `k©b, KjKvZv: cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`, 1984 25. Ave`yj gZxb : we‡k−lYx `k©b : Ab~w`Z iPbv m•Kjb, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1994 26. Avwgbyj Bmjvg : mgKvjxb cvðvZ¨ `k©b, 4_© ms¯‹iY, XvKv: gvIjv eªv`vm©, 2001 27. _________ : cvðvZ¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm : i“‡kv †_‡K mgKvj, 2q LÊ, 2009 28. Gg. gwZDi ingvb (m¤úv.) : gvK©mxq `k©b: gvbyl I mgvR (wZb LÊ), XvKv: RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2014 29. ZviKP›`ª ivq : cvðvË¨ `k©‡bi BwZnvm, Z…Zxq LÊ, mgmvgwqK `k©b, KwjKvZv: Myi“`vm P‡Ævcva¨vq GÛ mÝ, 1953 30. bxi“ Kzgvi PvKgv : Aw¯—Z¡ev` I e¨w³ ¯^vaxbZv, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1983 31. ˆmq` Kgi“Ïxb †nv‡mBb : mgKvjxb `k©‡bi K‡qKwU aviv, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1999 32. nvi“b ikx` : gvK©mxq `k©b, XvKv: RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2007 33. eRjyj Kwig : †n‡M‡jvËi `k©b, XvKv, 1996 Paper Code Paper Title:

241703

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Marxist Philosophy

Marxist Philosophy Students will be required to have a thorough knowledge of Marxist philosophy. Emphasis will be given on the following topic in two groups: 4

Group- A Marxist view of the origin and nature of philosophy: Marxism and traditional philosophy, fundamental problem of philosophy, idealism versus materialism, Marxism as philosophy of practice, Marxism and science. Emergence of Marxism: Three sources and three aspects of Marxism, critique of classical German philosophy. Dialectical materialism: Main features and basic laws of dialectical materialism. Marxist epistemology: Critique of traditional epistemology, subjectivity and objectivity in knowledge, the role of practice in knowledge, conceptual and perceptual knowledge, knowledge and truth. Dialectical logic: Marxism and traditional logic, Hegel's dialectical logic, Marx's materialistic dialectical logic, dialectical logic versus formal logic. Group-B Marxist materialism: Materialistic conception of history, base and superstructure, economic determinism. Class-concept: Class philosophy, law of class struggle, philosophy of social revolution. Economic philosophy: Theory of surplus value, surplus value and exploitation, principle of distribution. Philosophical anthropology: Marxist concept of human nature, problem of alienation, concept of morality, Marxist humanism. Recent trends: Western Marxism, Analytical Marxism, Normative Marxism. Books Recommended 1. Afanasyev, Marxist Philosophy, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1980. 2. Althusser, L., For Marx, New York: Vintage Books, 1970. 3. Engles, F., Anti-Duhring, Peking: Foreign Languages Press, 1976. 4. Hook, S., Towards the Understanding of Karl Marx, London: Victor Gollancf, 1933. 5. __ (ed.), World Communism, Toronto: D.Van Nostrand, 1962. 6. John, E. (ed.), Karl Marx, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. 7. Lichtheim G., Marxism, A Historical and Critical Study, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1961. 8. Marcuse, H., Soviet Marxism, A Critical Analysis, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1968. 9. Marx, K. & Engels, F., The Communist Manifesto, Penguin, Hammondsworth, 1967. 10. __, The Poverty of Philosophy, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1947. 5

11. __, Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1981. 12. Marx, K., and Engels, F., The German Ideology, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1971. 13. Marx, K., Engels F., and Lenin, V.I., On Dialectical Materialism, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1976. 14. Popper, K., The Open Society and its Enemies, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1962. 15. Rashid, Haroon, Normative Marxism : Making Sense of Jon Elster's Marx, Dhaka: Jatiya Sahittya Prokash, 2007. 16. Tucker, Philosophy and Myth in Karl Marx, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1964. 17. Marx, K. and Engels, F., Selected Works, 3 vols., Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1968. 18. Bottomore, T.B. (ed.), Karl Marx : Early Writings, London: Watts, 1963. 19. Avwgbyj Bmjvg : mgKvjxb cvðvZ¨ `k©b, 4_© ms¯‹iY, XvKv: gvIjv eªv`vm©, 2001| 20. Gg. gwZDi ingvb : gvK©mxq `k©b : gvbyl I mgvR (wZb LÊ), XvKv : RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2014| 21. nvi“b ikx` : gvK©mxq `k©b, XvKv : RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2007| Paper Code

241705

Paper Title:

Aesthetics

Marks: 100

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs.

Origin, nature and scope of aesthetics. Aesthetic and non-aesthetic attitudes, nature of aesthetic judgment, aesthetic value. Philosophy of art: conceptual foundations of the philosophy of art; theories of the nature, functions and effects of Art. Concept of beauty and its various forms. Art and intention, art and truth, art and morality, art and society, art and reality. Aesthetics and Marxism. Problems and subject-matter of Indian aesthetics, common features of Indian aesthetics. Indian aesthetics thinkers: Brajendranath Seal, Rabindranath Tagore, Abanindranath Tagore, Ananda Kumarswami and Swami Vivekananda. Books Recommended 1. 2. 3.

Aldrich, K.C. : Philosophy of Art, London: Prentice Hall, 1963 Barlingay, S.S.: A Modern Introduction to Indian Aesthetic Theory: The Development Bharata to Jagannathe, New Delhi: D.K. Print World, 2007 Gupta, Shyamola : Art, Beauty and Creativity: Indian and Western Aesthetics, New Delhi: D.K. Printworld, 1999

6

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 13. 14.

Mukherji, Ramaranjan : Comparative Aesthetics: Indian and Western, Calcutta: Sanskrita Pustak Bhandar, 1991 Nahm, M.C. : Readings in Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics, London: Prentice Hall, 1981 Nandi, Sudhir K. : Studies in Modern Indian Aesthetics, Simla: Indian Institute of Advanced Study, 1975 Osborne, D. (ed.) : Aesthetics, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1972 Ovsyannikov, M. : Aesthetics : Art and Life, Moscow: Raduga Publishers, 1988 Sharma, H.L. : Indian Aesthetics and Aesthetic Perspectives, Meerut: Mansi Prakashan, 1990 Subramaniam, A.V. : The Indian Theory of Aesthetics: A Reappraisal, New Delhi : Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthan, 2005 Tiwari, M.N. and Kamal Giri (eds.): Indian Art and Aesthetics: Endeavours in Interpretation, Guwahati, Assam: Indian Art History Congress, 2004 Yuri, B. : Aesthetics, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1985 Aebx›`ªbv_ VvKzi : ev‡Mk¦ix wkí cÖeÜvejx, KjKvZv: iƒcv A¨vÛ †Kv¤úvbx, 1988

15. Gg. gwZDi ingvvb (m¤úv.) : ‡mŠ›`h©, wkí I b›`bZË¡ (wZb LÊ), XvKv: Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2014 16. wØ‡R›`ªjvj bv_ (Ab~w`Z) : wk‡íi ¯îƒc, KjKvZv: cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`, 1988 17. cÖ`xcKzgvi b›`x : wkí I b›`bZË¡, XvKv : Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2014 18. wegjKzgvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq : iex›`ª b›`bZË¡, KwjKvZv: †`ÕR cvewjwks, 1398 19. kªxmynvm P‡Ævcva¨vq (m¤cvw`Z) : gvK©mev` I b›`bZË¡, KwjKvZv: cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`, 1984 20. myaxiKzgvi b›`x : b›`bZË¡, KwjKvZv : cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`, 1986 21. my‡i›`ªbv_ `vkMyß : †mŠ›`h©`k©b, KwjKvZv : wPivqZ cÖKvkb, 1357 22. mynvm P‡Ævcva¨vq : gvK©mev` I b›`bZË¡ , KjKvZv: cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`, 1989 23. ‰mq` gbRyi“j Bmjvg : b›`bZË¡, XvKv: cÖ_g m‡›`k cÖKvk, 2006 Paper Code Paper Title:

241707

Marks: 100


Political Philosophy: Ancient and Medieval

Text: A. J. Skoble, & t. r. Machan, (ed.), Policial Philosophy : Essential Selections, Delhi: Pearson Education, & Dorling Kindersley Publishng, 2007. Students will be required to have a thorough knowledge of the selected classical works of ancient, medieval and modern political philsophers. Group A: Plato (from Statemans) Aristotle (from Politics) Saint Augustine (from The City of God) Saint Thomas Aquinas (from The Treatise of Law) Marsilius (from Defender of Peace) 7

Group B: Machiavelli (from The Prince) Hobbes (from Leviathan) Locke (from Second Treatise of Government) Rousseau from On the Social Contract) Hegel (from The Philosophy of Right)

Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Barker, E. : Greek Political Theory, London: Methuen and Co., 1967 ______ : The Political Thought of Plato and Aristotle, New York: Russell and Russell, 1959 Figgis, J.N. : The Political Aspects of Saint Augustine’s City of God, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1921 Goldsmith, M.M. : Hobbes’ Science of Politics, New York: Columbia University Press, 1966 Harmon, M.J. : Political Thought from Plato to the Present, New York: McGraw-Hill, 1964 Raphael, D.D. : Problems of Political Philosophy, London: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1976 Sabine, G.H. : A History of Political Theory, London: Harper, 1952 Warrender, J.H., : The Political Philosophy of Hobbes, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1957 Abvw` Kzgvi gnvcvÎ : ivóªweÁvb, KwjKvZv, 3q ms¯‹iY, 1992

10. cÖvY‡Mvwe›` `vm : ivóªwPš—vi BwZe„Ë, KwjKvZv, 2q ms¯‹iY, 1988 11. Agj Kzgvi gy‡Lvcva¨vq : ivóª`k©‡bi aviv, KwjKvZv, 1985 12. †ngvskyï †Nvl (Ab~w`Z) : ivR‰bwZK Z‡Ë¡i BwZnvm, KwjKvZv, 3q ms¯‹iY, 1999 13. ekxi ivqnvb (evsjv fvlvš—i): `¨ wcÖÝ : wb‡Kv‡jv g¨vwKqv‡fwj, c¨vwcivm, XvKv, 2008 14. G.G.Gg. AvZvDj nK (Abyw`Z) : †M‡U‡ji ivóªxq wPš—vavivi BwZnvm, XvKv, 2002


241709

Marks: 100


Philosophy of the Bangalees: Modern and Contemporary

Group A Main features of modern and contemporary philosophy of the Bangalees. Bengal Renaissance, Rammohun Roy, Akshoy Kumar Dutta, Derozio and Young Bengal; Devendranath Tagore, Keshubchandra Sen, Isvarchandra Vidyasagar, Bankimchandra Chattopaddhaya, Swami Vivekananda, Sri Aurovindo, Rabindranath Tagore. 8

Group B Recent trends of Bangalees philosophy – Buddhir Mukti Andolan : Kazi Abdul Odud, Kazi Mutaher Hossain, Khan Bahadur Ahsanullah, Kazi Nazrul Islam, Muhammad Shahidullah, Muhammad Barkatullah, Abul Hashim, Govinda Chandra Dev, Araj Ali Matubbar. Books Recommended 1. Rabindranath Tagore : The Philosophy of Our People, Calcutta, 1997 2. David Kopf & S. Joarder (ed.) : Reflections on the Bengal Renaissance, Rajshahi University, 1977 3. Roy, M.N. : Radical Humanism, Chicago, 1927. 4. Avwgbyj Bmjvg : evOvwji `k©b : cÖvPxbKvj †_‡K mgKvj, gvIjv eªv`vm©, XvKv, 2002 5.

Gg. gwZDi ingvb : evOvwji `k©b : gvbyl I mgvR, Dwbk kZK, XvKv : evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 2001, 2q ms¯‹iY, XvKv : Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2013

6.

______ : evOjvi `vk©wbK gbxlv, XvKv, RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2008

7.

______: evOvwji `k©b: eªvþ fveaviv (wZb LÊ), XvKv: evsjv‡`k GwkqvwUK †mvmvBwU, 2012

8.

______ (m¤úv). : iex›`ª `k©b: gvbyl I mgvR, 1g LÛ, XvKv: behyM cÖKvkbx, 2013

9.

______ (m¤úv). : kªxnx‡i›`ªbv_ `Ë-i `vk©wbK ew•KgP›`ª, XvKv : RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2q ms¯‹iY, 2010

10. AwmZ P‡Ævcva¨vq (m¤cvw`Z) : evOvwji ag© I `k©b wPš—v, KwjKvZv, 1980 11. KvRx Ave`yj I`y` : KvRx Ave`yj I`y` iPbvejx, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1990 12. †gvnv¤§` eiKZDj−vn : gvby‡li ag©, 5g ms¯‹iY, XvKv, 1987 13. iex›`ªbv_ VvKzi : gvby‡li ag©, wek¦fviZx MÖš’b wefvM, KwjKvZv, 1393 14. cÖ`xc ivq I gvjweKv wek¦vm (m¤cvw`Z) : Rb¥kZevwl©K kª×vÄwj : †Mvwe›`P›`ª †è : Rxeb I `k©b, XvKv, 2008 15. cÖ`xc ivq (msM„nxZ I m¤cvw`Z) :

†Mvwe›`P›`ª †è : AMÖwš’Z cÖeÜ I Ab¨vb¨ iPbv, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv,

2003 16. AvBDe †nv‡mb (m¤cvw`Z)

: AviR Avjx gvZzeŸi iPbvejx, 1g, 2q, 3q LÊ, XvKv, 1994

17. kixd nvi“b (m¤cvw`Z) : evsjv‡`‡k `k©b : HwZn¨ I cÖK…wZ AbymÜvb, 3 LÊ, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv, 1994 18. AwRZKzgvi †Nvl (m¤cvw`Z) : ivg‡gvnb iPbvejx, e½xq mvwnZ¨ cl©r, KwjKvZv, 1973 19. wnib¥q e‡›`vcva¨vq : iex›`ª `k©b, iex›`ªfviZx wek¦we`¨vjq, KwjKvZv, 1963 20. nvmvb AvwRRyj nK (m¤cvw`Z) : †Mvwe›` P›`ª †è iPbvejx, 3 LÊ, XvKv : evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1997 21. ivg`yjvj ivq : evOvwji `k©b : cÖvPxbKvj †_‡K mgKvj, XvKv, 2008 22. gyn¤§` mvBdzj Bmjvg : A¶qKzgvi `Ë I Dwbk kZ‡Ki evOjv, evsjv‡`k GwkqvwUK †mvmvBwU, XvKv, 2009

9

241711


Marks: 100


Philosophy of Mind

Students are required to have a thorough knowledge of the problems dealt with in the following texts. Group A: Text : Ryle, Gilbert: The Concept of Mind, New York : Penguin Books, 1983 evsjv Abyev` : Avjx AvdRvj †Kv‡ikx, XvKv, 2009 Group B: Text : Shaffer, J.A.: Philosophy of Mind, New Jersey: Englewood Cliffs, 1968. evsjv Abyev` : Rûi“j nK: g‡bv`k©b, XvKv, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1983

Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Borst C.V. (ed.) : The Mind-body Identity Theory, London: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1970 Chappell, V.C. : The Philosophy of Mind, New York: Englewood Cliffs, 1968 Glover, J. (ed.) : The Philosophy of Mind, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1980 Graham, G. : Philosophy of Mind : An Introduction, Oxford: Blackwell, 1998 Guttenplan, S. (ed): A Companion to the Philosophy of Mind, Oxford: Blackwell, 1998 Heil, J. : Philosophy of Mind : A Contemporary Introduction, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1998 White, A.R. : The Philosophy of Mind, New York, 1967


241713

Marks: 100


Social Philosophers

Students are required to have a general knowledge of the main thoughts of the following social Philosophers: Ibn Khaldun, Auguste Comte, Herbert Spencer, Karl Marx, Emile Durkheim, Vilfredo Pareto, Max Weber, Talcott Parsons. Books Recommended 1. 2. 3. 4.

Afanasyev, V.G. : Marxist Philosophy, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1980 Alpert, Harry: Emile Durkheim and His Sociology, New York: Russell and Russell, 1961 Aron, R.,: Main Currents in Sociological Thought, London: Penguin Books, 1968 Bendix, Reinhard: Max Weber: An Intellectual Portrait, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1998

10

5.

Black, Max. (ed.): The Social Theories of Talcott Parsons: A Critical Examination, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersy: Prentice Hall, 1961

6.

Durkheim, E. : The Rules of Sociological Method, New York: Free Press, 1938

7.

Henderson, L. J. : Pareto’s General Sociology: A Physiologist’s Interpretation, New York: Russell and Russell, 1967

8.

Hudson, W.H. : An Introduction to the Philosophy of Herbert Spencer: With a Biographical Sketch, New York: Haskell House Publishers, 1974

9.

Levy, B.L. : The Philosophy of Comte, 1903

10. Mahdi, Muhsin : Ibn-Khaldun’s Philosophy of History: A Study in the Philosophic Foundation of the Science of Culture, Chicago: Chicago University Press, 1964 11. Parson, T. : Essays in Sociological Theory, Illinois: Free Press, 1958 12. Rashid, Haroon : Normative Marxism: Making Sense of Jon Elster’s Marx, Dhaka: Jatiya Sahittya Prokash, 2007 13. Ritzer, G. : Modern Sociological Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill, 1996 14. Zeitlin, I.M., : Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory, New Jersey: Prentice- Hall, 1968 15. Gg. gwZDi ingvb

: gvK©mxq `k©b : gvbyl I mgvR (`yB LÊ), XvKv : RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2014

16. †Mvjvg mvg`vbx †Kvivqkx (Abyw`Z): Avj-gyKvwÏgv, 1g I 2q LÊ, XvKv: evsjv GKvWgx, 1981 17. eì“j Avjg Lvb (m¤cvw`Z) : cyuwRev‡ì mgvRZË¡, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1985 18. nvi“b ikx` : gvK©mxq `k©b, XvKv: RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2007 19. Lyiwk` Avjg : AvaywbK mgvRZvwË¡K gZev`, XvKv 1990 20. KvRx †ZveviK †nv‡mb I gynv¤§` nvmvb Bgvg (m¤úvw`Z) : AvaywbK mgvRweÁv‡bi wPš—v I ZË¡, XvKv, 1988 21. ‡gv. b~i“¾vgvb : wPivqZ mgvRwPš—v, XvKv: behyM, 2013

Paper Code

241715

Paper Title:

Meta Ethics

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Text : Hudson, W. D., Modern Moral Philosophy, London: Macmillan and Co., 1970 Paper Contents Moral disPaper and moral philosophy : An example of moral disPaper. Is there a connection between moral philosophy and first order moral disPaper? Moore and the rejection of ethical naturalism. The emotivist theory : A.J. Ayer and C. L. Stevenson.

11

Prescriptionism: R.M. Hare Descriptionism : The Is-ought Questions Controversy Hume and Searle.

Books Recommended 1. 2. 3.

Ayer, A.J. : Language, Truth and Logic, 17th Impression, London: Victor Gollauer Ltd., 1967 ______ : The Central Questions of Philosophy, New Delhi: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1979 Begum, H. : Moore's Ethics: Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., Dhaka, 1982. evsjv Abyev`: Kvjx cÖmbœ `vm: gyÏ‡ii bxwZZË¡, XvKv: Aemi cÖKvkbv ms¯’v, 2012

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Foot, Philippa. (ed.) : Theories of Ethics, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970 Frankena, W.K. : Ethics, 2nd ed., New Jersey: Englewood Cliffs, 1973 Hall, E.W. : Our Knowledge of Fact and Value, Chapel-Hill: The University of North Carolin Press, 1961 Hancock, R.N. : Twentieth Century Ethics, New York: Columbia University Press, 1974 ______ : The Language of Morals, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1952 ______ : Essays on the Moral Concepts, London: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1972 Hare, R.M. : Freedom and Reason, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1963 Hill, T.E. : Contemporary Ethical Theories, New York: The Macmillan Publishing Co., 1950 ____ : Ethics in Theory and Practice, New York: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1956 Hudson, W.D. : The Is-Ought Question, London: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1969 Moore, G. E. : Principia Ethica, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1968. evsjv Abyev`, nvmbv †eMg: bxwZwe`¨vi g~jbxwZ, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1985

15. Searle, J.R. : An Essay in the Philosophy of Language, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1969 16. Stevenson, C.L. : Ethics and Language, New Haven: Yale University Press, 1964 17. _____ : Facts and Values : Studies in Ethical Analysis, New Haven: Yale University Press, 1964 18. Warnock, G.J. : Contemporary Moral Philosophy, London: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1967 19. Warnock, M. : Ethics Since 1900, 3rd ed., Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1978 20. Avãyj nvB Xvjx : bxwZwe`¨v : Av`k©wbô I civbxwZ we`¨v, XvKv: cyw_Ni wjwg‡UW, 1986 21. Ave`yj nvwg` : mgKvjxb bxwZwe`¨vi iƒc‡iLv, XvKv, 2003 22. †kL Ave`yj Iqvnve : wesk kZvãxi bxwZ`k©b, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 1986 12

23. ivwk`v AvLZvi Lvbg : bxwZwe`¨v : ZË¡ I we‡k−lY, XvKv: RvZxq MÖš’ cÖKvk, 2002 Paper Code Paper Title:

241717

Marks: 100


Philosophy of Religion

Student will be required to have a thorough knowledge of the problems discussed in the following texts. Group A : Text John Hick, The Philosophy of Religion, London: Prentice-Hall, 1973. Group B : Text R. H. Thouless, An Introduction to Psychology of Religion, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1971. Books Recommended 1. Abernethy, G.L. & F.A. Langford (eds.), Philosophy of Religion: A Book of Readings, New York: Macmillan, 1962. 2. Brutt, E.A., Types of Religious Philosophy, New York: Harper and Brothers, 1951. 3. Clark, W.H., The Psychology of Religion: An Introduction to Religious Experience and Behaviors, New York: Macmillan, 1958. 4. Flew, A. and Alasdair Maclntyre (eds.), New Essays in Philosophical Theology, New York: Macmillan, 1955. 5. Galloway, G., The Philosophy of Religion, New York: T and T Clark, 1964. 6. Hick, John (ed.), Classical and Contemporary Readings in the Philosophy of Religion, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall, 1964. 7. Iqbal, M., Reconstruction of Religious Thought in Islam, Lahore: Sh. Muhammad Ashraf, 1968. 8. Islam, A.N., Self, Suffering and Salvation: with Special Reference to Buddhism and Islam, Allahabad: Vohra Publishers, 1987. 9. Jurji, Edward J. The Great Religions of the Modern World, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1967. 10. Noss, Jonh B., Man's Religions, 5th edition, London: Macmillan, 1963. 11. Macgregor, G., Introduction to Religious Philosophy, Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1959. 12. Mia, A.J., A Contemporary Philosophy of Religion, Dhaka: Islamic Foundation Bangladesh, 1987. 13. Quasem, M.A., Salvation of the Soul and Islamic Devotions, London: Kegan Paul, 1983. 13

14. ------, Ghazali on Islamic Guidance, Oxford: Islamic Text Society, 2007. 15. Trueblood, D.E., Philosophy of Religion, New York: Harper and Row, 1957. 16. Thompson, S.M., A Modern Philosophy of Religion, Chicago: Chicago University Press, 1955. 17. AvwRRybœvnvi Bmjvg I KvRx b~i“j Bmjvg : Z‚jbvg~jK ag© I Ab¨vb¨ cÖm½, XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx, 2002 18. Av L g BDbym : gi‡YvËi Rxeb m¤ú‡K© Bmjvg I wn›`yag©, XvKv: Avj wnKgvn& cvewj‡KkÝ, 2003 19. Gg. gwZDi ingvb : ag© `k©b, XvKv : RvZxq mvwnZ¨ cÖKvk, 2014 20. mykxjKzgvi PµeZ©x (Aby.) : ag© `k©b, KjKvZv: cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—K cl©`, 2011

Paper Code

241718

Paper Title:

Viva-voce

Marks: 100

14

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY


Department of Arabic


1

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.A. Honours Course Subject: Arabic Session: 2013-2014

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 241201 241203 241205 241207 241209 241211 241213 241215 241217 241218

Paper Title Modern poetry History of Arabic Literature (1789-Till now) Arabic Literary Criticism Modern prose (Novel and Drama) Ìlmul Kalam Communicative Arabic-IV History of Islam (750-1258AD) Studies of Arabic in Bengal Muslim Philosophy-2 Viva-voce Total =

2

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40

Detailed Syllabus Paper code Paper Title:

241201 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Modern Poetry


‫ ﻗﺼﻴﺪة اﻟﻬﻤﺰﻳﺔ اﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‬،‫ اﻟﺸﻮﻗﻴﺎت‬:‫أﺣﻤﺪ ﺷﻮﻗﻲ‬ ‫ ﻗﺼﻴﺪة ﺗﺤﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎم اﻟﻬﺠﺮي‬،‫ دﻳﻮان ﺣﺎﻓﻆ اﺑﺮاهﻴﻢ‬:‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ اﺑﺮاهﻴﻢ‬ .‫ اﻟﻴﺘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻴﺪ‬،‫ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﺎب‬،‫ دﻳﻮان ﻣﻌﺮوف اﻟﺮﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬:‫ﻣﻌﺮوف اﻟﺮﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬

Paper code Paper Title:

241203 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. History of Arabic Literature (1798-Till now)

Prescribed Topics a) Origin and development of modern Arabic prose and poetry b) Leading modern poets and writers c) Novel, Short stories, Drama and Maqalah d) Journalism in Arabic, its Origin and Development e) Islamic literature in Arabic. Books Recommended: 1. Jurji Zaydan : Tarikh al- Adab al-Lughat al-Arabiyya. 2. Ahmad Hasan al Zayyat : Tarikh al-Adab al-Arabi. 3. Hanna al-Fakhuri : Tarikh al-Adab al-Arabi. 4. Shawqi Dayf : Tarikh al-Adab al-Arabi. 5. Omar Farrukh : Tarikh al-Adab al-Arabi. 6. R.A. Nicholson : A Literary History of the Arabs. 7. C. Huart : History of Arabic Literature. 8. H.A.R. Gibb : Arabic Literature. 9. Ihsan Abbas : Tarikh al-Adab al-Andalusi. 10. Dr. Md. Abu Baker Siddique: A Critical Study of Abu Mansur al-Thaàlibi`s Contribution to Arabic Literature. 12. ‰mq` mv¾v` †nvmvBb : Aviex mvwn‡Zï BwZe„Ë| 14. Avãym mvËvi : AvaywbK Aviex mvwnZ¨| 15. W. †Mvjvg mvg`vbx †Kvivqkx : Aviex mvwn‡Zï msw¶ß BwZnvm 16. Av Z g gyQ‡jn D``xb, Aviex †QvU Mí cÖm½


241205 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Arabic Literary Criticism

Described books: 1. Qudama b. Jàfar 2. Taha Husain,


:Naqd al-Nathr : Min Hadith al-Shir wa al-Nathr.

3


241207 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Modern prose (Novel and Drama)

Book prescribed: 1. Mahmud Taimur 2. Nazib Kilani 2. Mustafa Kamil


241209 Ìlmul Kalam


: Ihsan lillah, From Readers in Modern Arabic Literature, p.p. 147-162 (Novel) : Rihlatun ilallah (Novel) : Fath al- Andalus. (Drama) Marks: 100 Credits: 4


Book prescribed: 1. Al- Tafta zani : Sharh al –Aqaid al- Nasafi. Books Recommended: 1. Dr. A.N.M Raisuddin 2. Principal professor Md.Fazlul Rahman 3. Imam Al Gazali 4. Maulana Shah Waliullah


: Al- Kalam. : Aqaid al- Islam. : Yahya Ulmum al- Din : Mirtur Age o Pore

241211 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Communicative Arabic-IV


Book Prescribed: Al-Arabia Lil –Hayatil Yaomiyyah. 4rth Vol. Dr. Gias Uddin. Md. Abul Kalam Azad. Bangladesh Open University, CALP. Book Recommended W. †gvnv¤§` BDQzd, Aviwe fvlvq `¶Zv wk¶v`vb c×wZ


241213 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 History of Islam (750-1258AD)


This paper will cover the following topics: Social, Political, Educational and cultural contribution of Abbasaid Rules Book Recommended: 1. Sayyed Ameer Ali : A short History of the Sarascens 2. P.K Hitt :History of Arabs. 3. gynv¤§` †iR-B Kixg : Avie RvwZi BwZnvm

4

4. 5. 6. 7.

‡kL gynv¤§` jyrdv Rvnvb gwdRyj−vn Kexi ‰mq` gvngy`yj nvmvb ‡gv: gymv Avbmvix


: Avie RvwZi BwZnvm : Avie RvwZi BwZnvm : Bmjv‡gi BwZnvm : ga¨hy‡M gymwjg mf¨Zv I ms¯‹…wZ

241215 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Studies of Arabic in Bengal


This paper will cover the following topics: a. History of Arabic in Bengal Entrance of Arabic, its Development expansion up to 1971. b. Importance of educational institutions : Calcata Alia – Madrasa , Dhaka Alia Madrasa, Dhaka University, Rajshahi University , Islamic University, Selhyt Alia - Madrasa , Mustafabia Alia Madrasa, Bogra. c. Contribution of selected person : Ubaid Ullah , Ubaid sohrawardiy, Abdur Rahman Kashgory, Mufti Amimul Ihsam, Alaudddin Al –azhari , Abdullah Nadavi, Abdullahil Qurashi, Dr. Shirajul Haque, Siyed Moazzem Hussin, Abu Nasar Wahid and Dr. md. Ishaque, Prof. A T M Musleh Uddin, Prof. Md. Ayub ali. Book Prescribed: W. gynv¤§` Ave`yj−vn

: evsjv‡`‡k L¨vZbvgv Aviexwe`

Book Recommended: 1. Avãyj Kixg 2. byi †gvnv¤§` AvRgx 3. Avãyj gvbœvb Zvwje 4. W. G Gd Gg Avgxbyj nK

: gymwjg evsjvi BwZnvm I HwZn¨ : nvw`‡mi ZË¡ I BwZnvm : evsjv‡`‡k Bmjvg : gydwZ mvwq¨` gynv¤§` Avgxgyj Bnmvb: Rxeb I Ae`vb


241217 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Muslim Philosophi-2


The following topics are to be studied : Al-Tasawwuf origin and development of sufism, main tents of the sufi orders : Qadiriya, Chistiya, Suhrewandiya , Naqsbandiya , Shazilliya , Mujaddidiya . life and works of those who are contributed in this regards. Books Recommended: 1. Shah Waliullah 2. Dr. Rashidul Alam 3. Ibn Hazim 4. Abdul Kadir al-Bagdadi 5. M.M.Sharif 6. Majd Fakri

: Hujjat Allah al-Baligha. : Muslim Darshaner Bhumika : Kitab al-Milal wal-Nihal : Al-Farq bainal Firaq : A History of Muslim Philosophy : A History of Muslim Philosophy

5

7. S. Rahman 8. Sahrastani 9. De Bore


241218 Viva-voce

: Islamic Culture and Philosophy : Al- Milal wal- Nihal : History of Philosophy in Islam

Marks: 100 Credits: 4

6

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Marketing

Four‐Year B.B.A. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

1

National University Subject: Marketing Syllabus for Four Year BBA Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution.

Fourth Year Paper Code 242301 242303 242305 242307 242309 242311 242313 242315 242317 242318

Paper Title Marketing Management Human Resource Management International Business Consumer Behavior Sales Management Brand Management Entrepreneurship Development Bangladesh Economics Marketing Research Viva- voce Total =

2

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code : 242301 Paper Title :

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 MARKETING MANAGEMENT


1. Defining Marketing for the 21st Century: The Importance of Marketing- The Scope of Marketing- Company Orientations Toward the Market place- Fundamental Marketing Concepts, Trends, and Tasks. 2. Developing Marketing Strategies and Plans: Marketing and Customer Value- Corporate and Division Strategic Planning – Business Unit Strategic Planning – Product Planning: The Nature and Contents of a Marketing. 3. Creating Customer Value, Satisfaction, and Loyalty: Maximizing Customer Lifetime Value- Cultivating Customer Relationships- Customer Databases and Database Marketing. 4. Identifying Markets Segments and Target: Level of Markets Segmentation- Segmenting Consumer Markets- Bases for Segmenting Business Markets- Market Targeting. 5. Crafting the Brand Positioning: Developing and Communicating a Positioning StrategyDifferentiation Strategies- Product Life-cycle Marketing Strategies- Market Evolution. 6. Dealing with Competition: Competitive Forces-Analyzing Competitors-Commutative Strategies for Market Leaders-Other Competitive Strategies- Balancing Customer and Competitor Orientations. 7. Deg and Marketing Service: Nature of Services, Marketing Strategies for Service Firms, Marketing Service Quality, Managing Service Brands, and Managing Product Services. 8. Setting Product Strategy: Product Characteristics and Classifications- DifferentiationProduct and Brand Relationships- Packaging, Labeling, Warranties, and Guarantees. 9. Deg and Managing Value Networks and Channels: Marketing Channels and Value Networks- The Role of Marketing Channels- Channels-Design Decisions- ChannelManagement Decisions- Channel Integration and Systems-Conflict, Cooperation and Competition-E-Commerce Marketing Practices. 10. Deg and Managing Integrated Marketing Communication: The Role of Marketing Communications-Developing Effective Communications- Deciding on the Marketing Communications Mix – Managing the Integrated Marketing Communications. Book Recommended : 1. Philip Kotler

:

Marketing Management, Prentice-Hall Inc.

:

Marketing Management, Mcmillan India Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Book: 1. V.S. Ramaswamy & S. Namakumari

3


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

1. The Development of Human Resource Management: The concept of human resource management-Early stages of development- Contemporary developments- Human resource management as a profession. 2. Organizational Considerations in Managing Human Resources: The organization as a system – Responsibility and authority within the organization- Organization structures – The human resource department in an organization- The personnel program. 3. Job Requirements: The role of jobs- Job design-Job analysis- Job requirements and personnel functions-Job descriptions. 4. Human Resource Planning and Recruitment: Human resource planning –Recruiting within the organization- Recruiting outside the organization- EEO in recruitment. 5. Recruitment and Selection: The steps in recruitment- The exit interview- Reaching a selection decision- Considerations that shape selection policies. 6. Job Evaluation: The reasons of job evaluation schemes- Problem areas- ProcedureTechniques- Non-analytical methods- Analytical methods- New methods- Other methods. 7. Compensation Systems: Job choice- The influence of compensation on behaviorsCompensation and satisfaction- istration- Types of systems- Compensation evaluation- Incentive pay systems. 8. Training and Development: The purpose of training –Training programs- Types of training 9. Career Development: Phases of a career development program- Career development programs for special groups- Personal career development.

Book Recommended : 1. Gary Dessler

:

Human Resource Management, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, India.

Reference Book: 1. David A. DeCenzo and Stephen P. Robbins: Personnel Human Resource Management, Prentice Hall, Inc. Englewood cliffs, USA.

4


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS


1. Globalization-Introduction to the field of Global Business, Significance, Nature and Scope of Global Business, Modes of Global business-Global Business Environment-Social, Cultural, Economic, Political and Ecological factors. 2. Theories of International Trade: Types of trade theories- Mercantilism- Absolute and Comparative Advantage theories of International trade- Trading environment of International trade-Factor Propration Theory- The Porter Diamond- Free Trade Vs Protection- Tariff and Non- tariff Barriers – Trade Blocks. 3. Balance of Payments: Concept- Components of BOP, and Disequilibrium in BOP-Causes for disequilibrium and Methods to correct the disequilibrium in Balance of Payments. 4. Foreign Exchange Market: Nature of transactions in foreign exchange market and types of players, Exchange rate determination, Convertibility of rupee-Euro currency market. 5. World Trade Organization: Objectives, Organization Structure and Functioning, WTO, International liquidity: Problems of liquidity; International Financial institutions- IMF, IBRD, IFC, ADB- Their role in managing international liquidity problems. Book Recommended : 1. John Daniels, Lee Radebaugh, and Daniel Sullivan: International Business Environments and Operations, , 13th edition, Pearson education, 2011. Reference Book: 1. Francis Cherunilam


:

International Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing House.

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR


1. Introduction: Consumer Decision Making, Scope of Consumer Behavior Field- An Overview of Consumer Behavior, Marketing Applications of Consumer Behavior TheoryTheories and Models, Theoritical originas of Consumer Behavior-Using Models in Consumer Behavior Research- Basic Consumer Behavior Models- Marketing Applications of Consumer Behavior Model. 2. Culture and the Consumer Behavior: Cultural Settings- Defining Culture- Components of Culture- Useful Concepts of Cultural Analysis- Cross Cultural Research and Multinational

5

Marketing-Adapting to a Cultural Perspective- Subculture- Concept- Ethnic and Religious Subcultures- Regional Subcultures- Subcultures of the Aging- The Singles SubcultureSubculture of Proverty. 3. Social Organization and Reference Groups: Society and the Consumer- SocializationReference Groups- Reference Group Norms and Conformity- Social Change-How Social Trends Will Affect Consumption. 4. Social Class: Investigating Social Class- Social Stratification- Research Models of Social Class-Are Classes Breaking Down? Life Style Differences in Social Class – Social Class and Buying Behavior. 5. The Family: Family Definition- Influences on Family Decision- Making- Children and Family Consumption- Useful Family Concepts in Marketing. 6. Learning: Learning and Experience- Behaviorist Versus Cognitive Learning TheoryBehavior Modification in Psychology and Marketing- Retention and Advertising MessagesHabit Formation and Brand Loyalty. 7. Perception: Types of Consumer Perception- Definition of Perception- Gastalt and Cognitive Theories of Perception- Models of Perception- Factors Determining Perception- Features of Perception Affecting Consumer Behavior. 8. Motivation and Personality: An Overview of Motivation- Motivation Research MethodsThe Concept of Personality- Personality Theory- Personality in Consumer Behavior. 9. Attitudes: Influence of Attitudes- Understanding Attitude- Attitude Organization- Functions of Attitudes- How Attitudes are Measured –Attitude Theory and Consumer ResearchAttitude Change- Cognitive Dissonance Theory- Multiatribute Theory.

Book Recommended : 1. Harold W. Berkmen and Christopher C. Gilson

:

Consumer Behavior, Kent Publishing Company.

Reference Book: 1. Leon G. Schiffman & L.L Kanuk & Others: Consumer Behavior, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 SALES MANAGEMENT


1. Sales Management, Personal Selling, and Salesmanship: Buyer-Seller Dyads- Diversity of Personal Selling Situations- Theories of Selling- Prospecting – Steps in Prospecting- Sales Resistance- Closing Sales- Conclusion. 6

2. Determining Sales - Related Marketing Policies: Product Policies-What to Sell- Distribution Policies- Who to Sell- Pricing PoliciesConclusion. 3. The Effective Sales Executive: Nature of Sales Management Positions- Functions of the Sales Executive- Qualities of Effective Sales Executive – Relations with Top ManagementRelations with Managers of Other Marketing Activities- Compensation Patterns for Sales Executives- Conclusion. 4. The Sales Organization: Purposes of Sales Organization- Setting up a Sales OrganizationBasic Types of Sales Organizational Structures- Field Organization of the Sales DepartmentCentralization Vs Decentralization in Sale Force Management- Schemes for Dividing Line Authority in the Sales Organization- Conclusion. 5. Motivating Sales Personnel: Meaning of Motivation- Motivational “Help” from Management- Need Gratification and Motivation- Interdependence and MotivationMotivation and Leadership- Motivation and Communications- Unionization of Sales Personnel – Conclusion. 6. Controlling Sales Personnel: Evaluating and Supervising: Standards of PerformanceRelation of Performance Standard to Personal Selling Objectives- Recording Actual Performance- Evaluating- Comparing Actual Performance with Standards Taking ActionThe Dynamic Phase of Control – Controlling Sales Personal Through SupervisionConclusion. 7. The Sales Budget: Purposes of the Sales Budget- Sales Budget- Form and ContentBudgetary Procedure- Conclusion. 8. Quotas: Objectives in Using Quotas- Quotas, the Sales Forecast, and the Sales BudgetTypes of Quotas and Quota – Setting Procedures- istering the Quota System- Reasons for not Using Sales Quotas- Conclusion. 9. Sales Territories: The Sales Territory Concept- Reasons for Establishing or Revising Sales Territories- Procedures for Setting up or Revising Sales Territories- Deciding Assignment of Sales Personnel to Territories- Routing and Scheduling Sales Personnel- Conclusion.

Book Recommended : 1. R.R. Still, E.W. Cundiff, Norman A.P. Govon

:

Sales Management, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd; New Delhi.

:

Sales Force Management, The McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd,New Delhi.

Reference Book: 1. Mark W. Johnston, Greg W. Marshall

7

Paper Code : 242311 Paper Title : 1

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 BRAND MANAGEMENT


Fundamental Concepts of Marketing, Brand and Brand Management: Marketing, Value, Satisfaction, Exchange, Marketing Mix, What is Brand? Marketing Process, Bottom line of branding Product etc.

2. Brand and Brand Management: Can anything be branded? Brandign Challenges and opportunities, Brand equity concept, strategic brand management process. 3. Customer-Based Brand Equity: Brand Knowledge, Sources of brand equity, Strong brand, Brand building implications. 4. Brand Positioning and Values: Identifying and establishing brand positioning, Positioning guidelines, Defining and establishing brand values. 5. Choosing Brand Elements to Build Brand Equity: Criteria for Choosing brand elements, Options & tactics for brand elements. 6. Deg Marketing Programs to Build Brand Equity: New perspective on marketing, Product strategy, Pricing strategy, channel strategy. 7. IMC To Build Brand Equity: Information Processing model of Communication, Overview of Marketing communication options, Developing IMC Program. 8. Leveraging Secondary Brand Knowledge To Build Brand Equity: Conceptualizing the leveraging Process, Company, Co-branding, Licensing and Celebrity endorsement. 9. Deg & Implementing Branding Stratetgies: The brand product mix, Brand hierarchy, Deg a brand strategy.

Book Recommended : 1. Kevin Lane Keller

:

Strategic Brand Management- Building, Measuring, and Managing Brand Equity, . Prentice Hall, Inc. USA.

:

Brand Management, Vikas, New Delhi

Reference Book: 1. Y.L.R Moorthi

8


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT

1. Entrepreneur: Evolution of the Concept of Entrepreneur; Characteristics of an Entrepreneur; Functions of an Entrepreneur; Types of Entrepreneur, Entrepreneur. 2. Entrepreneurship: Concept of Entrepreneurship; Growth of Entrepreneurship in Bangladesh; Role of Entrepreneurship in Economic Development. 3. Factors Affecting Entrepreneurial Growth: Environment for Entrepreneurship; Environmental Factors; Economic Factors; Non-Economic Factors; Government Actions. 4. Entrepreneurial Motivation: Motivation; Motivational Theories; Motivating Factors; Achievement Motivation. 5. Entrepreneurial Competencies: Meaning of Entrepreneurial Competence or Trait; Major Entrepreneurial Competencies; Developing Competencies. 6. Entrepreneurial Mobility: Factors Influencing Mobility; Occupational Mobility; Locational Mobility. 7. Small Enterprises: Characteristics; Rationale; Scope, Opportunities for an Entrepreneurial Career, Role of Small Enterprises in Economic Development. 8. Project Identification and Selection: Meaning of Project. Project Identification, Project Selection, Formulation of a Project Report. Concept of Project Appraisal, Methods of Project Appraisal, Business Plan. 9. Finance of Enterprises: Financial Planning, Source of Finance, Capital Structure. 10. Institutional to Entrepreneurs of Bangladesh: Need for Institutional , Financial Institutions of Govt. and Non-Govt. of Bangladesh, Supply and Demand, side Analysis of and Assistance of Bangladesh, Govt. Policy and Programs for SmallScale Enterprises. Book Recommended : 1. S.S. Khanka

:

Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand & Company, Ltd. New Delhi.

:

Entrepreneurship, McGraw Hill Boston.

Reference Book: 1. Hisrich and Petter

9


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 BANGLADESH ECONOMICS


1. Structure of Bangladesh Economy: Characteristics and Salient Features of Bangladesh Enonomy-Change in the Economic Structure over Time. 2. Agriculture and Rural Development: Land Ownership Tenancy. Market and Land Operation Distribution; Cropping Practices and Cropping Intensity; HYV and Its Implication; Rural Development Institutions and Strategy of GOB and NGO; Investment Pattern in the Rural Economy; Problems of Agrarian Economy and Prospects of Its Development. 3. Industrial Sector: Role of the Industrial Sector for Economic Development of Bangladeh; Relative importance of Small, Medium and Large Scale Manufacturing Industries-Nationalization vs. Privatization- Role of Development Finance Institutions – Credit Policy- Debt Default- Sick Industries- Evaluation of the Industrial Policies-1972 Nationalization Act, 1982 NIP; 1986, NIP- Recent Policy Changes. 4. Infrastructure and Trade: Role of Infrastructure for the Economy of BangladeshStructure of Imports to and Exports from Bangladesh- of Trade-Trends in Balance of Payments Position-Export Incentives-Liberalization, Decontrol and Deregulation of Trade-Impacts and Consequences. 5. Business Environment and Bangladesh Economy: The Nexus between the Different Elements of Business Environment existing in Bangladesh and her Economic Performance-Role of the above Elements for Development of Entrepreneurship – Constriants of Entrepreneurial Development in Bangladesh –Changes in Business Environment in the light of Recent Policy Changes – Denationlisation and PrivatisationMixed Economy- Free Market Economy. 6. Planning Experience in Bangladesh: Objectives of Planning- Types of Planning- Five Year Development Plans and Annual Development Plans –Allocation of Resources – Perspective Plan- Problems of Implementation of Plans in Bangladesh- Sustainable Development- Conservation of Energy – Environmental Protection. Books Recommended : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Khan, A.R. And M. Hossain : Development Strategy for Bangladesh Islam, Nurul : Development Planning in Bangladesh Anu Mahamood : Inside of Bangladesh Economy Plan Documents Five Year, Annual and Perspective Plans Statistical Year Book for Bangladesh.

10


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 MARKETING RESEARCH


1. Introduction to Marketing Research: The Nature of Marketing Research, Classification of Marketing Research, The Role of Marketing Research in MIS and DSS, Marketing Research Suppliers Selecting a Research Supplier, Selecting a Research Supplier, Marketing Research Process. 2. Defining the Marketing Research Problem and Developing on Approach: The Process of Defining the Problem, Developing an Approach to the Problem, Tasks Involved, Environmental Context of the Problem, Management Decision Problem and Marketing Research Problem, Defining the Marketing Research Problem, Components of the Approach. 3. Research Design: Exploratory, Descriptive and Causal Research, Relationships Among Exploratory, Descriptive, and Causal Research, Potential Sources of Error, Budgeting and Scheduling the Project, Marketing Research Proposal. 4. Exploratory Research Design: Secondary Data: Primary versus Secondary Data, Criteria for Evaluating Secondary Data, Classification of Secondary Data, Qualitative Research: Rationale for Using Qualitative Research , A Classification of Qualitative Research Procedures, Focus Group Interviews, Depth Interviews, Projective Techniques. 5. Descriptive Research Design: Survey and Observation: Survey Methods: Telephone, Personal and Mail Methods; A Comparative Evaluation of Survey Methods, Selection of Survey Method (s), Observation Methods: Observation Methods Classified by Mode of istration, A Comparative Evaluation of Observation Methods, A Comparison of Survey and Observation Methods. 6. Causal Research Design: Experimentation: Concept of Causality, Conditions for Causality, Validity in Experimentation, Extraneous Variables, Controlling Extraneous Variables, A Classification of Experimental Designs: Pre- experimental Designs, True Experimental Designs, Quasi- Experimental Designs , Statistical Designs, Laboratory versus Field Experiments, Limitations of Experimentation. 7. Measurement and Scaling: Comparative Scaling: Measurement and Scaling, Primary Scales of Measurement, Comparative Scaling Techniques and Verbal Protocols, Noncomparative Scaling Techniques: Continuous Rating Scale, Itemized Rating Scales, Noncomparative Itemized Rating Scale Decisions, Multi-item Scales, Scale Evaluation: Measurement Accuracy, Reliability and Validity; Relationship between Reliability and Validity, Generalizability and Choosing a Scaling Technique. 8. Questionnaire and Form Design: Questionnaires Design Process: Overcoming Inability to Answer, Overcoming Unwillingness to Answer, Choosing Question Structure, Choosing Question Wording, Determining the Order of Questions, Form and Layout, Reproduction of the Questionnaire, Pretesting; Observational Forms. 9. Sampling: Design and Procedures: The Sampling Design Process, A Classification of Sampling Techniques, Nonprobability Sampling Techniques and Probability Sampling Techniques, Choosing Nonprobability versus Probability Sampling, Uses of Nonprobability

11

and Probability Sampling, Final and Initial Sample Size Determination: The Sampling Distribution, Statistical Approaches to Determining Sample Size, The Confidence Interval Approach, Multiple Characteristics and Parameters, Adjusting the Statistically Determined Sample Size. Book Recommended : 1. Naresh K. Malhotra

:

Marketing Research, Prentice Hall Inc. New York.

:

Marketing Research, Weily Student Edition

Reference Book: 1. David A. AAKER, V. Kumar George S. Day


Marks : 100 Viva-Voce

Credits : 4

12

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Finance & Banking


1

National University Subject: Finance & Banking Syllabus for Four-Year BBA Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year-wise Papers and marks distribution.


Paper Title International Trade and Finance Public Finance and Taxation Financial Market and Institutions Comparative Financial System Human Resource Management Business Research Methodology SME and Micro Finance E-Banking & E-Commerce Central Banking Viva-Voce Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40

2

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code: 242401 Paper Title:

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND FINANCE

1. International Trade Model: The basic trade model; application of basic trade model and the pattern of trade. Theory of comparative advantage and absolute cost advantage. 2.

International Trade Policy: The instruments of trade policy and welfare; trade policies in developing countries. Regional trade integration: SAPTA, European Common Market, ASEA and OPEC.

3. Financing International Trade: Payment methods for international trade; prepayment, letters of credit, drafts, consignment, open trade finance methods; s receivable financing, factoring, letters of credit. Agencies that motivate international trade 4. International Flow of Funds: Balance of payments, current , capital , Factors affecting international trade flows, correcting a balance of trade deficit. 5. Exchange Rate Determination: Measuring exchange rate movements, exchange rate equilibrium, factors that influence exchange rates' 6. Government Influence on Exchange Rates: Exchange rate systems, government intervention, reasons for government intervention, direct intervention, indirect intervention, how central bank intervention can affect an MNC's value. 7. Direct Foreign Investment: Motives for direct foreign investment revenue related motives, cost related motives. Benefits of international diversification, diversification benefits during a global crisis, diversification benefits of multiple projects. 8. Multinational capital Budgeting: subsidiary vs. parent perspective, tax differentials, restricted remittances, excessive remittances, exchange rate movements, factors to consider in multinational capital budgeting; exchange rate fluctuation, inflation, financing arrangement, blocked funds etc., adjusting project assessment for risk. 9. International Cash Management: Cash flow analysis: subsidiary perspective, subsidiary expenses, subsidiary revenue, subsidiary dividend payments, and subsidiary liquidity management. Techniques to optimize cash flows. Books Recommended : 1. Jeff Madura

:

International Financial Management, 8th Edition

2. Soderstein, Board reed

:

International Economics

Paper Code: 242403 Paper Title:

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 PUBLIC FINANCE AND TAXATION


1. Introduction: Definition, Scope, functions, objectives, public goods and its classifications' public goods vs. private goods, Normative and subjective approach, pure public goods.

3

2. Efficiency, optimality and the allocation of resources: Pareto optimality and social optimality. Pareto optimality and the competitive situation: efficiency in consumption and production, efficiency in relative allocation of factors to various goods, Pareto optimality, competition and social optimality, Competition and govt. action. 3. Pure public goods: The characteristics of public goods, the optimal provision of public goods' Public goods and a free market allocation, The nature of the political process, the citizen voters: political parties and elected representatives, the decision making role of executive and bureaucracy. 4. Externalities and the role of Government: Consumption externalities, production externalities, Pecuniary, technological' negative externalities and spill over effects. Direct negotiation' The need for govt. intervention. 5. Government and the income distribution: The need for governmental redistribution, Pareto optimal redistribution' ethical income redistribution, Distributive shares and wages differentials. Income distribution and poverty, The role of govt. and the income distribution. 6. Budget system and cost-benefit analysis: Budget system: nature of budgets, the budget cycle. Operation of the budgetary process' cost benefit analysis, the elements in a cost benefit study, the need for discounting' merits and limitations of cost-benefit analysis. 7. Tax system in Bangladesh : Definition of tax, characteristics of tax. The scheme of income tax law: an overview, structure of income tax ordinance, l984. A brief history of income tax law in Bangladesh, Rights and obligation of a taxpayer under the ITO, 1984: types of income tax authorities' Taxes Appellate tribunal. 8. Basics of Income tax : Definition and principles of income tax, Income year, Definition of Assessee, Computation of total income, charge of tax, charge of surcharge, charge of additional tax, tax rates, charge of minimum tax for individual and companies. 9. Effects of Taxation : The approaches to consumption taxation, Relative economic effects of two forms of taxes, relative supply of labor in various occupations, effects of savings, capital formation, major problems of expenditure taxes. 10. Public Finance and the developing economies : The characteristics of the LDCs, the primary determinants of economic growth, goals of the developing economies, the tax structure in LDCs. Books Recommended: 1. Jhon F. Due and Ann F.

:

Government Finance

:

Public Finance, 7th Edition

Friedlaender 2. Harvey S. Rosen

3. Dr. Monjur Morshed Mahmud :

Taxation in Bangladesh

4


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. FINANCIAL MARKET AND INSTITUTIONS

1. Introduction: Role, function and Types of financial markets. Securities traded in financial market, Derivative securities, Valuation of securities in financial markets, Market efficiency, Globalization of financial market. 2. Financial Assets and Financial Transactions: Creation of financial assets, characteristics of financial assets, Types of financial transaction. 3. Determination of Interest Rates : Loanable Fund Theory, Household demand, Business demand, Govt. demand and Foreign demand for loanable funds, Aggregate demand and aggregate supply of loanable funds, Equilibrium interest rate, Economic forces that affects interest rates. Relationship between interest rate and security price. 4. Money Markets: Money Market Securities: Treasury bills, Commercial paper, Negotiable certificate of deposit, Repurchase agreement, Bankers acceptance. Institutional use of money market, Valuation of money market securities. 5. Bond markets: Background of bonds, Bond yields, Treasury bond, Treasury bond auction, Corporate bonds, Characteristics of corporate bonds. 6. Equity Market: Primary and Secondary markets, Definition, role and functions, IPO: Process of going public, Investment banker, ICB, Merchant banker, Secondary market liquidity, Elements of liquidity, Intermediation. Broker, Dealer, Specialists, Trading arrangements, Margin trading, Short selling, Market disorder-Wash sale, insider trading, pool, Organized exchanges, DSE, & CSE, Third and Fourth markets, Regulatory body BSEC. 7. Thrift Operations: Background on savings Institutions, Sources and use of fund, Performance of savings institutions. 8. Finance Operations: Types of Finance companies, Sources and use of Finance Companies funds, Risk faced by Finance Companies, Participation in financial markets. 9. Mutual Fund Operations: Background on Mutual Funds, Types of funds, Corporate control by Mutual Funds, Stock Mutual Fund categories, Specialty Funds, Bond Mutual Fund Categories, Growth and Size of Mutual Funds, Money market funds.

Books Recommended:

1. 2. 3. 4.

: Financial Institutions and Markets, 9th Edition Peter S. Rose : Money and Capital Markets DSE Fact Book-Various issues Annual Reports of Financial Institutions Jeff Madura

5

Paper Code: 242407 Paper Title :

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. COMPARATIVE FINANCIAL SYSTEM

1. Overview of financial systems: The main functions and structures of modern financial systems 2. Financial Structures and Regulations: Comparative financial structures and regulations in developed, developing and emerging economies; Financial Repression and Evolving Financial Systems, Banking Reforms in Russia, China and India 3

Financial globalization in historical perspective: The origins of financial globalization, trade and international capital flows, The political / systemic roots of financial globalization, international monetary and financial regulation

4. The new global financial actors: Emergence of global actors, money and capital markets, stock markets, Islamic banking practices. 5. The impact of financial globalization: Economic growth and stability, financial globalization and economic development, financial globalization and stability 6. Diversification of Banking Activities : The Expansion of Banks into Non-banking Financial Services, the Effect of Non-interest Income on Banks, Total Income, Global Markets and centers, International Banking, Banking Issues in the 21"st Century. 7. Global Regulation of Financial Institutions: Significance of financial regulations, International Regulation, Basel Accord II and III, Complementary Approaches to Basel, International Financial Architecture. 8. Financial crisis: Definitions and controversies, Financial crisis of 2008, European sovereign debt crises, The south East Asian Financial crisis, 1997-99; The Japanese Banking Crisis, Scandinavian Banking Crises, Long Term Capital Management (LTCM) Books Recommended:

1. Burton and Lombra

:

2. M. Umar Chopra

:


The financial system and the economy Toward a just monetary system

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

1. Introduction to Human Resource Management: Definition, importance, functions, models, environment-influencing HRM, globalization and its impact on HRM. 2. Acquisition of Human Resources: Human Resource Planning, its importance, steps, effects of retirement on Human Resource planning. Job analysis, definition, methods, purposes, recruitment sources, factors effecting recruitment constraints and sources, Selection process, benefits of proper selection, discrete and comprehensive selection process, characteristics of good selection devices, Selection devices, application forms, tests interview, background investigations, socializing new employee, meaning, process, consideration in developing socializing program.

6

3. Development of Human Resources: Meaning of training and management development, training and learning determining needs for training, training methods, methods of developing managers, Career development, meaning, importance, stages, techniques, and Institutions criteria for distribution. 4. Motivation of Human Resources: Motivation, meaning, process, theories, applications, Performance appraisals, process, methods, factors, distorting appraisals, suggestions for improved appraisals, Rewards, types qualities, criteria for distribution. 5. Maintenance of Human Resources: Compensation istration, factors effecting salary structure, job evaluation, incentive compensation plans, executive compensation. Benefits and Services, impact on motivation, legal requirements, voluntary benefits and services, impact on motivation, legal requirement, voluntary benefits and services provided, current trends Employee discipline, definition, types of disciplinary problems, factors determining disciplinary actions, guidelines for istering discipline, disciplinary actions available for managers. Safety and Health, Safety programs, health programs, work stress, employee burnout, Employee relations, formation and registration of trade unions, institutional methods of maintaining good relations. Grievance handling process, collective bargaining and other methods of resolving disputes and industrial democracy. Books Recommended:

1. David A Decenzo and

:

Stephen P Rabbins 2. Gary Dessler

:


Human Resource Management, John Wiley and Sons, Inc New York Human Resource Management, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Research Methodology: 1. Introduction to Business Research: What is business research, Why study research, Value of acquiring research skills, types of studies used to do research, What is good research, Manager-Researcher relationship, Manager-Researcher Conflicts, When Research should be avoided. 2. Research Methodology: Define research methodology, Variable, Attribute, Indicator, Operational definition, Deductive and inductive thinking, Research methods Vs. methodology, Criteria of a good research, Qualities of a good research, Types of Business research, Research proposal (technical &v financial), Steps in research/ Research process. , Deciding on the research approach and choosing a research strategy, Turning research ideas into research projects, The importance of theory in writing research questions and objectives. 3. Sampling : What is sampling, Reasons for sampling instead of census, Errors in sampling, Sample design (Sample size, Sampling frame, Sampling technique), Development of instruments, Steps in developing instruments, Sources of data, Data collecting method, Data collection procedure/istering the instruments/Field survey, Quality control &

7

monitoring, Point estimates, Interval estimates, Standard Error of the sample means, Constructing general confidence intervals, Finite-population correction factor. 4. Test of Hypothesis: Hypothesis, Types of hypothesis, Methodology-errors & risks in hypothesis testing, Steps in hypothesis testing, Types of tests, Purposes of various tests.

Econometrics: 5. Review of regression-assumptions-violations-consequences-and corrective measures. Problems of Heteroskedasticity, autocorrelation and multicollinearity. (Chapter 3-7 of text book number l) 6. Exploring data patterns and selection of forecasting techniques: more arithmetical approaches: moving averages and smothering methods . (Chapter 3-5 of text book number 2) 7. Autoregressive process-estimation of AR, MA (moving average) and ARMA (Autoregressive moving average).-The Box-Jenkins (ARIMA) approach. (Chapter 13 of 'Text Book Number l, and Chapters B-9 of text book number 2) Book Recommended: 1. Donald R. Cooper Pamela S. Schindler

:

Reference Books: 1. G.S. Maddala : 2. J. F,.Hanke, A. G. Reitsch and : D. W. Wichern 3. A.K. Koutsoyiannis :


Business Research Methods, Latest available edition

Introduction to Economics, Latest available edition Business Forecasting, Latest edition Theory of Econometrics (for general reading)

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 SME AND MICRO FINANCE


1. Introduction: Socio-economic background of Bangladesh and its rural economy; definition and characteristic of small and medium enterprises (SMEs); sources of SME and microfinance. objectives and policies Govt. regarding SME financing; emergence of SME and microfinance; Historical background of microfinance in Bangladesh. 2. Markets for Microfinance: Definition and characteristics of informal credit market and formal cooperative credit market Demand and supply of microfinance; Theories and Approaches of microfinance: Imperfect Information Paradigm Theory-Credit Rationing, Adverse Selection, Moral Hazard: market players of micro finance, objectives and policies of both formal and informal MFIs. 3. Micro Finance Institutions (MFIs) : Formal and Informal Rural Financial Institutions (MFls), Interest- free and Interest-based MFIs, Superiority of Interest-free MFIs over Interest-based MFls, Mission and Vision of Formal and Informal MFIs; Non-government Organizations (NGOs); SME foundation: its functions, objectives, roles.

8

4. Microfinance Approaches and Models : World-wide used lending models: Grameen Group-based Lending Model/Approach, Individual Approach, Village Banking Model SHGs Approach: Interest-free Micro Investment Model (RDS of IBBI), Replication of Grameen Model' Analysis of the major lending methodologies in microfinance; Tooli for measuring poverty and impact of microfinance services. 5. Performance Evaluation of MFIs : Studies on MF Performance Evaluation; Repayment Rates, Financial Viability, Profitability, Leverage and Capital Adequacy, Borrowers Viability and poverty Alleviation. Indicators of Tools applied in Performance Evaluation; Performance Measurement indicators developed by various organizations (AIMs, OECD, CGAR and SWEE'P Network), performance evaluation of some leading MFIs; Monitoring and supervision; Subsidy and sustainability of the programs as well as MFIs' 6. Impact Assessment on Microfinance: Existing Theories on Impact Assessment: Intermediary School of Thoughts, Intended Beneficiary School of Thoughts; Impact Assessment Models/Techniques: Qualitative and Quantitative Techniques. 7. Policy and Legal Framework : Regulatory Requirements and Policy for the Development of SME and Microfinance Activities; Government Policy and Legal Framework Regarding Microfinance in Bangladesh, Role of Government and Central Bank; Micro Credit Regulatory Authority (MRA) in Bangladesh. 8. Critics and Challenges of Microfinance : Constrains and challenges in Micro-credit and microfinance, As per view point of target, clients/beneficiaries, as per view point of provider of Funds, As per Previous researches, some way outs to overcome the same.

Books Recommended:

1. Maria Otero & Elisabeth Rhyne:

The New World of Micro enterprise Finance : Building Healthy Financial Institutions for the Poor, Kumarian Press, 1994

2. Microfinance Handbook, World Bank, 1999 3. Elisabeth Rhyne and Deborah : Commercialization of Microfinance, Edited by Elisabeth Drake Kumarian Press, 2002 3. The Microfinance Revolution : World Bank, 2001 Reference Books:

1. Rural and Micro Finance in Bangladesh : Principles and Practice 2. Joanna Ledgerwood and Iffat Sharif

:

Who Needs Credit?- Poverty and Finance in Bangladesh

3. A.R. Khan

:

Rural Finance and Banking

4. Joanna Ledgerwood

:

5. Marguerite S. Robinson

:

Microfinance Handbook-An Institutional and Financial Perspective Annual Reports of BKB, RAKUB, PKSF, Bangladesh Bank Credit Norms tec.

9

6. Shahdiur R. Khandker

:

7. Iffat Sharif and Geoffrey Wood :


Fighting Poverty with Micro Credit Challenges for Second Generation Micro FinanceRegulation, Supervision and Resource Mobilization

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 E-BANKING AND E-COMMERCE


E-Banking: Opportunities, Legal Framework; e-payment Systems; Checks, Collections, Debit and Credit Cards, Lock Box, Clearing House, Transaction Processing, Cryptography and Authentication; Recent Trends : World Stage, Asian Scenario, Bangladesh Perspective; Future of e-banking. E-commerce: Introduction to e-Business & E-Commerce; E-commerce Fundamentals; EBusiness Infrastructure; E-Business Strategy; E-Marketing; Issue of risk and security in ECommerce, E-Commerce and Internet. Books Recommended: 1. David Chaffey

:

E-Business and E-Commerce Management

2. Graham Field

:

E-Payment in Financial Services.

3. William Essex

:

Making Online Banking Pay Upgrading Your E-Strategy

4. William Frankel

:

Trade Finance Banking and Electronic Commerce Sources of Competitive Advantage in an Era of Technological Upheaval.

5. David Evans, Richard Schmalensee

:

Paying With Plastic : The Digital Revolution in Buying and Borrowing

6. Michael Violano, ShimonCraig Van Collie

:

Retail Banking Technology: Strategies and Resources That Seize the Competitive Advantage

7. Joseph Di Vanna

:

Future of Retail Banking


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 CENTRAL BANKING


01. History of Money and Banking: Bank create money, Gold Standard The economic history of banking. 02. History and Functions of Central Banks: The history of interbank settlement arrangements: exploring central banks’ role in the payment system, the main tendencies in modern central banking, Roles and objectives of modern central banks, Foreign Trade and Capital Flows, Foreign Exchange Reserve Management.

10

03. Monetary Policy (Objectives and Tools): Selection and Use of Monetary Policy Instruments, Why are Central Banks Pursuing Long-run Price Stability?, Communication of monetary policy decisions by central banks: what is revealed and why. 04. Central Bank Independence & Clearing House Function: Central bank independence, transparency and ability, Clearing House Function of Central Bank. 05. Camels & Basel: CAMELS Rating, BIS Capital Requirement for Financial Risk, Bank Regulations, Basel II & III, Solvency II. 06. Bangladesh Bank Circular & Regulations: Recent Monetary policy statement, Bangladesh Automated Clearing House, Guidance notes on prevention of money Laundering, Guidelines to establish a banking company in Bangladesh, Conventional bank to Islamic bank & Open a separate Islamic banking division and branches. Books Recommended: 1. Alan S. Blinder, Central Banking in Theory and Practice, The MIT Press. 2. Mathias Dewatripont & Jean Trirole, The Prudential Regulation of Banks, MIT Press. 3. Bank for International Settlements (BIS), Issues in the Governance of Central Banks, A report from the Central Bank Governance Group 4. Bangladesh Bank Website: http://www.bangladesh-bank.org Paper Code: 242418 Paper Title:

Marks: 100 Viva-Voce

Credits: 4

11

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Management

Four Year B.B.A. (Hounors) Course Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

1

National University Subject: Management Syllabus for Four Year BBA Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution.


Paper Title Bank Management Financial Management (In English) Supply Chain Management Industrial Relations Project Management International Trade Investment Management Bangladesh Economy Entrepreneurship Viva-voce Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40

2

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code: 242601 Paper Title

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


BANK MANAGEMENT

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Structure of commercial banking system. Role of commercial banks in the economic development. Banking system in Bangladesh. Organization and management of commercial banks. Deposits of commercial banks. Commercial bank’s lending and investment portfolio. Earnings, expenses and profitability of commercial banks. Capital structure and safety of commercial banks. Reserves and liquidity requirements of commercial banks. General ing system in commercial banks. Bankers and customers relationships. Central banking. Specialized Bank: Bangladesh Development Bank Ltd.(BDBL)-Bangladesh Krishi Bank (BKB)-Rajshahi Krishi Unnayan Bank (RKUB)-Investment Corporation of Bangladesh (ICB)-Organization and management –FunctionsObjectives and policies. 14. Training on Bank Management: Organization-Programs and objectivesBangladesh Institute of Bank Management (BIBM)-Other bank institutes and centers.

Books Recommended: 1. S. A. Shakoor, A Handbook of Bank Management: with Particular Reference to Bangladesh, Monograph 2. The Bangladesh Banks (Nationalisation) Order, 1972. 3. Edward. Reed and EdwardK. Gill Commercial Banking Prentice Hall,New Jersy. 4. A.R. Khan : Bank Management (Further references may be given by the Paper teacher)

Paper Code: 242603 Paper Title: 1.

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (in English)

Goals and Functions of Finance: Meaning of Financial Management; Financial Goal: Maximize Shareholder Wealth; Maximization of EPS; Corporate decisions, Importance of Financial Management, Factors influencing financial decisions. Agency Problems, Dealing with Agency Problems; Principle of Financial Management; Social Responsibility; Corporate governance.

3

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Capital Budgeting and Risk Analysis: Risk Evaluation Approaches-Certainty Equivalents (CE), Risk-adjusted Discounted Rates (RADR), CE vs RADR., Probability Distribution Approach, Decision Tree Approach, Behavioral Approach for Dealing with Risk-Sensitivity Analysis, Simulation. Theory of Capital Structure: Introduction to the Theory; Assumptions and Definitions; NI Approach, NOI Approach and Traditional Approach; ModiglianiMiller (MM) Position; Arbitrage process; Taxes and Capital Structure; Corporate plus Personal Taxes; Merton Miller’s Equilibrium; Effects of Bankruptcy Costs, Tradeoff model, Pecking order theory. Dividend Policy: Procedural Aspects of Paying Dividends; Types of Dividend Policies; Factors Affecting Dividend Policy; Dividend Payout Irrelevance; Arguments for Dividend Payout Mattering; Impact of Other Imperfections; Financial Signaling; Share Repurchase; Method of Repurchase; Repurchasing as Part of a Dividend Decision; Stock Dividends; Stock Splits. Capital Market Financing: Public Offering of Securities; Traditional Underwriting, Best Efforts Offering, Making a Market, Shelf Registrations, Flotation Costs, Government Regulations for Issuing Securities, SEC Review, SEC Regulations in the Secondary Market, Selling Common Stock Through a Rights Issue, Value of Rights, Success of the Offering, Standby Underwriting, Oversubscriptions, Rights Issue vs. Public Offering, Green Shoe Provision, Financing a Fledgling, Initial Public Offerings, Information Effects of Announcing a Security Issue; Types of Long-term Debt Instruments; Retirement of Bonds; Preferred Stock and its Features; Common Stock and its Features; Bond Refunding. Lease Financing: Definition of Lease, Types of Leases, Leasing Arrangements, Advantages and Disadvantages of Lease, Lease versus Purchase Decision, Leasing in Bangladesh-Problems and Prospects. Working Capital Management: Importance, Determinants of Working capital, Policies for Financing Current Assets, Operating Cycle and Cash Conversion Cycle, Estimating Working Capital Requirement.

Books Recommended: 1. James C. Van Horne. Financial Management and Policy (Latest Edition). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. 2. James Van Horne and John M Wachowicz. Fundamentals of Financial Management (Latest Edition). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.

Paper Code: 242605 Paper Title 1.

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Understanding the Supply Chain: What is a Supply Chain?-Historical Perspective-The objective of a Supply Chain-The Importance of a Supply ChainDecision Phases in a Supply Chain-Process Views of a Supply Chain.

4

2.

Supply Chain Performance- Achieving Strategic Fit and Scope: Competitive and Supply Chain Strategies-Achieving Strategic Fit-Expanding Strategic ScopeObstacles to Achieving Strategic Fit.

3.

Supply Chain Drivers and Metrics: Impellers of Supply Chain-Drivers of Supply Chain Performance-Framework for Structuring Drives-Facilities-InventoryTransporation-Information-Sourcing-Pricing-Obstacles to Achieving Strategic Fit.

4.

Deg Distribution Networks and Applications to e-Business: The Role of Distribution in the Supply Chain-Factors Influencing Distribution Network Design-Design Options for a Distribution Network-e-Business and the Distribution Network. Distributions Channels of Agricultural Product, FMCG Sector and Commodities in Bangladesh-Distribution Networks in Practice.

5.

Network Design in the Supply Chain: The Role of Network Design in the Supply Chain- Factors influencing Network Design Decisions- Framework for Network Design Decisions- Models for Facility Location Design DecisionsModels for Facility Location and Capacity Allocation- The Role of IT in Network Design-Networking Tradition with Modernity- Making Network Design Decisions in Practice- The Impact of Uncertainty on Network Design

6.

Deg Global Supply Chain Networks: The Impact of Globalization on supply Chain Networks- The Off shoring Decision: Total Cost- Risk Management in Global Supply Chains- The Basic Aspects of Evaluating Global Supply Chain Design- Evaluating Network Design Decision Using Decision Trees- AM Tires; Evaluation of Global Supply Chain design Decisions Under Uncertainty- Making Global Supply Chain Design Decisions Under Uncertainty in Practice- Uncertainty in Global Supply Chain Operations.

7.

Demand Forecasting in a Supply Chain: The Role of Forecasting in a Supply Chain- Characteristics of Forecasts- Components of a Forecast and Forecasting Methods- Basic Approach to Demand Forecasting- Time-Series Forecasting Methods- Measures of Forecast Error- Forecasting Demand. The Role of IT in Forecasting- Risk Management in Forecasting- Forecasting in Practice.

5

8.

Aggregate Planning in a Supply Chain: The Role of Aggregate Planning in a supply Chain- The Aggregate Planning Problem- Aggregate Planning StrategiesAggregate Planning in Excel- The Role of IT in Aggregate Planning- Inventory Planning and Economic Theory Aberrations- Implementing Aggregate Planning in Practice.

9.

Sales and Operations Planning-Planning Supply and Demand in a Supply Chain: Responding to Predictable Variability in the Supply Chain- Managing SupplyManaging Demand- Implementing Sales and Operations Planning in PracticeTacking Predictable Variability in Practice.

10. Planning and Managing Inventories in a Supply Chain: Managing Economics of Scale in a supply Chain- Cycle Inventory, Managing uncertainty in a Supply Chain- Safety Inventory, Determining the Optimal Level of Product Availability. 11. Logistics In Supply Chain: Movement within a Facility-Incoming and Outgoing Shipments- Distribution Requirements Planning (DRP)- Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). 12. Supplier

Management:

Certification,

Supplier

Choosing

Suppliers-

Relationships-

Supplier

Supplier

Audit-

Partnership,

Supplier

Evaluations

Supplying Alternatives. Books Recommended: Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl & D. V. Kalra, Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation, 4th Edition, Pearson Education

Paper Code: 242607 Paper Title 1.

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS


An Overview of Industrial Relations: Definition-Objectives-Nature of Industrial Relations Model-Factors affecting the patterns of industrial relationsactors in industrial relations.

2.

Trade Union Movement: Historical analysis-Type of trade union management and leadership in Bangladesh.

6

3.

Employers and Their Organization: Employers' styles in dealing with workersa profile of Bangladeshi employers, Objectives and functions of Chambers of Commerce and Industries and Industries Bangladesh Employers' Association.

4.

Collective Bargaining: Purpose-Process-Pre-requisite of effective bargaining Successful collective barraging -Collective bargaining agent-Determination of CBA.

5.

Role of Government: Government role in different areas of industrial relationsFormulation of labour politics- Labour legislation -Interventions in wages issues- Service regulations- Dispute resolution.

6.

Conciliation Service: Organization and operation subjective and objective conditions

of

conciliation

in

Bangladesh.

Adjudication

Machinery:

Organization and operation of labour courts - Problems encountered. 7.

Participative Management and Industrial Democracy's: Determinants- German and Yugoslavian experiences, Experience in Bangladesh.

8.

Bangladesh and ILO: Objectives, structure and finance of ILO - Impact of ILO on the labour scene of Bangladesh.

Books Recommended: 1. Sloyed G. Reynold 2. J.H. Richardson 3. R. Hyman

Paper Code: 242609 Paper Title

: Labour Economics and Industrial Relation : An Introduction to the Study of Industrial Relation : Industrial Relations

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT


1. Nature of project management – Definition – Features and types of project – Project life cycle – Elements and functions of project management – Project organization – Traditional management and project management – Qualities, functions and responsibilities of a project manager. 2. Project formulation and appraisal – Meaning of project formulation and appraisal – Steps in project formulation – Economic, social, financial, technical and managerial appraisal of project – Cost benefit analysis (SCBA – OECD) approach – UNIDO approach – Capital budgeting.

7

3. Market and Demand Analysis: Concept of forecast – Elements of a good forecast – Determinants of Demand – Demand forecasting Steps in market and demand analysis. 4. Project Risk Analysis: Definition of risk – Types of project risk – Techniques of measuring risk – Risk management process. 5. Planning and scheduling of projects: Steps in project planning and scheduling – Gantt chart – PERT – M time – Cost trade off – Planning at the national level. 6. Resource mobilization: Procedures for release of funds – Financing projects under ADP. 7. Project implementation: Steps in project implementation – Impediments of project implementation – Guidelines to effective implementation. 8. Monitoring valuation and termination of projects: Techniques of monitoring – Precondition of effective monitoring – Methods of evaluation – Deferent status of project termination. 9. Project management in Bangladesh: Procedures of preparation and approval of development projects in Bangladesh – Organization and functions of planning commissions – ECNEC and IMED – Problems of project implementation in Bangladesh – An evaluation of JK project – JMP, and Modhopara Hard Rock Project. Books Recommended: 1. M. Serajudding : Project Management 2. B.B. Goel : Project Management 3. Jack R. Meredith; and : Project Management Samuel J. Mantel Jr. 4. Sky lark Chandha : Managing Project in Bangladesh 5. Prasanna : Projects Planning, Selection and Implementation (Further references may be given by the Paper teacher)


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. INTERNATIONAL TRADE

1. Definition of international trade – Importance of international trade in the world economy – Trend of international trade with reference to Bangladesh. 2. International Trade and the Theory of Comparative Advantage: Economic basis for international trade – The source of international trade – The principle of comparative advantage, Economic gain from trade, Effects of trade quotas – Heckscher Ohlion Theorem.\ 3. Protectionism and Free Trade: Arguments / economics of protectionism – Instruments of protectionism – Multilateral trade negotiation – Removing barriers to free trade – GATT as an initiative for liberalizing trade. 4. The economics of foreign exchange: Balance of international trade – International financial system.

8

5. International Trade Transactions: International transfer of bank deposits resulting from international transactions – How foreign trade is carried out – Export and import transactions. 6. Foreign exchange markets – Equilibrium exchange rates – Determinants of foreign exchange rates – Nominal and real exchange rates – Appreciation and depreciation of currencies – International balance of payments – Current s, capital s. 7. Issues of International Economics: The Bretton Woods System – The International Monetary Fund (IMF) – The World Bank (WB) – World Trade Organization (WTC). 8. Bangladesh and International Trade: Bangladesh position in the community of developing countries – Trade intensity and of trade of Bangladesh with the SAARC countries – trends and composition of exports and imports of Bangladesh – Major trade partners of Bangladesh. 9. Export Processing Zones in Bangladesh: Bangladesh Export Processing Zone Authority (BEPZA) – Reason for setting EPZs in Bangladesh – Performance of the EPZ in Bangladesh. Books Recommended: 1. G. Jepma and A. Rhoen 2. Paul Krugmam 3. Steven Husted 4. P.H. Lindert 5. K.K. Dewett 6. Ricky W. Griffin

: International Trade, A Business Perspective

International Economics International Economics International Economics Modern Economic Theory International Business: Perspective (Further references may be given by the Paper teacher)


: : : : :

A

Managerial

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Marks: 100 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

1. Introduction: Overview of financial management fundamentals. 2. Intermediate Term Financing: Lease financing – Debt financing. 3. Obtaining Investment information: Individual investor – Financial analysis – Institutional investor – Brokerage houses – The financial press – Market indexes – The investment advisory services. 4. Valuation: Concepts in valuation – Valuation of bond, preferred stock and common stock. 5. Portfolio management: Basic portfolio theory – Protfolio risk and diversification – Capital market line and security market line – CAPM – Risk and return in the securities market – Arbitrage Pricing model. 6. Theory of capital structure and decisions. 7. Dividend policies and retained earnings.

9

8. Long – Term Financing: Issuing securities, cash offer, rights, warrants, convertibles and options. 9. Financing Institutions in Bangladesh: Forms, Functions & Problems. Books Recommended: 1. J.C. Van Horne : Financial Management and Policy 2. E.F. Brigham : Financial Management: Theory and Practice 3. I.M. Pandey : Financial Management 4. M.Y. Khan and P.K. : Financial Management: Text and Problems Jain 5. Jerome B. Cohea and : Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Others 6. G. Foster : Financial Statement Analysis 7. S. Kevin : Portfolio Management (Further references may be given by the Paper teacher)


Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Marks: 100 BANGLADESH ECONOMY

1. Introduction: Characteristics of underdeveloped economy – Obstacles to economic growth (political, international, financial) – Vicious circle. 2. Economic History of Bangladesh: Economy of Bangladesh during Mughols, British and Pakistan regimes – Present structure of Bangladesh’s economy. 3. Economic development: Concepts of development and underdevelopment – Economic growth and economic development causes of economic backwardness – Methods and processes and determinants of development of Bangladesh. 4. Resources for development: Internal and external resources – Private and public resource – Methods for mobilization of domestic resources – Role of foreign aid – Foreign capital in economic development. 5. Agricultural development of Bangladesh: Modernization – Problems and solutions. 6. Industrial development of Bangladesh: Processes of industrialization – Nationalization of industries – Problems and prospects of nationalized, denationalized and private industries – Small and medium industries – Importance of small and cottage industry in the economy. 7. Economic planning in Bangladesh – Short and long – range plans – Population policy and manpower training. 8. Foreign trade of Bangladesh – Export promotion and banking system. Books Recommended: 1. Khan Azizur Rahman 2. J. Farland and J.R. Parkinson 3. A. Abdullah 4. M.R. Khan

: The Economy of Bangladesh : Bangladesh Test Case of Development : Land Reform and Agrarian Change in Bangladesh : a) Bangladesh Population during the PEY Plan 10

b) Population Policy and Prospects for Zero Population Growth for Bangladesh 5. Nurul Islam : Development Planning in Bangladesh 6. Rehman Sobhan : Foreign Aid Dependence to Self-Reliance 7. Journals : a) Bangladesh Economic Review b) Political Economy c) BIDS Reports and Publications 8. First, Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Five Year Plans Bangladesh 9. Report of the Task Forces on Bangladesh Development Strategies for the 1990s Vol. 1 & 2. (Further references may be given by the Paper teacher)


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 ENTREPRENEURSHIP


1. Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Meaning of entrepreneurship, entrepreneur and intrapreneurship-historical background of the concept of entrepreneurship-entrepreneurial process-causes for interest in intrapreneurship, climate for intrapreneurship-establishing intrapreneurship in the organization-types of entrepreneurship-classification of entrepreneursentrepreneur background and characteristics-common qualities of an entrepreneur-role of entrepreneurs in developing countries like Bangladesh-entrepreneurial careers and educationethics and social responsibility of entrepreneurs-need for the study of entrepreneurship-methods of assessing self entrepreneurial qualities-Theories of Entrepreneurship: Psychological theories, socio-psychological theories and cultural theories, other theories and models of entrepreneurship. 2. Entrepreneurial Environment and Business Opportunity Identification: Analysis of business environment-political, economic, legal and technical aspects of environment, environmental scanning procedure, SWOT analysis, techniques of environmental analysis. 3. Entrepreneurial and Small Business: Definition of small business, its comparison with large business, features of small business, stages of small business development, role of small business, reasons for success and failure of small business. 4. Planning of Small Business: Definition, importance, uses and features of a business plan, steps to develop a business plan, pitfalls to avoid in making business plan. 5. Financing Small Enterprise: Planning financial needs, using capital in small business, sources of finances for small firms, working capital and request for institutional loan. 6. Creativity and Marketing Idea: Sources of new ideas-innovation and new product development process, production process, production elements and plan, production control process, marketing process and Marketing Plan. 7. Entrepreneurship and Small Business Development in Bangladesh: Entrepreneurship development potentiality, need for training and development, problems of organizing entrepreneurship development training, role of SME Foundation, BSCIC and other organization under the entrepreneurship and small business development in Bangladesh- Entrepreneurship Case Analysis. Women Entrepreneurship in Bangladesh. 8. Business Documents Collection Procedure and Maintenance: Issuing trade License, collecting TIN Number, VAT registration, Opening Business with bank and other non-banking financial institutions, collecting association hip, partnership agreement, registration of t stock companies, registration of cooperative society, registration of foundation, registration of NGO-IRC, ERC, Opening a L/C, Export Documentations-Import documentations-Insurance-

11

fire-environment-Intellectual Property- Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and Trade Secrets, and other relevant business documents collection procedure and maintenance. 9. Writing a Business Plan: Assignment for Internal Evaluation (Marks: 20) Books Recommended:

1. Dr. AHM Habibur Rahman : Entrepreneurship (Latest Edition) 2.

Robert D. Hisrich & Others, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill


Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Viva-voce

12

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of ing


1

National University Subject: ing Syllabus for Four-Year BBA Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year-wise Papers and marks distribution.


Paper Title ing Theory Advanced Auditing & Professional Ethics ing Information Systems Organizational Behavior Corporate Law and Practices Working Capital Management And Financial Statement Analysis Advanced ing-II Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Research Methodology (In English) Viva-voce Total =

2

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4

100 100 100 100 1000

4 4 4 4 40

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code : 242501 Paper Title :

Marks : 100

Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. ING THEORY

1. 2. 3. 4.

Development of ing Theory: Historical Development. Conceptual framework of ing and Reporting. Agency Theory and need for ing. Signaling Theory and ing Information, Contingency Theory, Institutional Theory, Asymmetry of Information Theory, Bounded Rationality Theory and the Theory of Knowledge. 5. Income concepts: ing and Economic Income, Hick’s Theory of Income, Capital Maintenance, Hayek’s Capital Maintenance. 6. Hidden cost of control. 7. Earnings Management : Earnings Forecast Model, Smoothing and Big Bath. 8. Incentive Scheme : Profit Sharing, Share ownership, Share options, ing for share options (IFRS2). 9. Contingencies and Disclosure, IAS 37. 10. Fair Value Measurement, IFRS 13. 11. ing covenants and Loan Agreement. 12. Capital Structure: Debt-equity, Free cash flow, Optimum Capital Structure, Nature of Assets and Capital Structure. 13. Test of uses of ing Information: Market efficiency, CAPM. 14. Intangibles: Goodwill, Copyright, Patents, Brands, Trademarks, R&D, IAS 38. 15. Valuation: Cost, Replacement, Appraised Value, Market Value, Present Value, Arbitrary Valuation, Tobins’ Q. 16. Regulation: IFRS, Standard setting process, GAAP, Differences in GAAP. Books Recommended : 1. Richard G. Schroeder Myrtle W. Clark

:

ing Theory : Text and Readings John Wiley & Sons., Inc.: NY, 1994

2. Dhiman Chowdhury.

:

Incentives, Control, and Development: Governance in the Private and Public Sector with Special Reference to Bangladesh, Dhaka University, 2nd edition, Dhaka. 2012

3


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. ADVANCED AUDITING & PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

1. International Standard on Auditing : Objectives and Basic Principles Governing an Audit : ISA # 18, ISA @ 23, Auditing Engagement Letter ISA # 2, Planning ISA # 4, First Year Audit Engagement : ISA @ 28 and other ISA. 2. Analytical Procedures (ISA 520) : Introduction, Nature and purpose of Analytical procedures, Analytical Procedure and Risk Assessment Procedures, Substantive Analytical Procedures, The Reliability of Data, Investigating Unusual items, Using the work of another Auditor, Using the work of an expert. 3. Audit of a Limited Company : Qualification, Appointment, Remuneration of Auditors, Power, Duties, Rights and Status of an Auditor, Auditor Report, Corporate Governance Certification, Audit of Private Limited Company, Group of Companies, Holding Companies and their Subsidiaries, t Audits, Responsibilities of t Auditor. 4. Government Audit : Nature and Objectives of Government Audit, Duties and Powers of Comptroller and Auditor General, Audit Code of Government of Bangladesh. Audit against Regularity, Audit of Grants and Aids, Local Authority Audit. 5. Management Audit : Development of Operational/Management Audit; Structure, Scope, Need and Steps in Management Audit, Quality of Management Auditor, Function of Management Auditor, Mechanism of Management Audit. 6. Cost Audit : History of Cost Audit, Reasons for introducing Cost Audit, Objectives of Cost Audit, Advantage of Cost Audit, Cost Records, Qualification and appointment of Cost Auditor, Commencement of Cost Audit, Area of Cost Audit, Cost ing Standard, Legal Provision of Cost Audit in Bangladesh. The Role of ICMAB, Distinction between Financial Audit and cost Audit. Cost Audit Report, Penalty, Cost Audit Procedure of Sugar, Textile and Pharmaceutical Industries. 7. Basic Ethics : What is ethics, Moral reasoning, Moral principles, Why morality matters, responsibility. 8. Business Ethics : Introduction, The moral purposes and limits of business activity, Key moral rationships in business, Ethics in the public sector, conflicts of interest. 9. Professional Ethics : Professional moral responsibility, Duties to clients, The professional as employee, obligation to third party, Obligations to the Profession and colleagues, Code of Professional Ethics. Books Recommended : 01. M. C. Shukla, T. S. Grewal & M. P. Gupta

: Advanced s (Latest Edition) S. C. Chand & Co. Ltd. : Auditing Today (Latest Edition) Prentice Hall Inc.

02. Emile Woolf

4


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. ING INFORMATION SYSTEMS

1. The Information System: An ant’s Perspective – The information environment, the framework of AIS and the various sub systems. Organizational structure, The Role of the ant. ing Information system – AIS and MIS – ing as a System – s of ing Information System – Management Structure Information Technology and Corprate Strategy – The AIS and Corporate Strategy – How AIS can add Value to an Organization – Models of Decision Making – Human Aspect of the AIS – Transaction processing – Computer Hardware and Software in AIS – Computerized ing System – Tools to implement ing Systems. 2. Introduction to Transaction Processing: An Overview of transaction Processing: Transaction cycles; the expenditure cycle, ing record keeping, Audit Trail, The Chart of s, Different Methods Coding, Documentation techniques, Computer based ing Systems. 3. Data Processing and Data Based Management System (DBMS): Data Input, Data Storage, Data Processing, Information Output, File-oriented Approach, Data Base Approach, Logical and Physical Views of Data, Schemas, Data Dictionary, DBMS Languages, Relational Data Bases, Data Based Management Systems (DBMS), Data Modeling and Data Base Design, Introduction to E-Business. 4. Documenting AIS: Importance of Documentation, Document Flow Charts, Guidelines for drawing DFC, System Flow Chart & DFD, System FC & Guidelines, Program FC, Decision Table, Case Tool. 5. Ethics, Fraud and Internal Control: Ehtical issues in business, fraud and ants, Internal Control concepts and procedures, COSO Framework, Assessing and Managing Risk Related to AIS, Computer Fraud and Security, Auding of Computer-Based Information Systems. 6. Overview of sales, Purchase, Revenue and Expenditure Cycles: Overview of the manual revenue system and study of CBAS. Study of the sales and purchases sub systems of an organization, aimed at understanding them and how they link up with the main systems. Overview of Purchases and cash disbursements, Computer based Purchases and Cash disbursements. Payroll Activities, Computerized Payroll System. Threats, Exposures, and control Procedures in the Revenue and Expenditure Cycles. 7. General Ledger, Financial Reporting and Management Reporting System: Data Coding System, Financial Reporting System, Management Reporting Systems, Threats, Exposures and Control Procedures in the Revenue and Expenditure Cycles. 8. AIS in Management Control: AIS Characteristics and Criteria for Management ControlAIS Data for Management Control- AIS- MIS use Mix in Management Controlants and Management Control Interface – Management Control Decision Using AIS. 9. Strategic Decisions: DSS, AIS and AI/ES: AIS in Corporate Planning- Decision System (DSS) – Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Expert Systems Operation and Evaluation. 10. Systems Organizations, Development and Management: Approaches to System Development, AIS Development Strategies, System Development Life Cycle (SDLC).

5

Books Recommended : 1. ing Information Systems , Marshall B. Romney and paul j.Stainbart, Prantice Hall. 2. ing Information Systems Wilkinson , Cerullo and Raval,Wong on Wing ,John Wiley and sons 3. Core Concepts and ing Systems Stephan Moscove , Mark Simkin and Nancy Bagranoff, John Willey &Sons ,Inc.Copyright 2003 4. ing Information Systems: Principles , Applications And future Directions, Rahman, M. and Halladay, Prantice Hall - Inc.


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR

1. Key elements of OB : Organizations, Ownership, size, organizational structure, goals and plans, understanding OB, history, OB and related disciplines. 2. Anthropology: Evolution of man, transformation of society, man and interactions, Darwin, Lamarck, George Herbert Mead’s sociology of thinking. 3. Cognitive System : Memory, working, memory, long term memory, cerebral cortex, information processing approach, implicit memory and explicit memory, physiological basis of learning, bounded rationality, cognitive development, socio-biological differences in man, cognitive development, internal conversation theory. 4. Self-interest behavior : Agency relation, division of labor, separation of ownership from control, asymmetry of information, social stratification, moral hazard and adverse selection, Kenneth Arrow’s signaling theory and uncertainties, anthropology and agency relation, division of labor, Adam Smith, Berlee and Means, Michael Jensen, agency costs. 5. Belief versus knowledge : Rituals, fixed beliefs, revision of belief, justified belief, information vs knowledge, imperfections of knowledge, independent reasoning, David Hume’s theory of understanding, Emmanuel Kant’s pure reason, Friedrich Hayek, Aristotle. 6. Personality : Types, traits, disorder, development, narcissistic, theories. 7. Attitudes, Perception : Perceptual set and assumptions about behavior, sex, appearance, attractiveness, discrimination, errors, communication, interpersonal communication. 8. Selection, Staffing and Training : Planning of needs, ment, applications, process, committee system, training design, methods, evaluation. 9. Work conditions and job satisfaction : Job analysis, satisfaction assessment, effects, organizational commitment, organization citizenship behavior. 10. Group Behavior : Various groups, structure, process, decision making, external conditions imposed on groups, teams vs groups, Hawthorn study. 11. Labor-management relations : Collective bargaining agent, process, labor management committee, regulation, employment law, negotiation skill. 12. Conflicts and negotiations : Functional and dysfunctional conflicts, coordination conflict model. 13. Leadership: Theories, style, contingency theory, traits, skills. 14. Culture, power and politics : Various types of power, person culture, role culture, task culture, corporate culture, national culture. 6

15. Motivation Theories: Maslow, Hertzberg, expectancy theory, equity theory, goal setting theory, refinement theory. 16. Stress and counseling: Work schedules, job stress, burnouts, health and safety, accidents, types of counseling. 17. Grievance System : Non-union grievance system, open door policy, ombudsperson, hearing officer, peer decision making committee, outside arbitration, organizational justice, distributive, procedural, interactional. 18. Appraising and rewarding performance : Individual and organization performance, measures of performance, reward systems, performance related pay. 19. Change Management : Causes, resistance, dealing with resistance, strategic change, business process reengineering. 20. Corporate social responsibility : Shareholders vs stakeholders, environment, disclosures, economic, legal, ethical, discretionary responsibilities, evaluation. 21. Behavior in ing : Imposed vs accepted budget, budget slack, disclosure, limitations of ing measures of performance, responsibility ing, ing covenants, control.

Book Recommended : 1. Keith Davis


:

Organization Behavior : Human behavior at work, Mc-Graw-Hill, 2002

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. CORPORATE LAW AND PRACTICES

1. Introduction : Background and evolution of Company Law, Definition. Legal Characteristics, General Characteristics, Artificial person. 2. Types of Companies : Private Limited Companies, Public Limited Companies, Unlimited Liability Company, Cooperatives Foreign Companies. 3. Formation of Company : Registration, Promoters, Memorandum & Articles of Association. 4. Capital Formation : Capital, Prospectus, Commission & Brokerage. 5. Shareholders of the Company : hip of the Company, Share and call, Share transfer. 6. Contracts of the Company : Nature of the contracts, Contracts of company under different situations, New contracts & pre-incorporation contracts etc. Ultra vires contracts. 7. Borrowing of the Company : Borrowing power & procedures, Debenture. 8. Company’s Management & istration : Nature of Management, Directors, Company Secretary, Managing Agent, Meeting & Resolutions. 9. s & Audit of Company : s of Companies, Auditors of Companies.

7

10. Dividends : Meaning, Types, Policies. 11. Transformation & Winding up of Company : Merger & Reconstruction, Liquidation. Books Recommended : 1. M.A. Zahir 2. Companies Act, 1994 Paper Code : 242511 Paper Title :

:

Companies Act

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS

A. Working Capital Management : (60%) 1. Introduction : Concept of Working Capital, Components of Working Capital, Nature of Working Capital, Kinds of Capital, Importance of Adequate Working Capital, Inadequacy of working Capital, Dangers of Inadequate or Excessive Working Capital, Determinants of Working Capital, Sources of Working Capital, Management of Working Capital, Working Capital Forecasting, Working Capital Cycle. 2. Management of Cash and Marketable Securities : Managing Cash Inflows and Outflows, Cash Forecasting, Models for the Management of Cash and Temporary Investments. 3. Receivables Management and Credit Policies : of Sales Decisions, Credit Granting Decision, Monitoring s Receivable. 4. Inventory Management : Certainty Approach, Uncertainty Approach. 5. Management of Short-Term Liabilities : Calculating the Cost of Short-Term Financing from Different Sources, The Sequential Method of Formulating a Structure of Current Debts, The Integer Programming Approach to Structuring Current Debts. B. Financial Statement Analysis (40%) 6. A Preview of Company Fundamentals : Qualitative Information and Their Interpretation, Supply of ing Statement Information, Regulatory Bodies and Their Role, Market Demand and Supply of Information. 7. Basic Financial Statement Analysis Techniques : Broad Guidelines for Financial Statement Analysis, Techniques of Financial Statement Analysis, Absolute Studies : Comparative Statements, Time Series Techniques, Trend Statements, Supplementary Statements. 8. Ratio Analysis: Profitability, Liquidity, Solvency, Growth and Overall Ratios, Market Test, Significance and Limitations of Ratio Analysis. Books Recommended : 1. Scherr, F.C

:

Modern Working Capital Management : Text and Cases

8

2. Hampton 3. Bernstein, L.A and J.J. Wild


: :

Working Capital Management. Financial Statement Analysis

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. ADVANCED ING-II

A. Financial ing 1. Valuation of Goodwill and Shares : Nature of Goodwill, Types of Goodwill, Methods of Valuing Goodwill, Valuation of Shares, Need for Valuation, Methods of Valuation. 2. Royalty s : Royalty, Minimum Rent, Short workings, Recoupment of Short working, ing Entries in the Books of Leassee and Landlord, Sub-lease. 3. Business Combination : s for Business Purchase, Amalgamation, Absorption and Reconstruction of Companies (IAS)#, Introduction to Inter-Corporate Investment and Business Combinations, Consolidated Statements on Acquisition Date and After Acquisition Date, Intercompany Sale of Inventory, Land and other Assets, Intercompany Profits in Depreciable Assets. 4. Double System : Features of Double System, Differences between Single System and Double System, Double System and Double Entry System, Advantages and Disadvantages of Double System, Preparation of Revenue , Net Revenue , Capital and General Balance Sheet, Extension and Replacement of Fixed Assets. 5. Branch and Department s : 6. ing for Foreign currency Transactions ad Reporting of Foreign Operations. B. Government ing, Non-Profit Organaization and NGO ing. 7. Government ing and Reporting : ing Principles of Government Units, The Fund Structure, Integration of Budgetary s, The Basis of ing. 8. Government Budgeting : Budget for Resource Management, Program Budget, Budget Preparation and Budget istration. 9. General Fund and Special Revenue Funds : Journalizing, Ledger Posting, Preparation of interim and Year-end Financial Statements. 10. Operation and ing Procedures : Capital Project Funds, Debt Service Funds, Special Assessment Funds, Internal Service Funds, Enterprise Funds, Trust and Agency Funds. 11. Non-Profit Organization and its s : ing for Clubs, Hospitals, Educational Institutes, Capital Fund, Receipts and Payments s, Income and Expenditure Statement, Balance Sheet. 12. for NGO : System of keeping s by NGO, Project-wise ing. Books Recommended : 1. Donald E. Keiso, Jerry J. Waygandt and Terry D. Warfield

:

Intermediate ing

9

2. Mukherjee and Hanif 3. Hay, Leon E

: :

4. Edwards S. Lynn and Robert J., Freeman :


Modern ancy (Volume Two) ing for Governmental and Non-Profit Entries Fund ing : Theory and Practice

Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. INVESTMENT ANALYSIS AND PROTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

1. Introduction : An Introduction to Investment, Securities, Securities Analysis, Portfolio and Portfolio Management. 2. Investment : Business Investment and Financial Investment, Risk and Uncertainty, Different types of Risk, The Relationship between Risk and Return, Determinants of Required rate of Return, Selecting Investment in Global Market. 3. The Role of Financial Market : Financial Market, Primary Market, Secondary Market, Regional exchanges and over the Capital Market, Detailed Analysis of Exchange Market, How Securities are Traded, Types of Order, Market Index, Stock Market Indicator Series, Derivative Markets and Securities, Types of Derivative, Forward and Future Markets and Option Markets. 4. Investment Theory : Efficient Market Theory, Alternative efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH), Utility Theory, Optimum Portfolio and Portfolio Theory, Makrowitz Portfolio Theory. 5. Pricing Models : Capital Assets Pricing Model Assumption, Expected Return and Risk on a Risky Asset, the Security Market Line, Arbitrage Pricing Model (APM), Assumptions the Theory, The CAPM and APM, A Multifactor APM, Empirical Tests of the APM. 6. The Financing Decision : The Uses ad Limitations of Weighted Average Cost of Capital, Adjusted present value, The Modigliani-Miller Proposition, The Optimal Capital Structure. 7. The Valuation of Securities : Valuation Process, The Theory of Valuation, Valuation of Alternative Investments : Bonds, Preferred Stock and Common Stock, Option Valuation, Swap Contracts, Convertible Securities and Other embedded Securities. 8. Investment Companies and Evaluating Portfolio Performances : The Asset Management Industry, Managing Client Portfolios, Management of Investment Companies, Closed-End vs Open-End Investment Companies, Global Investment Companies, Performance Measures : Sharpe’s Measure, Treynor’s Measure, Jensen’s Measure and Appraisal Ratio. Books Recommended : (Latest Edition) 1. Reilly, Frank K. and Keith Brown 2. Haugen, R.A

: :

Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Modern Investment Theory

10


Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Class Hours : 60 hrs. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY (IN ENGLISH)

1. Introduction : The Role of Business Research, Information System and knowledge t Management, Theory Building, The Business Research Process : An Overview, The Human Side of Business Research : Organzational and Ethical Issues. 2. Beginning Stages of the Research Process : Problem Definition : The Foundation of Business Research, Qualitative Research Tools, Secondary Data Research in a Digital Age. 3. Research Methods for Collecting Primary Data : Survey Research : An Overview, Survey Research : Communicating with the Respondents, Observation Methods, Experimental Research. 4. Measurement Concepts : Measurement and Scaling Concepts, Attitude Measurement, Questionnaire Design. 5. Sampling and Field Work : Sampling Designs and Procedures, Determination of Sample Size : A Review of Statistical Theory, Fieldwork. 6. Data Analysis and Presentation : Editing and Coding : Transforming Raw Data into Information, Basic Data Analysis : Descriptive Statistics, Univariate Statistical Analysis, Bivariate Statistical Analysis : Differences between Two Variables, Bivariate Statistical Analysis : Measures of Association, Multivariate Statistical Analysis. 7. Research Report : Report Writing-Preparation of Research Report, Oral Presentation and Follow-Up. Books Recommended : (Latest Edition) 1. Doland Cooper, Pamela Schindler

:

Business Research Methods, Latest ed., Mc Graw Hill

2. C. R. Kothari

:

Business Research Methods, Latest ed., New Age International Publishers

3. Willim G. Zikmuns, Barry J. Babin Jon C Carr, Mitch Griffin

:

Business Research Methods, Latest ed., South Western Publisher


Marks : 100

Credits : 4 Viva-Voce

11


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Zoology

Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

National University Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Subject: Zoology Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year-wise Papers and marks distribution

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code

243101 243103 243105 243107 243109 243111 243113 243115 243116 243118

Paper Title

Applied and Economic Zoology Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology Biostatistics and Research Methodology Microbiology and Radiation Biology Parasitology Entomology Fisheries Biology Wildlife Biology Zoology Practical-IV Viva-voce Total =

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40


243101 Marks: 100 Applied and Economic Zoology

Credits: 4


1. Apiculture: Concept and scope, profiles of honey producing bee species in Bangladesh, beeflower relationship, bee-keeping, types of hive and their management, honey processing and marketing, diseases of bees and their management. 2. Sericulture: Concept and scope, varieties of silkworm and their host plants, techniques of silkworm rearing, silkworm diseases and pests and their control. 3. Lac culture: Systematic position and distribution of lac insects, host plants of lac insects. 4. Carp culture: Types of culture, carp culture including induced breeding of carps in ponds. 5. Prawn culture: Types, techniques and management. 6. Pearl culture: Profiles of pearl-producing species, culture techniques. 7. Mericulture: Concept and scope. 8. Aquaculture: a) Components of a hatchery, fish ponds, shrimp farms, cages and pens b) Pond culture: Types, soil and water quality, pond preparation, species selection, stocking density and management techniques of carp, mass production of fry and fingerlings, brood fish. 9. Integrated fish farming: Poultry, livestock and paddy-cum-fish culture; open water stocking in haors, baors, beels and floodplains. 10. Dairy farming: Concept and scope, components of a dairy farm, major dairy farms in Bangladesh. 11. Poultry farming: Varieties of fowls and ducks, techniques of poultry farming, major diseases of poultry and their control.

Books Recommended

1. Dennis S. Hill. 1997. The economic importance of insects (1st edition) chapman and Hall, London 2. P. Southgate and J.Lucas (Editors). 1998. Aquaculture Fish and Shellfish Farming Fishing news 3. A. Midlen and T.A. Reading 1998. Pollution Control and Environmental Management for Aquaculture. Chapman & Hall 4. D.J. Baird. M.C.M. Beveridge. L.A. Kelly and J.F. Muir 1996. Aquaculture and Water Resource Management Fishing News 5. C.G. Scalet L.D. Flake and D.W. Willis. 1996. Introduction to Wildlife and Fisheries: An Integrated Approach W.H. Freeman 6. G.L. Hoff; A. Fairbrother and L.N. Locke (Editors). 1996. Noninfectious Diseases of Wildlife. Manson 7. M. Huet. 1986. Text book of Fish culture-Breeding and Cultivation of Fish (2nd Edition. Fishing News Books

8. P.H. Mine 1979 Fish and Shellfish Farming in Coastal Waters. Fishing News Books Ltd. England 9. J.E. Bardach; J.H. Ryther and W.O. Mclarney 1972. Aquaculture the Farming and Husbandry of Freshwater and Marine Organisms. John Wiley & Sons.


243103

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology

Genetic Engineering (50 marks) 1. Concepts and scopes of genetic engineering 2. Recombinant DNA technology 3. Extraction and preparation of genes 4. Plasmid vectors 5. Recipients of foreign genes 6. Production of insulin by genetically engineered Escherichia coli 7. Use of genetic engineering technologies in industries 8. Microinjection technology and creation of transgenic animal 9. Principles, techniques and applications of gene cloning 10. Human genome project Biotechnology (50 Marks) 1. History, concepts and scopes of biotechnology 2. Processes and products in biotechnology 3. Biotechnology and microorganisms 4. Microbial screening, selection and strain improvement 5. Primary and secondary metabolism; primary and secondary metabolites in biotechnology 6. Fermentation technology in food production and brewing; lactic acid fermentation; alcoholic fermentation 7. Yeast cloning 8. Enzyme technology: industrial production of enzymes, immobilized enzymes, production of antibiotics 9. Biosensors 10. Recombinant DNA in food industry 11. Medical biotechnology: Monoclonal antibodies and their applications; methods in diagnosis of genetic diseases and gene therapies; antibiotic resistance Books Recommended

1. S.M. Kingsman and A.J. Kingsman. Genetic Engineering 2. A. Wiseman. Principles of Biotechnology 3. S.B. Primrose. Modern Biotechnology 4. B. Robson and J. Garnier. Introduction to Proteins and Protein Engineering 5. S.B. Primrose. Principles of Gene Manipulation 6. D.M. Glover. Principles of Gene cloning 7. J. Bulock and B. Kristeansen. Basic Biotechnology


243105

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Biostatistics and Research Methodology

Biostatistics (50 marks) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Introduction, definition and scope of biostatistics. Variables, data, population and observation. Frequency distribution, histogram and polygon. Measurements of central tendency: Mean, median and mode. Z-test and its significance. Measures of dispersion: Range, variance, standard deviation and standard error. Hypothesis tests: Concept and interpretation of a hypothesis test, null and alternative hypothesis, critical region, one-tailed and two-tailed tests. Student t-distribution: t-test for single mean and for difference of means. Chi-square test of goodness of fit and contingency tables. Regression and correlation: Scatter diagram, analysis of linear regression; estimation of correlation coefficient-r, its use, interpretation and limitations. F-statistics: F distribution, one way analysis of variance (ANOVA), F-table, F-test for equality of population variance: multiple range test (MRT). Probit analysis. Sampling.

Research Methodology (50 marks) 1. Introduction: Meaning of research, objectives of research, research processes, criteria for good research, problems encountered by researchers in Bangladesh. 2. Defining research problem: Selecting research problem, techniques involved in defining a problem. 3. Research design: Need for research design, basic principles of experimental designs, different research designs, developing a research plan. 4. Sampling design: Steps in sampling designs, characteristics of a good research design, different types of sampling designs, how to select a random sample? Research conclusion, references, and summary/abstract. 5. Use of biological records, biological abstracts, e-resources. 6. Use of GIS in biological research. 7. Bioinformatics: Retrieval of literature and information databases; software for biological studies. 8. Scientific Report Writing: Title, by line, abstract, Key words, introduction, acknowledgements, study area, material and methods, results, discussion and literature Cited (reports should also contain tables, photographs, illustration and maps).

Books Recommended

1. Robert G.D. Steel and James II. Torrie. Principles and Procedures of Statistics 2. W.G. Cochran. Sampling Technique 3. C.R.Kottari. 1990. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques (2nd ed.) Ram Printograph. Delhi 4. D.V. Huntsberger and B. Billingsley Elements of Statistical Inference

5. R.Sokal and J.Rohlf. Biometry 6. J.Rohlf and R.Sokal. 1994. Statistical Tables WH Freeman


243107

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Microbiology and Radiation Biology

Microbiology (50 marks) 1. Definition and scope of microbiology. 2. Types of microorganisms in the living world. 3. Virus: Discovery, structure and types, multiplication (replication), viral diseases and their mode of transmission. 4. Bacteria: Structure and types, gram positive and gram negative bacteria, nutrition of bacteria, bacterial culture – growth and death sequences, bacterial multiplication, bacterial disease and their mode of transmission. 5. Rickettsiae, mycoplasma and actinomycetes: Discovery, structure and importance. 6. Soil, food and industrial microbiology: Composition and their uses. Radiation Biology (50 marks) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Concepts and types of radiation and detectors. Radioisotopes and their uses in biological, agricultural and medical researches. Use of radiation in food preservation and protection. X-ray, scaning, MRI, fMRI and its uses in biological and medical sciences. Personal safety in radiation chambers. Biological hazards of radiation. Nuclear research facilities of food, agriculture and Medicine in Bangladesh: Mission and activities.

Books Recommended

1. F.C. Cuny. Aim and Scope of Disaster Management. Asian Institute of Technology, Bangkok, Thailand 2. M. Saidur rahman. 1992. Diaster management Handbook for Bangladesh Vols I-V. Bangladesh Diaster Preparedness Centre, Dhaka 3. C.W. Nick 1991. Disaster management A Diaster managers Handbook. Asian Development Bank (ABD), Manila, The Philippines 4. C.F. Norton 1981. Microbiology. Addition Wesley Publ. Co., California, USA. 5. M.R. Chowdhury 1996. Modern Medical Microbiology. Mohammad Iqbal, Dhaka, Bangladesh. 6. M.T. Pelezar, R.D. Reid and E.C.S. Chan 1993. Microbiology: Concepts and Applications. Tata McGraw Hill Inc., India. 7. R. Annanthanarayan and C.K.J. Paniker 2000. Textbook of Microbiology. Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd., India.


243109

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Parasitology

1. Concepts of parasites and parasitism: Scope of parasitology. 2. Parasitic adaptation and Host-parasite relationship. Quantitative study of host-parasite relationships. 3. Life cycles: Reproduction and developmental stages of Protozoa to Helminthes. Illustrations of one, two and three host life cycles. 4. Epidemiology: Basic concepts, incidence, prevalence, intensity, abundance, control measures and designs of control measures. 5. Human diseases caused by parasites: Morphology and life cycle of the causal organisms, and pathogenicity, epidemiology and control of leishmaniasis, trypanosomiasis, filariasis, dengue, black fever, schistosomiasis, taeniasis, hookworm diseases, enterobiasis and plague. 6. Zoonosis: Concepts and scope; zoonotic diseases in Bangladesh. 7. Parasites of livestock, poultry and fish: Clinical and histopathological effects; major parasitic diseases of livestock, poultry and fish in Bangladesh and their control. Books Recommended

1. T.C. Cheng 1973. General Parasitology. Academic Press London 2. T.C. Cheng (Editors). 1971. The Biology of Symbiosis. Butterworths London 3. G.D. Schmidt and L.S. Roberts. 1977. Foundation of Parasitology. The C.V. Mosvey Company 4. P.J. Whitfield. 1979. The Biology of Parasites. Edwards Arnold Ltd. London 5. J.D. Symth. 1976. Introduction to animal Parasitology. Hodder and Stoughton 6. K.D. Chatterjee. Parasitology (Protozoology and Helminthology in relation to clinical Medicine). Chatterjee Medical Publishers. Calcutta 7. H.W. Brown. 1969. Basic Clinical Parasitology. Appleton-Century Crofts, New York 8. J.F.A . Sprent. 1963. Parasitism. Williams and Williams, Baltimore 9. T.V on Brand. 1973. Biochemistry of Parasites. Academic Press. London 10. C.R. Kennedy 1975. Ecology Animal Parasitology. Blackwell Scientific Publications. Oxford


243111

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Entomology

1. Insect form and function: Head, thorax, abdomen and appendages. 2. General classification of insects: Diagnostic characters of all Orders, with examples, and reference to Bangladesh. 3. Life history of insects: Types of eggs, larvae, pupae, metamorphosis and roles of hormones in metamorphosis. 4. Beneficial insects: Commercial value of beneficial insects, Pollination by insects.

5. Harmful insects: Enemies of crops and stored products. 6. Pest control measures: Concepts of Physical, mechanical, cultural, chemical, biological and legal control methods. 7. Pesticides: Concepts of pesticides (insecticides, acaricides, nematicides and rodenticides). Uses of insecticides and their side-effects. 8. Integrated Pest Management (IPM): Concept, methods, and present status in Bangladesh. 9. Agricultural entomology: Biology, life history, nature of damage and control measures of Jute Hairy Caterpillar, Rice Hispa and Sugarcane Shoot Borer. 10. Medical and Veterinary Entomology: Biology and control measures of mosquitoes, sand flies, ticks and mites. Books Recommended

1. M.D. Atkin. 1980. Introduction to Insect Behaviour Macmillan Publishing Co. Inc. 2. D.J. Borror. D.M. Delong and C.A. Triplehorn 1981. An Introduction to the study of Insects. Saunders College Publishing Co.Ltd. 3. A.D. Imm’s A General Text Book of Entomology. Revised by O.W. Richards and R.G. Daviies. The English Language Book Society and Mathuen & Co. Ltd. London 4. C.L. Metcalf and W.P. Flint 1973. Destructive and useful insects their habits and control. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi. India 5. T.R.E. Southwood. Ecological Methods with particular reference to the study of insects population. Chapman & Hall, London 6. D.S> Hill. 1997. The economic importance of insects (1st edition). Chapman and Hall, London 7. D.Dent. Insects Pest Management (2nd Edition), Chapman & Hall, London. 8. H.D. Catling, S.Alam. C.M. Nuruflah and Arifur Alam Literature review of insects pests and diseases of rice in Bangladesh, Bangladesh Rice Research Institute 9. J.W. Creffield. 1996. Wood-Destroying Insects Wood Borers and Termites CSIRO Australia Paper Code Paper Title:

243113

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Fisheries Biology

1. Definitions, phylogeny of fishes, placoderms and ostracoderms. 2. Structure, modification and functions of digestive, respiratory, circulatory, osmoregulatory and reproductive systems of fish. 3. Principles and techniques of fishery systematic study: Collection, preservation, taxonomic procedures, meristics and non-meristics studies. 4. Classification, status and distribution of freshwater fishes in Bangladesh. 5. Physiology of respiration (including accessory respiration), osmoregulation (including stenohaline and euryhaline fishes), digestion, reproduction with viviprity and ovoviviparity parity in fishes, atrcsia and endrocrime organs.Their secretions and functions.

6. Structure, modification and functions of scales, fins, swim bladder, lateral line and electric organs. Physiology of swim bladder, lateral line and electric organs. 7. Biology of common fishes of Bangladesh: Life history, embryology, food and feeding habits, fecundity, spawning and economic importance of carps, hilsa, tilapia and catfish. 8. Limnology: Definition and importance of limnology, types of inland waters, dynamics of lotic and lentic environments, physical and chemical properties of water and their influences, biotic community of inland waters, productivity of waters. Books Recommended

1. M. King 1995. Fisheries Biology, Assessment and Management. Blackwell Science. 2. K.F. Langler. J.E. Bardach, R.R. Miller and D.R.M. ino. 1977. Ichthyology. John Willey and Sons, New York 3. A.K.A. Rahman1989. Fresh water Fisher of Bangladesh Published by the Zoological Society of Bangladesh Dhaka 4. P.S. Welch. 1952. Limnology. McGraw-Hill Book Co. New York 5. J.Bartram and R. Balance (Editors), 1996. Water Quality Monitoring: A Practical Guide to the Design and Implementation of Freshwater Quality Studies and Monitoring Programme. Spon 6. W.S. Hoar and D.J. Randall (Editor) 1971. Fish Physiology. Vols, I-V. Academic Press. New York. London 7. G.K. Reid and R.B. Wood. 1976. Ecology of Inland Waters and Estuatries. Reinhold Publishing Co. New York 8. Y.C. Shang. 1982. Aquculture Economics: Basic Concepts and Methods of Analysis. Croom Helm. Ltd., London 9. I.G. Cowx (Editors), 1998. Stocking and Introduction of Fish. Fishing News 10. J.F. Caddy and R.C. Griffiths. 1995. Living Marine Resources and Their Sustainable Development: Some environmental amd Institutional Perspectives. FAO, Italy


243115

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Wildlife Biology

1. Definitions, concepts, importance of wildlife and their role in ecological balance. 2. Status and distribution of the wildlife and their habitats in Bangladesh (forests, wetlands, village grooves, Cultivations, grasslands, bushes, etc.) 3. Species status assessment system of IUCN - global and national. Extinct wildlife of Bangladesh, with their causes of extinction. Threatened wildlife of Bangladesh and their threats. 4. Wildlife conservation: Ethics of conservation, priorities in conservation effort, ex-situ and insitu conservation, conservation and rural development, role of culture and religion in conservation, National Conservation Strategy of Bangladesh.

5. Protected areas of Bangladesh: History, status, categories and management. Comanagement of protected areas. 6. Captive breeding and re-introduction of wildlife. Cage/fencing, habitat preparation and maintenance of wildlife for captive breeding. Zoos and Safari Park in Bangladesh. 7. Wildlife farming: Prospect and scope of wildlife farming in Bangladesh, general outline of wildlife farming, economic importance of wildlife farming, crocodile farming in Bangladesh. 8. Human-wildlife conflict in Bangladesh and its mitigation (snake bite, crop damage by elephants and macaques, poultry damage by wild cats and jackals, human and cattle deaths by tiger, etc.). 9. Laws and conventions related to wildlife: Bangladesh Wildlife Act, Forest Act 1973, Convention on Biological Diversity (1992), Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) (1973), Ramsar Convention (1971). Books Recommended

1. G. Cubitt and G. Mountfort. 1985. Wild India-The Wildlife and Sancutary of India and Nepal. William Collins Sons and Co. Ltd. London. 2. S.H. Prater. 1971. The Book of Indian Animals (2) BNHS Oxford Univ. Chicago Press 3. J.C. Daniel. 1983. The Book of Indian Reptiles. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Bombay 4. R. Whitaker. 1978. Common Snakes of India Macmillan Co. India 5. R.H. Giles 1971. Wildlife Management Techniques. The Wildlife Society, Washington, D.C. 6. M.A.R. Khan 2010. Wildlife of Bangladesh – A Checklist. Sahitya Prakash, Dhaka 7. M.M.H. Khan 2008, Protected Areas of Bangladesh – A guide to wildlife. Bangladesh Forest Dept., Dhaka 8. M. Bolton (Editor), 1997. Conservation and the Use of Wildlife Resources. Chapman & Hall 9. R.M. Degraff and R.I. Miller (Editors). 1996. Conservation of Faunal Diversity in Forested Landscapes. Chapman & Hall


243116

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Zoology Practical-IV

1. Economic zoology (3 harmful and 2 beneficial specimens; for each specimen: identification and classification - 1, characteristics and comment -1) 2. Biostatistics a) Preparation of frequency distribution table; measures of arithmetic mean, mode, median, variance, standard deviation and standard error; coefficient of variation from grouped/ungrouped data b) Correlation and probit analysis c) Chi-square test d) T-test 3. Microbiology

a) Microscopic examination of water, curd, dough and cheese b) Morphology and reproductive structures of Synchytrium, Phytophthora, Saprolegnia, Mucor and Rhizophorus. 4. Parasitology a) Morphological study of common parasites of fishes, identification and classification. b) Mounting helminths, nematodes and other parasites. 5. Entomology a) Collection and identification up to Orders of economically important insects b) Preparation of whole mounts of minute insects and insect pests. 6. Fishery a) Study of plankton and benthic fauna b) Study of fish bones

7. Wildlife a) Morphological structures of amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals including toes, claws, webs, scales, fangs, feathers; score counting, measurements, and key characters. 8. Internship: A Case study or Visit to research organizations having zoological activities or farms such as poultry, dairy, fish, crocodile, etc., and preparation of a scientific report following the style of a scientific journal.

Distribution of Marks for Fourth Year Final Practical Examination = 10 marks 1. Economic Zoology 2. Biostatistics = 10 marks 3. Microbiology = 10 marks 4. Parasitology = 10 marks 5. Entomology = 10 marks 6. Fishery = 10 marks 7. Wildlife = 10 marks 8. Practical note book = 10 marks 9. Internship: Scientific report on casestudy or visit on = 20 marks research organization/farm (Abstract – 03, Introduction and objectives-03, Materials and methodes-03, Results & discussion-05 and References-02) Presentation of report - 04

.

Total = 100 marks

Books Recommended 1.

D.J. Borror, D.M. DeLong and C.A. Triplehorn 1981. An Introduction to the Study of Insects. McMillan Publishing Co., USA.

2.

A.D. Imm. A General Text Book of Entomology. The English Language Book Society, London.

3.

N.T.J. Bailey 1994. Statistical Methods in Biology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

4.

M.T. Pelczar, R.D. Reid and E.C.S. Chan. Microbiology. Tata McGraw Hill Co.

5.

T.C. Cheng 1973. General Parasitology. Academic Press, London.

6.

K.F. Langler, J.E. Bardach, R.R. Miller and D.R.M. ino 1977. Ichthyology. John Willy & Sons, New York.

7.

R.H. Giles 1971. Wildlife Management Techniques. The Wildlife Society, Washington, D.C.


243118

Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Botany


National University Subject: Botany Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 243001 243003 243005 243007 243009 243011 243013 243015 243016 243018

Paper Title Agronomy and Horticulture Economic Botany, Ethnobotany and Pharmacognosy Limnology and Aquaculture Biodiversity and Evolution Plant Breeding Molecular Biology and Bioinformatics Biostatistics and Research Methodology Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering Practical Paper-IV Viva-Voce Total =

Marks 100

Credits 4

100

4

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

243001 Marks: 100 Agronomy and Horticulture

Credits: 4


Introduction: Definition and scope of Agronomy and Horticulture. Tillage: Purpose, types, merits and demerits, agricultural implements. Fertilizer: Classification of fertilizers and its application, manures, irrigation. Cropping: Crops and cropping, mono- and multiple relay intercropping and mixed cropping, cropping system, and crop rotation. Cultivation and management of crops: Rice, wheat, jute, sugarcane, cotton and mustard. Weeds: Weeds of the fields, their harmful and beneficial effects and control measures. Horticultural propagation: Details about cutting, layering, budding, thinning, pruning, grafting, and their merits and demerits; use of root inducing substances in stem cutting propagation. Preparation of seed bed: Sowing and seedling growth composition, doses, application time and procedures. Irrigation: Sources of irrigation water, classification of irrigation system, methods of irrigation, quality of irrigation water and water requirements of crop plants. Branches of horticulture: Classification of horticultural plants with examples. Horticultural aspects and cultivation of following: Vegetables: potato, brinjal, tomato, lady’s finger, and cabbage; Fruits: mango, jackfruit, papaya, guava, and lemon; Flowers: rose, chrysanthemum and orchid. Pre- and Post-care seedling, transplantation of seedlings, pruning and training- objectives, method, merits and demerits. Problems of cultivation of horticultural plants in plain land and hilly regions of Bangladesh. Concept and components of social forestry and agroforestry.

Books Recommended 1. C.C. Webster. 1980. Agriculture in the tropics. Longman Groups, Ltd. London. 2. A. Alim. 1974. An Introduction to Bangladesh Agriculture.

3. Adams, C.R., K.M. Bamford and M.P. Early. 1984. Principles of Horticulture (2nd. Ed.). Butteruorth Heinmour. CBS Publisher & Distributions. 4. Sadhu, M.K. 1989. Plant Propagation. New Age Int. Pub. Ltd. 5. Fordham, R. and A.G. Biggs. 1985. Principles of Vegetable Crop Production. Collis Professional & Technical books, 8 Grafton street, London, WIX 3LA. 6. Adriance and F.R. Brison. 1955. Propagation of Horticultural Plants (2nd. Ed.). McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc., 1. Rao,M.S. 1987. Introduction to Social Forestry. 2. gÛj, Gg. †di‡`Šm. 1990. d‡ji evMvb, K¬ve wewìs (1g †d¬vi), K…wl wek¦we`¨vjq K¨v¤úvm, gqgbwmsn| 3. ikx`, Gg. gvgybyi. 1976. evsjv‡`‡ki mewR| evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv|


243003 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Economic Botany, Ethnobotany and Pharmacognosy


A. Economic Botany (Marks 20) 1. Introduction: Definition, scope and importance of Economic Botany. 2. Scientific and local names, part/s used and importance of 10 economically important plants of each of the following groups: Cereals, pulses, oil, fiber, timber, fruit, vegetables, spices and aromatic plants. 3. Tea, rubber and sugar: Cultivation and processing. Books Recommended 1. Albert, F.H. 1972. Economic Botany. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., New Delhi. 2. Hill, A.F. 1951. Economic Botany, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., New Delhi. 3. Pandey, B.P. 1978. Economic Botany S. Chand and Co., New Delhi. 4. nvmvb, Gg.G. 1996. evsjv‡`‡ki †flR Dw™¢`, Avkivwdqv eB Ni, evsjv evRvi, XvKv|

B. Ethnobotany (Marks 30) 1. Introduction: Definition, current concept and scope, main subjects of Ethnobotany, aims and objectives of ethnobotanical studies. 2. Origin and development of the branch, Present and past of ethnobotanical research in Bangladesh. 3. Methods of ethnobotanical study: Basic concepts and techniques, protocol, research design, ethnobotanical methods for documentation of data, data collection and transcription. 4. Sacred plants: Plants used in religion and mythology. 5. Ethnobotany of the tribes of Bangladesh: Chakma, Garo, Marma, Sawtal, Tripura. 6. Indigenous Knowledge (IK): Definition, plant related indigenous knowledge, types and sources of indigenous knowledge, IK in folklore, folktales, folksongs and proverbs, importance of IK. Books Recommended 1. Alexiades MN. 1996. Selected Guidelines for Ethnobotanical Research: A Field Manual. 2. Cotton, C. M. 1997. Ethnobotany, Principals and Application. John Wiley and Sons Ltd., Chichester, UK. 3. Jain, S. K. 1989. Methods and approaches of ethnobotany. Society of Ethnobiology, Lucknow, India. 4. Jain, S. K. 1989. Methods and approaches of ethnobotany. Society of Ethnobiology, Lucknow, India. 5. Martin, G. J. 1995. Ethnobotany: A methods manual. Chapman & Hall, London. 4. nvmvb, Gg.G. 1996: evsjv‡`‡ki †jvKR e‡bŠlwa, nvmvb eyK nvDm, evsjv evRvi, XvKv| 5. cvj, wW.wm. 1999: †jvK Dw™¢` we`¨v| cwðge½ ivR¨ cy¯—Kcl©`|

C. Pharmacognosy (Marks 50) 1.

Introduction: Definition, its relation to herbal medicine, pharmacology, pharmacopoeia; medicinal and non-medicinal plants, herbal, alternative or complementary medicine. 2. Non-medicinal plants – hallucinogen, allergenic, teratogenic and other toxic plants, plants with pesticide properties.

3. Drug, medicine and poisons – their definitions and differences. 4. Classification of drugs with examples: a. alphabetic, b. morphological, c. taxonomical, d. chemical and e. pharmacological. 5. Major 10 -indigenous medicinal plants of Bangladesh, their scientific names, plant parts used as drug source. 6. Primary and secondary metabolites of plants and their relations to drug principle. 7. Preparatory methods of herbal medicine- a. whole plant or plant parts, b. fine abstract. 8. Cultivation and improvement of medicinal plants through agronomical and biotechnological means. 9. Name of important drugs, principles of plant origin with plant source and use of atropine, codine, digitoxin, disogenin, hyoscyamine, scopolamine, and reserpine. 10. Conservation of the medicinal plants of Bangladesh: Importance and methods of conservation.

Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4.

A. Ghani. 2002. A Text Book of Pharmacognosy. Asiatic Society, Bangladesh. A. Ghani. 2003. Medicinal Plants of Bangladesh. Asiatic Society, Bangladesh. M. Ali. 2002. Text book of Pharmacognosy, CBS Pub. New Delhi, India. Phil. B. Fontanarosa (Ed.). 2000. Alternative medicine- an objective assessment. J. Fraukos, USA (AMA). 5. W.C. Evans. 2003. Trease and Evans Pharmacognosy, ELBS, UK,.

6. G. Mwb. 1995. †flR weÁvb, evsjv GKv‡Wwg, evsjv‡`k| 7. G. Mwb. 1999. †flR imvqb, evsjv GKv‡Wwg, evsjv‡`k| Paper Code Paper Title:

243005 Marks: 100 Limnology and Aquaculture

Credits: 4


1. Introduction: Definition, history, classification, scope and importance of Limnology, limnology versus hydrobiology, hydrologic cycle. 2. Distribution of fresh water: Ponds, lakes, rivers, and estuaries, aquatic resources of Bangladesh. 3. Lakes: Definition, origin and distribution, lake basins, zonation and classification of lakes, special types of lakes, natural lakes of Bangladesh, important lakes of the world. 4. Physical factors of inland water: Light and water, source, quality and role of light in aquatic ecosystems, calculation in lentic and lotic waters, water color, thermal stratification and mixing, density of water, cohesion, viscosity, and surface tension, classification of lakes depending on mixing, water movement and flow. 5. Chemical features of inland water: Dissolved oxygen, salinity, conductivity, carbonate, bicarbonate, pH, nitrogen, phosphorus, silica and diatom growth, trace elements. 6. Structure and productivity of aquatic habitat: Introduction to productivity, methods of measuring primary productivity of aquatic habitats. 7. Eutrophication: Brief on eutrophication, causes and effects of eutrophication 8. Aquatic flora: Phytoplankton, algae, macrophytes, aesthetic and economic value of aquatic flora.

9. Aquaculture: Introduction to aquaculture, aquatic resource management, natural productivity of ponds/lakes, maintenance and improvement of ponds/lakes, methods of phytoplanktonic culture. Books Recommended 1. Agarwal, K.C. : Limnology 2. Goldman, C.R. and A.J. Horne. 1983. Limnology. McGraw Hill Inc. Book Co., Tokyo. 3. Khan, M.S. and M. Halim. 1987. Aquatic angiosperms of Bangladesh. Bangladesh Naional Herbarium, BARC, Dhaka. 4. Welch, S. Paul. 1952. Limnology. McGraw-Hill Book Co. 5. Wetzel, R.G. 1983. Limnology, W.B. Saunders Co. London. 6. Wetzel, R.G. and G.E. Likens. 1979. Limnological Analysis. W.B. Sunders Co. Philadelphia, USA. 7. Cole,G.A. 1979. Text Book of Limnology. The Mosby Co. London 8. L›`Kvi gwbi“¾vgvb, 1994. wjg‡bvjRx, XvKv wek¦we`¨vjq cÖKvkbv, XvKv|


243007 Marks: 100 Biodiversity and Evolution

Credits: 4


A. Biodiversity (60 Marks) 1. Introduction: Definition, aims and objectives, different types of Biodiversity. 2. Elementary knowledge: Introduction to longitude, latitude and altitude, continental drift, tectonic movement, land bridge, biogeography, temperate, tropical, tundra and alpine zones of the world and their vegetation. 3. Characterization of biodiversity from ecological perspectives: Species diversity within areas and species richness, functional diversity, basic principles, micro-biodiversity, world biodiversity hot-spots. 4. Loss of biodiversity: Causes of loss of biodiversity; effect of the degradation of biodiversity; causes of species extinction. 5. Biodiversity in context of Bangladesh: Elementary knowledge on the patterns of biodiversity in Bangladesh; indigenous, exotic, common, rare threatened and endangered species of Bangladesh; plant introduction in Bangladesh; basic knowledge on plant resources of Bangladesh. 6. Biodiversity conservation: Causes of loss of biodiversity and need of biodiversity conservation. 7. Methods of plant protection and conservation types: I n - s i t u and E x - s i t u conservation, role of national and eco-parks, reserve forests, sanctuary, wetland areas, botanic gardens, orchard, seed banks and field gene banks of Bangladesh in biodiversity conservation. 8. Role and activities: IUCN, WWF, WCMC, UNICEF, EAS, CITES, CBD.

Books Recommended 1. Agrawal, K. C. 1996. Biodiversity: An Introduction. Agropublication, New Delhi. 2. Gain, P.S. Moral and P. Raj. 1998. Bangladesh-Environment: Pacing the 21st century, SHED, 44/D, West Panthapath, Dhanmondi, Dhaka- 1205, Bangladesh. 3. Heywood, V.H. 1995. Global Biodiversity Assessment (UNEP). 4. Jeffries, M.J. 1997. Biodiversity and Conservation. Routledge, London and New York. 5. Olwell, F.M. 1996.Restoring Biodiversity- Principles and Practice. 6. U.Kumar and M.Asija 2004. Biodoversity: Principles and Conservation. 7. K.W.Krishnamorthy. 2004. An Advanced Text Book on Biodiversity.

8. nvmvb, Gg. G. 2000. ev‡qvWvBfvwm©wU GÛ KbRvi‡fkb, nvmvb eyK nvDR, XvKv

B. Evolution (40 Marks) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Pre-Darwinian concept: Buffon, Herbert Spencer, Lamarck, Lamarckism, criticism of Lamarckism and Neo-Lamarckism. Darwin-Wallace theory and natural selection: Charles Darwin and R. A. Wallace, voyage of the HMS Beagle by Darwin, essence of Darwinism, criticism of Darwinism and Neo-Darwinism, role of natural selection in evolution. Evidences of evolution: Paleontological, missing link, living fossil, biogeographical and ecological regions of world, adaptive radiation, comparative anatomy, vestigial organs, embryological, cytological, biochemical and molecular evidences. Synthetic theory of evolution: Stebbins' proposal, evolution process, genetic explanation, HardyWeinberg law, static and dynamics of gene in population. Speciation: Species concept, characteristics of species, steps of evolution: micro-, macro-, megaevolution, Isolation- pre-mating, post-mating, sympatric, allopatric isolation. Chemical theory of origin of life: (a) Experimental evidences-Operin-Haldane hypothesis, MillerUrey experiment.

Books recommended 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Akhtaruzzaman M 1998. Bibarinbidhya, Bangla Academy, Dhaka Case CJ 1986. Cosmology. The search for order of the universe. Tata Books @ Inc. Darwin C 1992. The origin of species (ed. G.K. Burrow). Penguin Books. Dobzhansky Th.FJ Ayala, GL Stebbins and JW Valemteni 1990. Evolution. W.H. Freeman, San Francisco, Surjeet Publication Lewin R 1984. Human evolution. Blackwell Science Publication. Rastogir VB 1990. Organic evolution. Keder Nath Ram Nath., New Delhi. Stebbins GL 1971. Process of organic evolution. Prentice-Hall Inc., New Jersey. Strickberg MQ 1990. Evolution. Jones-Bartlet publication, Boston.

9. Gg.†K. cvkv, 1998. AvYweK RxeweÁvb, cÖ_g LÛ, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv| Paper Code Paper Title:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

243009 Plant Breeding

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Introduction: Definition, scope and objectives of Plant Breeding. Origin and domestication of crops: Centres of origin of crop plants, importance of this concept in plant breeding, domestication of crops. Plant genetic resources: Definition, collection, evaluation and conservation (ex situ and in situ) of germplasm, use of germplasm in plant breeding programmes. Reproductive biology and plant breeding: Modes of reproduction in crop plants, pollination mechanisms in plant improvement, self-incompatibility and male sterility and their significance in plant breeding. Selection: Selection methods in self- and cross pollinated crops and clonal selection in vegetatively propagated plants. Hybridization: Objectives; techniques and types of hybridization and importance of artificial hybridization. Breeding techniques in self- and cross-pollinated crops: Methods, merits and demerits of mass selection, pure line selection, pedigree selection and bulk method. Heterosis breeding: Introduction to heterosis, hybrid vigor and inbreeding depression, genetic basis of heterosis, achievements through heterosis breeding.

9.

Mutation breeding: Introduction to mutation breeding, artificial induction of mutation in plants, use of induced mutation technique in crop improvement, limitations of mutation breeding. 10. Backcross breeding: Methods, merits and limitations of backcross breeding. 11. Plant Introduction and acclimatization of economically important crops. 12. Contribution of various national research institutes for the development of improved varieties of different crop plants. Books Recommended

1. Allard, R. W. 1999. Principles of Plant Breeding. (3rd. Ed.). John Wiley & Sons. Inc., New York. 2. Chaudhury, H.K. 1978. Elementary Principles of Plant Breeding. Oxford & IBH Pub. Co., New Delhi. 3. Dana, S. 2001. Plant Breeding. Naya Udyog, Calcutta. 4. Poehlman, J. M. and D. Borthakur. 1977. Breeding Asian Field Crops. Oxford and IBH Pub. Co., New Delhi. 5. Simonds, N.W. 1979. Principles of Plant Improvement. Longman Group Ltd. London. 6. Singh, B.D. 1995. Plant Breeding – Principles and Methods, (6th. Ed.). Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi. 7. Sinha, U. and S. Sinha. 1977. Cytogenetics, Plant Breeding and Evolution, Vikas Publ. House, Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. 8. f~Bqv, Gg. Gm. ikx`. 1992. Dw™¢` cÖRbb, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv|


243011

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Molecular Biology and Bioinformatics

1. Introduction: Historical development, macromolecules and store of biological information, the basis of heredity, central dogma. 2. Bio-information molecules: Components, structure, biological and chemical properties of DNA, RNA and proteins. 3. DNA replication: Introduction to DNA replication, semi-conservative replication of DNA, mechanism of DNA replication, significance of DNA replication. 4. Repair of damaged DNA molecules: Introduction to DNA repair, photoreactivation, excision repair, post-replication recombination repair and SOS repair. 5. Transcription: Transcription mechanism, post-transcriptional modification of RNAs, RNA splicing. 6. Translation: Genetic code, characteristic features of genetic code, code dictionary, mechanism of translation - aminoacylation, codon recognition and mechanism of protein synthesis. 7. Regulation of gene expression: General features of gene regulation, operon concept (lac-operon, tryptophan operon). 8. Mutation: Characteristics and classification of mutation, point mutation, mutagenesis, site-specific mutagenesis. 9. Physical mapping and sequencing of genome: Restriction enzyme, DNA fingerprinting, method of DNA sequencing, automated DNA sequencing. 10. Bioinformatics: Definition and basic knowledge about bioinformatics; information technology and biomolecular sequence analysis, similarity searches on sequence

databases, pair-wise alignments, multiple sequence alignments, application of bioinformatics. Books Recommended 1. D. Frefelder. 1990. Molecular Biology. Norosa Pub. House, New Delhi. 2. Adams, Burdon. Compbell, Leader, Smellie. 1980. The Biochemistry of the Nucleic acids, (9th ed.), Chapman & Hall, London. 3. B. Lewin. 1993, 1995. Gene IV and V. N.J. Willey & Sons. N. York. 4. Alberts Bra, Lewis Raff Roberts and J. Watson, 1992. Molecular Biology of the Cell. (2nd. Ed.), Garland and Pub., New York.. 5. A.M. Lesk 2007. Introduction to Genomics. Oxford Univ. Press, London. 6. A.M.Campbell and L.J. Heyer 2007. Discovering Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinformatics. (2nd. Ed. Low Price Edition), Pearson Education, New Delhi. 7. †gv¯—dv Kvgvj cvkv, 1998 Ges 2000: AvYweK Rxe weÁvb 1g,2q I 3q LÛ, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv| 8. Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics, Dan E. Krane and Michael L. Raymer, San

Francisco: Benjamin Cummings, 2003. ISBN: 0-8053-4633-3

9. Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the analysis of genes and proteins edited by Andreas

D. Baxevanis, B.F. Francis Ouellette, New York: Wiley-Interscience, 2001, second edition. ISBN: 0-471-38391-0


243013 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Biostatistics and Research Methodology


A. Biostatistics (70 Marks) 1. Introduction: Definition and scope of Biostatistics; continuous and discontinuous variables, concept of population and samples, random samples. 2. Classification and Presentation of data: Collection and classification of data; tabular and graphic (histogram, frequency, polygon) representation of data, bar diagram and pie chart. 3. Measures of central tendency and dispersion: Parameters of measuring central tendency (mean, mode and median) and dispersion (range, variance, standard deviation, standard error, coefficient of variation), confidence limit. 4. Distributions: Symmetrical and asymmetrical distributions, characteristics and importance of normal and binomial distribution. 5. Probability: Concepts of probability, probability rules, some elementary probability. 6. Test of significance: Null hypothesis, test of significance, comparison of two means, t-test, paired and unpaired t-test, Z-test, X2-test. 7. Measures of variable association: Scatter diagram; simple correlation and regression analysis; test of significance for correlation and regression coefficients. 8. Analysis of variance: One way and two way classifications of variance, comparison of three or more samples, F-test. 9. Experimental design: Concept; experimental unit; treatment; principles of experimental design; analysis of variance for completely randomized design (CRD), randomized block design (RBD), and latin square design; least significance difference (LSD) test.

Books Recommended 1. Gomez, A. and A. A. Gomez. 1984. Statistical Procedures for Agricultural Research. John Wiley & Sons, New York.

2. Panse, V. G. and P. V. Sukhatme. 1978. Statistical Methods (3rd. Ed.). Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi. 3. Verma, B. L., G.D. Shukla and R.N. Srivastava. 1993. Biostatistics. CBS Publication, Delhi. 4. Zaman, S.M.H., K. Rahman and M. Howlader. 1980. Simple Lessons from Biometry. Bangladesh Rice Research Institute, Gazipur. 5. Avjx, Gg. Avkivd, 1979 : cwimsL¨vb weÁvb, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv| 6. f`ª, Gm. †K. 1992 : Rxe weÁvb cwi¶Y b·v|

C. Research Methodology (30 Marks) 1. Introduction: Characteristics of research, research and scientific methods, rationale and significance of research, types of research, research methods and methodology, qualitative and quantitative approaches of research, ethics in research. 2. Research Process: Problem and hypothesis formulation, review of literature, research objectives, sampling techniques, collection, processing and analysis of data; interpretation of the findings. 3. Report writing and oral presentation: Basic components of a research report, effective report writing, effective oral presentations, audiovisuals, benefits of using visual aids. 4. Technical writing: Thesis writing, preparation of bibliography, publishing a scientific paper, writing of research proposals for grant. Books Recommended

1. Kattaarik, C.R. 1990. Research Methodology: Methods and Techinques (2nd Edition). Ram Pritograph, New Delhi. 2. Huntsberger, D.V. and Billingsly, B. Elements of Statistical analysis.


243015

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering

1. Biotechnology: Definition, scope and importance of plant biotechnology, global importance of biotechnology. 2. Recombinant DNA technology: Gene cloning, restriction endonucleases, cloning vectors, identification and analysis of cloned genes, application and significance of recombinant DNA technology. 3. Molecular markers: Introduction to molecular markers, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and its application, random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD), restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP); application of molecular markers. 4. Plant tissue culture: Laboratory organization, sterilization techniques, plant cell and tissue culture medium, plant growth regulators, plant regeneration, callus culture, organogenesis, somatic embryogenesis, cell suspension culture, protoplast isolation and culture. 5. Application of tissue culture techniques: Micropropagation, somaclonal variation, haploid production, production of disease free plants and commercial aspects of tissue culture. 6. Plant genetic engineering: Introduction, gene transfer to plants, Agrobacterium– mediated gene transfer, Ti plasmid, vectors of plant transformation; direct gene transfer methods, particle bombardment and electroporation.

7. Biogas technology: Introduction to biogas technology, production method and uses. 8. Wastewater treatment biotechnology: Introduction to wastewater and treatment process, types and characteristics of wastewater, wastewater treatment by activated sludge process. . 9. Biofertilizer: An overview of biofertilizer, major biofertilizer groups, production and uses. 10. Single cell protein (S): Definition, types and importance of single cell protein, production of S. 11. Biosafety guidelines and regulations: Safety consideration in biotechnology, intellectual property right (IPR) related to biotechnology and biosafety guidelines of Bangladesh. Books Recommended 1. Dubey, R. C. 2001: A Text Book of Biotechnology. S. Chand & Co., New Delhi. 2. Dodds, John H. and Lorin W. Roberts. 1982: Experiments in Plant Tissue Culture. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, London. 3. Kumar, H.D. 1993: Molecular Biology and Biotechnology. Vikash Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., India 4. Higgins, I.J., D.J. Best and J. Jones: Biotechnology: Principles and Applications. 5. Razdam, M.K. 1993: An Introduction to Plant Tissue Culture. Oxford & IBH Pub. Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 6. Smith, S.E. 1996: Biotechnology (3rd ed.). Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, London. 7. Biosafety guidelines of Bangladesh. Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh http://dbtbiosafety.nic.in/act/Bangladesh 8. f`ª, Gm. †K. 1992 : Dw™¢` wUmy¨ m¤ú` : cÖhyw³ I cÖ‡qvM| evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv| 9. †gv¯—dv Kvgvj cvkv, 2000| AvYweK Rxe weÁvb, 3q LÛ, evsjv GKv‡Wgx, XvKv| Paper Code Paper Title:

243016 Practical-IV

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


*Practical examination will be carried out in 6 hours examination in two days each under the same Paper code. Part A (Agronomy and Horticulture; Economic Botany, Ethnobotany and Pharmacognosy; Biodiversity and Biostatistics) Time: 6 hours

Marks: 50

Agronomy and Horticulture: 8 Marks 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Identification of different types of fertilizer and seeds of important crops. Seed bed preparation in field and pot preparation for using seedlings. Transplantation of seedlings, pre- and post- transplanting care. Viability test of seeds; seed germination and calculation of percentage of germination. Techniques of vegetative propagation: Cutting, budding, grafting and layering.

Economic Botany: 5 Marks

1 2

Study and identification of economically important plants, plant parts and finished products of Bangladesh included in the syllabus. Collection, identification of and uses of important plant materials.

Ethnobotany: 5 Marks 1. Identification, naming and uses of some of common local plant material culture. 2. Plant part used and process of preparation of the identified etnobotanical material. Pharmacognosy: 5 Marks 1. Preparation of herbarium medicinal plants of Bangladesh. 2. Methods of preparation of different reagents for qualitative test of (i) alkaloids, (ii) terpenoids, (iii) flavonoids. 3. Qualitative test for alkaloids – spot test by Mayers, Dragendorff, Wagner, Hagers and tannic acid. 4. Production procedures (methods of production) of items like powder, tablet, paste, suspension/ group etc.

Biodiversity: 8 marks 1. Study of different life forms in a suitable place. 2. Analysis of species diversity in an area. 3. Identification of at least 50 species of different plant groups in an around the institution. 4. Collection and preservation of different groups of plants, herbarium specimen preparation technique. Biostatistics: 10 Marks 1. Recording of quantitative data and presentation in tabular and graphical form. 2. Computation of mean, mode, median, variance, standard deviation and coefficient of variation. 3. Comparison of two samples mean by t-test. 4. Test for goodness of fit by χ2 test. 5. Testing the nature and magnitude of relationship between two traits of a plant species by correlation and regression analysis. Collection and Excursion Report

4.0

Practical Note Book

5.0

Part B (Limnology and aquaculture, Plant Breeding, Molecular Biology, Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering) Time: 6 hours

Marks: 50

Limnology and Aquaculture: 12 Marks 1. Determination of water temperature, pH and Secchi depth of a pond, river, lake etc. 2. Determination of dissolved oxygen (DO), free CO2 and alkalinity of pond water.

3. Local excursion to a pond/lake/marshy place and collection of hydrophytes, phytoplankton, macrophytobenthos and their analyses in the laboratory. 4. Study of some common macrophytes of Bangladesh: Emerging, floating, submerged and free floating (3-5 from each category). Plant Breeding: 8 Marks 1. Demonstration of hybridization technique. 2. Selection and use of marker in hybridization programme. 3. Test of pollen fertility by acetocarmine. Molecular Biology: 8 Marks 1. Use of chromatography technique for separation of amino acids. 2. Determination of molecular weight of protein molecules using SDS PAGE gel plates. 3. Estimation of molecular size of DNA using agarose gel plate. Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering: 10 Marks 1. The students are required to visit to different research institutes involved in biotechnological research and have to submit study report. 2. Demonstration of aseptic culture technique: Preparation and sterilization of culture/fermentation media. 3. Preparation of plant tissue culture medium such as MS medium. 4. Technique of yoghurt/cheese production. Report on the visit of Biotechnological Institute

7.0

Practical Note Book

5.0

Instruction to the Examiners Part A (Agronomy and Horticulture, Economic Botany, Ethnobotany and Pharmacognosy, Biodiversity, Biostatistics). Time: 6 Hours

Marks: 50

1. Specimens for grafting should be given. Distribution of Marks: Distribution I Demonstration of the process to the examiner

Marks 4.0

II Precaution Total

1.0 5.0

2. Viability test of seeds/pot preparation for seedling Distribution of Marks: Distribution I Results II Calculation Total

Marks 3.0 1.0 4.0

3. Specimen A, B & C should be compost fertilizer/chemicalfertilizer/seed Distribution of Marks: Distribution I Identification II Comments Total

Marks 0.5 0.5 1.0×3= 3.0

4. Specimen E, F should be selected from common economic products/parts of ethnobotanic uses. Distribution of Marks: Distribution I Commercial/ethnobotanic name II Source III Importance Total

Marks 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.5×2= 3.0

5. Specimen G, H should be selected from common available medicinal plant. Students have to write their local name and scientific name. Distribution I Common name II Scientific name II Medicinal importance Total

6.

Marks 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.5×2= 3.0

Specimen M & N will be samples of qualitative test for alkaloids.

Distribution I Requirements II Demonstration of procedure III Precaution Total

Marks 1.0 3.0 1.0 5.0 Or

Preparation of herbal suspension/group Distribution I Requirements II Demonstration of procedure III Precaution Total

Marks 1.0 3.0 1.0 5.0

7. Study of life forms. Distribution I Arrangements II Characterization Total

Marks 1.0 4.0 5.0 Or

Determination of heterogenecity by Shanon-Winner method from the supplied data (at least 2 sets of data are to be given alternately). I II

Distribution Calculation Comment on species diversity Total

Marks 4.0 1.0 5.0

8. A set of data will be given for t-test/variance analysis/correlation analysis (data are to be given alternately). Distribution I Observation II Analysis III Comments on the result Total 9. Collection and Excursion Report

Marks 2.0 4.0 2.0 8.0 4.0

10. Practical Note Book

5.0

Paper-B (Limnology & Aquaculture, Plant Breeding, Molecular biology, Biotechnology & Genetic Engineering) Time: 6 Hours

Marks: 50

1. Specimen À’ will be water sample for limnological experiment Distribution of Marks: I II III IV V VI

Principle Requirements Performance Procedure and Calculation Result Precaution Total

1.0 1.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 1.0 10.0

2. Specimens B & C will be common macrophytes. Students have to write their scientific name. Distribution of Marks

1.0×2= 2.0

3. Specimens D & E should be plants or twigs with flower, buds of two different colours for hybridization Distribution of Marks: I II III IV

Demonstration Requirements Procedure Precautions Total

4.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 8.0

4. Sample `F’ will be given for estimation of molecular size of DNA molecules. Distribution of Marks: I Record of observation II Classification III Comment Total

3.0 2.0 2.0 7.0

5. Production of Yoghurt/isolation of nitrogen fixing bacteria by mud-pie technique. Distribution of Marks: Distribution of marks

Marks

I

Requirements

1.0

II

Procedure

4.0

III

Precaution

1.0 Total 6.0

6. Preparation of tissue culture medium Distribution of Marks: I II III IV

Principle Requirements Procedure (up to inoculation) Precaution Total

2.0 1.0 4.0 1.0 8.0

7. Report on the visit of Biotechnological Institute

5.0

8. Practical Note Book

5.0


243018 Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Chemistry

Four Year B.Sc. Honours (Integrated) Course

Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

National University Subject: Chemistry Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

Year wise Paper, Marks and Credit distribution

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 242801 242803 242805 242807 242809 242811 242813 242815 242816 242818 242820

Paper Title Physical Chemistry-IV Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry Nuclear Chemistry Organic Polymers Reaction Mechanism Separation Techniques Chemical Spectroscopy Practical Chemistry (Organic) Practical Chemistry (Industrial) Viva-voce Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 40


242801

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


  Physical Chemistry-IV

1. Quantum Chemistry: Failure of classical mechanics, black body radiation, Planck’s quantum theory, photoelectric effect, Einstein’s explanation of the photoelectric effect, Compton effect, heat capacities of solids, atomic spectra, de-Broglie’s hypothesis, diffraction of electrons, consequences of de Broglie’s concepts, Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, consequences of the uncertainty relation. 2. Schrodinger wave equation and it’s solution: The time-independent Schrodinger wave equation, operators in quantum mechanics, eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, well behaved wave functions, significance of wave functions, postulates of quantum mechanics, applications of quantum mechanics, particle in a one-dimensional box, degeneracy, Schrodinger wave equation for the hydrogen atom, separation of variables, Φ, Θ and R equations, solutions of the Φ and Θ equations, the perturbation theory, perturbation treatment of the helium atom ground state, the variation theorem, variation treatment of the ground state of helium. 3. Statistical Mechanics: Macroscopic system, configuration, population, weight, Boltzmann distribution, molecular partition function: translational, rotation and vibrational partition functions of molecules, internal energy of a system, Fermi‐Dirac and Bose Einstein statistics, evaluation of partition function, calculation of thermodynamic function, Einstein and Debye equation, chemical equilibrium, statistical treatment, evaluation of equilibrium constant.

Books Recommended: Quantum Chemistry, I. N. Levine, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. Quantum Chemistry, Donald A McQuarrri. Quantum Chemistry, R K. Prasad Second Edition. Quanta, P.W. Atkins. Quantum Mechanics in Chemistry, M. W. Hanna. Elements of Quantum Mechanics, K. Singh and S. P. Singh, S. Chand & Company Ltd. 7. Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkins, Oxford. 8. Statistical Thermodynamics by Davidson, McGraw-Hill, New York

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.


242803

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Selected Topics in Organic Chemistry

1. Natural Products 1.1. Carbohydrates: Sources and importance, Classification, structure and configuration of aldoses and ketoses projection formula and conformation, reaction of monosacharides. Structure and conformation of aldo-hexoses structure of sucrose, maltose and lactose, mutarotation, anomerization, epimerization, determination of ring size, conformation of aldo-hexoses.

1.2. Alkaloids: Occurrence and importance Classification, Tests of alkaloids, extraction and purification of alkaloids; general methods of determining the structure, Chemistry of ephedrine, nicotine, papaverine and atropine. 1.3. Terpenes: The essential oils; Classification of terpenes; Isoprene and special isoprene rule, isolation, purification and general methods of determining structures of terpenes; Detailed studies of some mono terpenes; i. acylic-citral, ii. Monocyclic. 1.4. Amino-acids and Proteins: Structure, Classification, synthesis, physical and chemical behaviour of amino-acids; Isoelectric point of amino-acids, analysis of amino-acids; structure and synthesis of peptides, general nature and assay of polypeptides and proteins. 1.5. Urides and Purines: Isolation and purification of purine bases; Structure and synthesis of uric acids, structures of important derivatives of purines; Adenine, Xanthine, Guanine, Nucleotides; Nucleosides and Nucleic acids. 1.6. Colouring Matters: Isolation, purification and structure of anthocyanines, Flavonoids and Carotenoids. 1.7. Steroids: Occurrence classification and detection of steroids, Structure elucidation of steroids with reference to β-sitosterol, cholesterol

2. Medicinal Chemistry 1. Synthesis of Some Important Organic Drugs: 1.1. Sulpha Drugs: Sulphanilamide, Sulphapyridine, Sulphathiazole. 1.2. Antimalarials: Plasmaquine, Mepacrine, Chloroquine & Paludrine. 1.3. Fever Sinking Drugs: Paracetamol, Aspirin, Phenacetin. 2. Antibiotics: Penicilin. Steptomycin, Chloromycetin. Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

An Introduction to the Chemistry of Carbohydrates, R.D. Guthrie and John Honeyman Carbohydrate Chemistry, Davison. Chromatographic Methods. Stock and Rice Steroids, Fieser and Fieser. Chemistry of Alkaloids Pelletier. Van Nostrand Organic Chemistry, Chemistry oj Organic Natural Products. O.P. Agarwal. Vol-I & II, GOEL. Publishing House, Meerut. India.


242805

Marks: 100


Selected Topics In Inorganic Chemistry

1. Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory: Symmetry elements and operations, point groups of molecules, groups of very high and low symmetry, use of flow chart to identify a point group, optical activity and dipole moments on the basis of point group symmetry.

2. Bioinorganic Chemistry: Essential and non-essential elements, availability of bioelements, deficiency and specificity of bioactive elements, roles of Na+ and K+, ion pump, role of calcium in muscle contraction, role of magnesium in photosynthesis, biochemistry of iron, hemoglobin and myoglobin, oxygen transport and storage, oxygen carriers, cytochromes, metalloenzymes, iron-sulfur proteins, nitrogen fixation, vitamin B12. 3. Non-aqueous Solvents: Classification of solvents, general properties of ionizing solvents, leveling and differentiating solvents, types of chemical reactions in solvents, measurement of solvent strength, liquid ammonia, ethanol, anhydrous sulfuric acid, liquid SO2, molten salts as solvents. 4. Inorganic Polymers: Concept of inorganic polymers as distinct to organic polymers, classification of inorganic polymers, properties of inorganic polymers, studies of some typical inorganic polymers: (i) phosphazines, (ii) silicones, and (iii) S-N polymers. 5. Nanochemistry: Overview of different nanomaterials available, classification, Methods for the synthesis and characterization of nanomaterials, fullerenes and carbon nanotube, applications of nanomaterials. 6. Metal Clusters: Introduction, synthesis, structures of metal clusters with pi-acid ligands polyhedral skeletal electron-pair theory, the capping principle, reactions of metal clusters, applications. Books Recommended: 1. Chemical Applications of Group Theory, F. A. Cotton, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2. Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry, B. E. Douglas, D. H. McDaniel, and J. J. Alexander, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 3. Non-aqueous Solvents, H. Sisler. 4. Non-aqueous Solvents, J. R. Chipperfield. 5. Inorganic Polymers, F. G. A. Stone, and W. A. G. Graham.


242807

Marks: 100


Nuclear Chemistry

1. The Atomic Nucleus and Its Properties: Atomic nucleus and its constituents, nuclear radius and nuclear density, nuclear force, mass defect, packing fraction, binding energy, nuclear spin and moments, nuclear potential, concepts of nuclear structure - shell model, nuclear statistics, nuclear stability, nuclidic mass and atomic mass, nuclear mass and energy correlation, classification of nuclides. 2. Radioactivity and Radioactive Decay Laws: Radioactivity, units of radioactivity, natural and artificial radioactivity, radioactive decay, kinetics of radioactive decay, half-life and average life, radioactive decay series, radioactive equilibria, comparison between radioactive equilibrium and chemical equilibrium. 3. Nuclear Reactions: Nuclear reactions and their comparison with chemical reactions, types of nuclear reactions, conservation laws, energetics of nuclear reactions, nuclear reaction crosssection, excitation function, nuclear reactions mechanisms, nuclear fission and liquid drop model,

fissionability parameters, the mass, charge and kinetic energy distributions in thermal neutron induced fission of 235U, practical application of nuclear fission, nuclear fusion, controlled nuclear fusion, importance of nuclear fusion. 4. Interaction of Radiation with Matter and Detection of Nuclear Radiation: Modes of interactions, interactions of gamma radiations and charged particles with matters, Bremsstrahlung radiation, Ĉerenkov radiation, beta backscatter, the Auger process, radiation detection, measurements of radiations with ionization chambers, proportional counter, Geiger Müller counter, NaI(Tl) scintillation detectors. 5. Nuclear Reactors: The fission energy, fission cross-sections and threshold, fission neutrons, the reproduction factor, Fermi’s four factor formula, major components of a reactor, the classification of reactors, reactor power, critical size of a thermal reactor, excess reactivity and control, breeder reactors, application of reactors. 6. Accelerators: Working principles, basic components and utilization of Van de graaff, tandem Van de graaff, cyclotron and synchrotrons accelerators. 7. Production and Uses of Radioisotopes: General principles of production of radioisotopes, radiochemical separation and purification of isotopes, uses of radioisotopes. 8. Nuclear and Radiochemical Methods of Analysis and their Applications: Radiotracer, geochronology and radioactive dating, isotope dilution method in chemical analysis, neutron activation analysis of trace elements. 9. Safety: Radiation exposure, radiation dose, dose equivalent, quality factor, simple calculation of radiation exposure and radiation dose for γ- and β-rays, radiation hazards, radiation protection and control, radioactive wastes and their management.

Books Recommended: 1. Radiochemistry and Nuclear Methods of Analysis, W. D. Ehmann and D. E. Vance, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2. Nuclear and Radiochemistry, G. Friedlander, J. W. Kennedy, E. S. Macias and J. M. Miller, John Wiley & Sons. 3. Introduction to Nuclear Physics and Chemistry, B. G. Harvey, Prentice-Hall Inc. 4. Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry, H. J. Arnikar, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 5. Nuclear Chemistry and its Applications, G. R. Choppin and J. Rydberg, Oxford: Pergamon. Paper Code Paper Title:

242809

Marks: 100


  Organic Polymers

1. Classification of Polymers & Polymerization Process: Addition (Chain reaction) and Condensation (Step reaction) Polymerizations 2. Fundamental Concept of the Following Polymer: Homopolymers and heteropolymers. Low density and high density polymers and their properties. Copolymers; alternating, random, block and graft copolymers. Elastomer, thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and their properties. Fiber and elastomer.

3. Mechanism of polymerization: Redical, cationic and anionic polymerization, and their kinetics, Chain termination, Chain transfer, Chain retardation and chain inhibition. 4. Co-ordination polymerization: Fluid-bed process, Ziegler-Natta Catalysis, mechanism of co-ordination polymerization and its kinetics, Metal oxide catalyzed and Olefin polymerizations. Ring opening polymerization. 5. Configuration of polymers: Syndiotactic, isotactic, atactic polymers. 6. Some important polymers: Production of monomer unit, physical properties and important uses of polythene, polyvinylchloride (PVC), polystyrene, polybutylene, polybuatadiene-styrene, neoprene, polymethylmethacrylate, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinylacetate, polyamides: Nylon 6, nylon 66, nylon 11 and nylon 12, silk and wool. 7.

Thermosetting resins: Phenol-formaldehyde, phenol-urea, melamineformaldehyde polymers, their preparation and uses. Epoxy resins and polyuranthanes.

Books Recommended: 1. Organic Chemistry, R.T. Morrison and RN Boyd Fifth edition. 2. Text book of polymer science, F.W. Billmeyer, JR


242811

Marks: 100


   Reaction Mechanism

1. Broad concept of the mechanism of the following classes of organic reaction: 1.1 Nucleophilic Substitution at Saturated Carbon: Mechanism of SN1 and SN2; stereochemistry and kinetics of SN1 and SN2 reactions; broad concept of effect of solvent, effect of structure, effect of attacking reagents and leaving groups, neighbouring group participation, Steric effect. nucleophilic substitution at unsaturated carbon with special reference of Claisen condensation reaction; Aromatic nucleophilic substitution reactions. 1.2 Electrophilic substitution Reactions: Electrophilic substitution reactions at unsaturated carbon including aromatic compounds; nitration, halogenation, sulphonation alkylation and acylation. 1.3 Electrophilic addition reactions: Electrophilic addition to C=C and C≡C bonds; halogenation, hydrogenation, hydration, hydroxylations, hydorboration, ozonolysis, Diels-Alder reaction, Michael addition.

1.4 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions: Wolff-Kishner reduction, Clemmensen reduction, Oppenauer oxidation; reduction with metal hydrides; Rosenmund reduction, Wittig reaction Meerwein-Ponndorf-Verley reduction. 2. Addition: Mechanism & stereo chemistry of nucleophilic addition to C=O bond with special reference to Cannizzaro reaction, Aldol condensation, Perkin reaction, Reformatsky reaction, Benzoin condensation, Mannich reaction, Grignard reaction Knoevenagel reaction. 1,3-Dipolar addition and 1,4-addition reactions. 3. Elimination: E1 & E2 mechanism; stereochemistry and orientation of elimination reactions; competition between elimination and substitution; intramolecular elimination.Ionic elimination, thermal and syn-elimination (Chugaey and related reactions). detailed treatment of Saytzeff and Hofmann rule of elimination reaction leading to product formations. 4. Molecular Rearrangements: Base-catalysed rearrangements, rearrangements involving migration to electron deficient nitrogen and oxygen atoms; aromatic rearrangement ing though “No mechanism pathways” Clasien, Cope and related rearrangements. 5. Conformational Analysis and its Effect on Reactivity: Conformational effects on stability and reactivity Courtius-Hammet principle. transannular effects. the concept of 1strain. 6. Molecular Orbital Theory: Phase of an orbital and its role in bonding and antibonding. Huckel molecular orbital theory. LCAO’s theory and M.O’s theory – their shapes and energy states. illustration with 1,3-butadiene allyl system and 1,3,5-hexatriene. 7. Orbital Symmetry and Chemical Reactions: Woodward and Hofmann rules and their applications in thermal and photochemical reactions. electrocyclic reactions, cycloaddition reaction and signmatropic rearrangements.

Books Recommended: 1. A guide book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry – Peter Sykes, Longman. 2. Mechanism and Structure in Organic Chemistry – E.S. Gould, Holt Dryden 3. Advanced Organic Chemistry – Jerry, March, 3rd Edition, Wiley Estern Limited 4. Physical Organic Chemistry, Lowry and Richardson. 5. Physical Organic Chemistry, Batlar. 6. Physical organic Chemistry, Jack and Hine. 7. Organic Chemistry, Pine and Statnely. 8. Symmetry in organic Molecules, GiIchrist and Storr. 9. Frontier Orbital Theory, 1 Fleming 10. Organic Reaction Mechanism, E.S. Gould


242813

Marks: 100 Credits: 4    Class Hours: 60 hrs.

Separation Techniques

1. Solvent Extraction: Introduction, completeness of extraction, selectivity of extraction, factors favoring solvent extraction, solvent extraction equilibria, batch and continuous extractions, analytical applications. 2. Chromatographic Methods in General: Introduction, retention behavior, efficiency, selectivity, resolution, chromatographic theory, measured chromatographic parameters, evaluation methods, classification of chromatography. 3. Liquid Chromatography: Introduction, technique of liquid chromatography, various forms of liquid chromatography, ion pair chromatography, principles of ion pair extraction, retention, selectivity, application. 4. Paper Chromatography: Principle, types of paper, choice of solvents, sample application, apparatus, location of spots and measurements of RF value, separation of amino acids by paper chromatography. 5. Thin Layer Chromatography: Theories and mechanism of TLC, choice of adsorbents, choice of solvents, detecting reagents, developing chamber, development and detection, superiority of TLC, analytical applications. 6. Column Chromatography: Introduction, the column, packing the column, adsorbent, solvents used with columns, separation techniques, identification of compounds, applications. 7. Ion-Exchange Chromatography: Ion-exchange resin, types of resins, their structure and properties, factors affecting the ion-exchange-equilibria, eluting solvents, analysis of the elute, application of ion-exchange chromatography. 8. Gel Chromatography: Theory of gel chromatography, column, gel preparation, packing of column, advantages of gel chromatography, applications of gel chromatography. 9. High-Performance Liquid Chromatography: The HPLC system, particle size and material, filtration and degassing, HPLC columns, solvent requirements, solvent pumping systems, injection systems, HPLC detectors, advantages of HPLC, effect of temperature in HPLC, applications. 10. Electrophoresis: Definition, Types of electrophoretic methods, paper electrophoresis, paper used, electrodes, source of current, location of components, requirements of electrophoretic chambers, sample introduction and detection, applications. 11. Gas Chromatography: Principle, GC columns, selection of materials and column design, stationary phases, carrier gas, sample injection system, general properties of detectors, detector types, theory and principle of gas liquid chromatography, factors affecting separation, applications of gas liquid chromatography. Books Recommended:

1. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler and S. R. Crouch, Saunders College Publishing. 2. Analytical Chemistry, G. D. Christian, John Wiley & Sons. 3. Modern Analytical Chemistry, D. Harvey, McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 4. Analytical Chemistry Principles, J. H. Kennedy, Saunders College Publishing. 5. A Text Book of Quantitative Analysis, A. I. Vogel, Longman, Green and Co. Ltd. 6. Chromatography, B. K. Sharma, Goel Publishing House. 7. Chemical Analysis, A. K. Srivastava and P. C. Jain, S. Chand & Company Ltd. Paper Code Paper Title

242815

Marks: 100

Chemical Spectroscopy


1. Electromagnetic Radiation: The natural of electromagnetic radiation; emission and absorption spectra; spectrometers; basic components of dispersive spectrometers, modulation technique; transmittance and absorbance; representation of spectra; spectral peaks, intensities, width and resolution, signal to noise ratio and signal averaging; fourier transform technique and its advantages. 2. Rotational spectroscopy: Rotation of molecules and the classification of rotating molecules with radiation; microwave spectrometer; rotational energies of liner rotators; distribution of molecules and rotational spectra centrifugal distortion; symmetric top molecules and their rotational spectra; effect of isotopic substitution; stark effect and its use in microwaves spectrometers; determination of molecular geometry from microwave spectra. 3. Infrared spectroscopy: Vibration in molecules; normal modes, harmonic and anharmonic; potential energy diagrams; Morse equation; vibrational energy; dissociation energy of diatomic molecules; population of vibration levels; transition probabilities; fundamental, overtone and hot band transitions; combination and different bands; farmi resonance; vibration – rotation spectra of gaseous molecules; P.Q and R branches: parallel and perpendicular vibrations; infrared spectra of polyatomic molecule; characteristic group vibrations and skeletal vibrations; shifts in group frequencies. 4. Ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy: Electronic states of molecules; spectra of simple gaseous diatomic species and their vibrational Paper structure; Frank-condon principle and intensities of spectral lines; dissociation energy; pre-dissociation; spectra of species in condensed phase; various electronic transitions in organic and inorganic species; width of electronic bands; effect of solvent on band width and band position; chromospheres, bathochromic and hypochromic shifts, auxochromes. 5. Raman spectroscopy: Raman effect; classical and quantum concept of raman scattering; criterion of raman activity; raman spectrometers. applications of raman spectroscopy. 6. Principles of Resonance spectroscopy: Electron spin and nuclear spin; effect of magnetic field on the energies of spinning electrons and nuclei; the larmor precession; Resonance absorption of radiation through spin flipping; relaxation time’s; NMR spectroscopy: election density at the nucleus, the chemical shift, and scales of chemical shift; the coupling of nuclear spins, the coupling constant; Exchange phenomenon in chemical analysis by NMR techniques. ESR spectroscopy: The g-factor, hyperfine splitting. determination of electron density from ESR spectroscopic studies.

7. Mass spectroscopy: Basic Principles, ionization techniques, Electron impaci (EI), Chemical ionization (CI), desorption ionization (DI), Fast Atom Bombardment (FAB), molecular ion peak, meta-stable ions, fragmentation process, McLaffery rearrangement, molecular ion identification, interpretation of mass spectra. instrumentation of mass spectrophotometer. Books Recommended: 1. The structure of Molecules; G.M. Barrow 2. Introduction of Molecular Spectroscopy; G.M. Barrow 3. Fundamental of Molecular Spectroscopy; C.N. Banwell 4. The Infrared Spectra of Complex Molecule; L.J. Bellamy 5. Ultraviolet and Visible Spectroscopy; Rao 6. Molecular Spectroscopy; Rayfmond Chang 7. Spectra of Diatomic Molecule; Hertzberg 8. Physical Chemistry; P.W. Atkins


242816

Marks: 50


  Practical Chemistry (Organic)

1. Multistep organic synthesis: Paracetamol, Diels-Alder adduct etc. 2. Separation and Identification of mixture of organic compounds by chemical and chromatographic method (using TLC/Column chromatography/paper chromatography) Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Qualitative Organic Analysis, A.I. Vogel Quantitative Organic Analysis, A.I. Vogel A Tex book of Practical of Organic Chemistry, Clarke Identification of Organic Compounds, Shriner and Fuson Chromatographic Methods, Stock and Rice


242818

Marks: 50


Practical Chemistry (Industrial)

To Perform two Expriments (one from each group) each of 3 hours duration. A. Inorgano Industrial Chemistry experiments 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Determination of water hardness: temporary and permanent hardness. Determination of chloride content tin water by Hg (II) nitrate method. Determination of dissolved O2 in water by NaOH-MnSO4 method Measurement of pH and conductivity of water Determination of Fe content in an iron tablet.

6. Determination of nitrogen by Kjeldahl’s method 7. Determination of total arsenic, As(III) + As(V), in a groundwater sample 8. Determination of calcium in egg shell. 9. Determination of nicotine in tobacco. 10. Determination of ascorbic in Vitamin-C tablet 11. Determination of iodine in a salt sample. B. Organo Industrial Chemistry experiments 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Determination of iodine value of supplied oil sample. Saponification value of oils and fats. Determination of total acid and alkali in a soap sample Determination of free acid and free alkali in soap sample Determination of acid value of fats and oils. Determination of the amount of glucose with the help of Fehling’s solution. Determination of the purity of sugar with the help of Fehling’s solution. Quantitative analysis of Aspirin.

Books Recommended: 1. Qualitative Organic Analysis, A.I. Vogel 2. Quantitative Organic Analysis, A.I. Vogel 3. Chromatographic Methods, Stock and Rice.


242820   Viva voce

Marks: 100

Credits:4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Environment Science


National University Subject: Environment Science Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code

Paper Title

Marks

Credits

244401 244403 244405 244407 244409 244411 244413 244415

Research Methodology Climate Change Environmental Hazards and Disaster Managements Water Resources Management in Bangladesh Waste Management Environmental Laws, Protocols and Ethics Instrumental Techniques in Environmental Analysis

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Energy, Environment and Sustainable Development: Bangladesh Perspective

100

4

244417 244418

Agriculture and Environment Viva-voce Total =

100 100 1000

4 4 40


244401

Marks: 100 Credits: 4


Research Methodology

1. Introduction: Objectives and importance of research methodology; Approach: Methodology and limitation of research; Research design: features of good design, concept and development of research plan: Sampling design – sampling strategy, methodology and types of design of the program, census and sample survey: Measurement and scaling techniques. 2. Research Planning Fundamental and Processes; An Overview of Survey Methodology; Developing goals and objectives; Indicator analysis: Operational Plan Development; Methodology, tools and techniques for data collection; Resource Planning; Planning Under Risk and Uncertainty; Need Assessment; Concept Paper Development and Proposal Writing; Writing Evaluation Report. 3. Conceptualization of research problems; Research design, techniques of sampling design, types of sampling procedure experimental deg with an specific ecosystem; Concepts of Research plan, Practices for developing comprehensive research plan. Principles of presenting research finding and writing scientific papers and reports. Criteria for selecting suitable means of presentation and their explanation. 4. Methods of data collection – primary data, secondary data, selection of appropriate data, guidelines for interviewing, questionnaire and schedule: Social and participatory methodologies in peoples’ participation: Data processing and analysis – problems, types, statistics, interpretation of results, graphical representation and tabulation, manuscript preparation, rules of quotation and bibliography: Report writing: Case studies. Recommended References: 1. Bishop, (1992) ON.19. Statistics for Biology, A practical guides for the experimental Biologists, Longman,, UK. 2. Blalock, H.M.Jr. (1979): Social Statistics, MacGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi. 3. Cochran, W. G. and Cox, G. M. (1957): Experimental Designs; John Wiley and Sons nc, London. 4. Cochran, W. G. (1963). Sampling Techniques (second edition), John Wiley & Sons, NY 5. Islam, M. Nurul. (2008). An Introduction to Sampling Methods. Mullick and Brothers. New Market, Dhaka. 6. Islam, M. Nurul. (2009). An Introduction to Research Methods. Mullick and Brothers. New Market, Dhaka. 7. Wilson: Introduction to Research Methodology. McGraw-Hill Book Co, NY.


244403

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Climate Changes

1. The climate System: Climate and the climate system, Natural forcing of the climate system, Natural variability of climate, Extreme events, human influence on the climate system, modelling and projection of anthropogenic climate change, observing anthropogenic climate change. 2. Observed climate variability and change: Land-surface, sea surface temperature, sea air temperature, Temperature of the upper air, changes in the cryosphere. Temperature of the

past 1000 years, volcanic and solar effects, changes in precipitation and related variable (Land, Palaeo-drought, Ocean), water vapor, evaporation, clouds the atmospheric / oceanic circulation change, extreme weather and climate events. 3. The carbon cycle and Atmospheric carbon dioxide: Terrestrial and ocean biogeochemical carbon cycle, Palaeo CO2 and Natural changes in the carbon cycle, anthropogic source of CO2, CO2 concentration measurement methods, Carbon cycle model evaluation, Projection of CO2 concentration and their implications. 4. Green house gases and their Impact: Trace gases, current observation, trends, projection of future emissions, overall impact of global atmospheric chemistry change. 5. Radiative Forcing of climate change: Radiative forcing, forcing-response relationship, well-mixed greenhouse gases, stratospheric ozone, land-use change, solar forcing of climate, global warming potentials, Global mean radiative forcing, Time evolution of radiative forcing. 6. Model Evaluation: Mean state and variability in climate models, model Hierarchy, coupled climate models-some methodologies, coupled climate models-means, 20th century climate and climate variability, coupled model Phenomena, extreme events, coupled modelsdependence on resolution, sources of uncertainty and levels of confidence in coupled models. 7. Projections of future climate change: Climate and climate change, global mean response, patterns of future climate change, range of temperature response, factors that contribute of the response, changes in variability, charges of extreme events. 8. Changes in Sea level: Factors contributing to sea level change, Past sea level changes, future sea level changes, reducing the uncertainties in future estimates of sea level change. 9. Mitigation options: Energy supply mitigation options, Industry, transportation sector, human settlements, agricultural options, management of forests, Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation in Developing Countries (REDD), Carbon sequestration, trading and Taxing. 10. Climate Change and Bangladesh: Scenarios, Impacts and adaptation measures. 11. Climate Change and health: Health and environmental effects, Climate sensitive diseases, Climate induced natural hazards and health, Uncertainties. Recommended References: 1. Climate change 2007 by, J.T. Houghton, Y. Ding, D.J. Griggs, Cambridge University press 2007. 2. Climate Process and Change by Edward Bryant, Cambridge University Press, 1997. 3. Bangladesh: Climate Change Impacts and Vulnerability: A Synthesis by Ahsan Uddin Amhed, 2006., Climate Change Cell, Department of Environment, Bangladesh. 4. Documents published by Climate Change Cell, Department of Environment, Bangladesh (2009).

Paper Code Paper Title: 1.

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Environmental Hazards and Disaster Managements 244405


Risk Assessment: Concept of risk, hazard, disaster and vulnerability, factors of risk, types of risk, point of risk analysis, risk management goals, strategies, principles of risk management framework, risk management methods, principles of decision making, and public perception of risk.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6. 7.

8.

Geoenvironmental problems identification and risk management, framework for risk-based site management, defining goals, regulatory and societal issues, site assessment for riskbased site management. Hazard in the environment: definition of event, hazard and disaster, common feature of disaster, classification of disaster, factor related to damage, potential hazardous process or agencies, hazard caused stages and sequences, dimension of disaster. Formation process, exposure and impact of various national hazard: Cyclones, storm surges, thunderstorms, (kalboishakhi), lightening, tornadoes, flooding, drought, landslides, subsidence, tsunamis, Volcanic activity. Earthquake engineering: seismological aspects, earthquake occurrences, wave type, earthquake stations, source zones, magnitude, probability of occurrence, mode of wave propagation, designed ground motions, seismic soil structure interactions, and seismic design of retaining structures, liquefaction, and seismic risk in geotechnical earthquake engineering. Coastal hazard and disaster Management: Types and causes of coastal hazard, Adjustment of hazard, Warning and forecasting system, case study in Bangladesh. Hazard and risk assessment: technique, uncertainty, warning system, types and levels, natural resources maps, hazard related maps, use of hazard information in the development and planning process, stage of development planning, integrated flood hazard assessment in to development planning process, Community risk assessment. Disaster and hazard reduction: Scope of mitigation of environmental disaster and hazards, methods of mitigation, livelihood adaptation, risks reduction model, institution, Comprehensive disaster management programme, disaster management model, disaster management policy in Bangladesh, early warning information and GIS based disaster technology.

Recommended References: 1. Smith, 1995, Environmental Hazard, 2nd edition. 2. Edward A. Keller, 1985, 4th edition. Environmental Geology. CBS Publishers & Distributors, Delhi. 3. R. Kerry Rowe .2001, Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering Hand Book. Kluwer Academic Publishers, London. 4. Roy E. Hunt, Geotechnical Engineering analysis and Evaluation. 5. Applied Geology for Engineers, by: Military Engineering volume XV. 6. P. Leonard Capper, W. Fisher Cassie, and JD. Geddes, Problems in engineering soils, 7. Roy E. Hunt, geotechnical engineering investigation manual. 8. Dasgupta, Samir. 2009. Understanding the Global Environment, 2009. Delhi: Pearson‐ Longman.


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Water Resources Management in Bangladesh 244407


1. Basic concepts in water resources management: Definition, Water Resources System, Water Management principles, Basic concepts of Precipitation, evaporation, transpiration, infiltration, IWRM concepts, Overview of Water Resources Management in Bangladesh.

2. Wetlands and water resources: Soil-water relationship: Human impacts on water resources: Irrigation and flood control system, Economic, environment and institutional aspects of water resources management: Participation of beneficiaries, formation of ’s group: Strategic planning: System analysis approach: Conceptual framework and models: Analytical techniques: Operation and maintenance of water resource system. 3. Water Resources of Bangladesh: Confluence of Rivers, Surface Water, Ground Water, Coastal Water, Rain, Water, Abstraction, Recharge, Regenerated Water. 4. River Systems and Watershed Basins: The Bengal Plain, River Systems, The Ganga River System, The Brahmaputra River System, The Meghna River System, The South-Eastern Rivers system; The Bengal Basin, Bangladesh, The North-West Region, The South-West Region, The North-Central Region, The South-Central Region, The North- East Region, The Central-Eas Region, The South-East Region, The Coastal Region. 5. Climate & Floods: The Climate, The Seasons, Rainfall, Evaporation, Flood Plains, Flood Basins, Flood Flows, Historical Floods, Flood Action Plan, Flood Management, Low Flows, Historical Cyclones, Cyclone Management, Threat of Sea Level Rise, The El Nino Effects. 6. Soil & Agriculture: Physiography, Geology, Topography, The Topsoil, Land Use, Flood Protection Projects, Submergible Embankments, The Crop Calendar, Crop Production, Cropping Pattern, Rice Production, Fish Production, Forest Resources. 7. River Trainings and Navigation Routes: Introduction, Erosion Types, Eroding Rivers, The Charlands, River Regime, Land Laws & Rivers, Erosion Control, River Flow Training, River Management, Seaside Protections, Harbors & Ports, City Protections, Materials; Types of Rivers, River Morphology, Perennial Rivers, Navigation Rivers, Navigation Khals, Historical Cuts, Navigation Routes, River Ferries, River Ports, Dredging, Dockyards, Port Facility, River Traveling, Aquatic Health. 8. Haors & Wetlands: Flood Plains, Low Lying Areas, Notional Importance, Seasonal Variations, Seasonal Wetlands, Wetlands Soil, Wetland Vegetations, Wetlands Birds, Wetland Crops, Wetlands Conservation, Haor Embankments, Drainage Projects, Water Conservation Projects, Oxbow Lakes, Wetland Management, Wildlife Sanctuaries. 9. Water & Human Life: Introduction, Rural Life, Urban Life, Metropolitan Life, Boat Life, Coastal Life, Hill Life, Char Life, Water Rights, Constraints, Human Activities, Natural Calamities, National Water Policy, Rural Water Supply, Urban Water Supply, Safety Standards, Dhaka Water Supply, Chittagong Water Supply, Sanitation, Urban Sanitation, DND Project, Disaster Threats, Dead or Dying Rivers, Reuse of Water, Recreation, Water Problems, Water footprint. 10. Water & Industry: Industry, Water Use, Virtual Water, Industrial Effluents, Dhaka Industries, Chittagong Industries, Cross-Boundary Pollution, National Water Policy, Environment Protection Act, Environment Court Act, City Public Lands Protection Act, Environmental Clearance, Water Standards, Pollution Control, Mining Control. 11. Water & Economics: Introduction, Water Projects, Water Economics, Project Implementation, Irrigation Projects, The Ganga Barrage Project, Small Scale Projects, Management Conflicts, Beneficiary Participation, Cost Recovery, Water Rates, O&M of Projects, Integrated Water Resources Management. 12. Laws & Institutions: Water Rights, Water Conflicts, Water Ethics, Rules of Business, Government Policies, Water Laws, Water Organizations, Water Forums, Water Conventions, Trans-Boundary Rivers, Water Treaties, India’s Rivers Interlink Project, Domestic Water Disputes. 13. Case studies.

Recommended References: 1. Inamul Haque (2008) Water Resources Management in Bangladesh, Anushilan, Dhaka. 2. Pereira HC (1989) Policy and Practice in the Management of Tropical Watershed. Belhaven Press, London 3. Troch FR , Hobbs JA and Donahue RL (1991) Soil and Water Conservation. Prentice Hall, NJ 4. Ministry of Water Resources (1999) National Water Policy, Government of the People's Republic of Bangladesh 5. EGIS (2001) Guidebook for Integrated Water Resources Management: Concepts and Tools, Dhaka 6. Water Resources Planning Organisation (WARPO) (2001) Draft Final National Water Management Plan, Vol-1 & 2, WARPO, Dhaka. 7. Loucks, Stedinger and Haith, (1993): Water Resources System Planning & Analysis, McGraw Hill, USA. 8. Kabir, M. R. and Bhuiyan, A. B. M. F., (1997): Integrated Water Resources Management, WRE, BUET. 9. More reading material will be supplied at classroom.

Paper Code Paper Title: 1. 2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

244409

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Waste Management

Introduction: definition, classification of waste, general aspect of waste managements Solid waste management: Characteristic of solid waste, solid waste collection, solid waste collection estimate and cost, waste transfer, maximum and economic haul time, disposal techniques, modes of operation, environmental consideration, liquid leachability, utilization of waste to energy production, resource conservation and recovery, low, high and medium technology. Hazardous waste management: Types of hazardous waste, risk perception and risk assessment, toxicity consideration, one-hit mode, reasonable maximum exposure, risk characterization and risk management, transport regulations, disposal protocols. Radioactive Waste Management: Definition, sources and characteristics of radioactive wastes, effects of radiation on living organism, acute effect and delayed effect, risk estimates, radioactive waste management techniques, safe disposal, long term assessment, case study. Treatment technologies of solid and hazardous wastes: Biological, physical and chemical treatment, batch distillation and fractionation techniques, ion-exchange techniques, electrodialysis, reverse osmosis, waste incineration, land disposal and ground impounding. Municipal and household wastes management: Disposal design, recovery and recycling of household wastes, domestic garbage, bulk treatment on commercial scale, recycling of paper. Hazardous waste and risk analysis: Hazard identification, mutagenesis, carcinogenesis, dose-response relationship, human exposure assessment, risk characterization, contaminant degradation, application of risk assessment. Hazardous waste regulatory act: The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Consumption and Liability Act (CERCLA), the National Priority List (NPL), the Hazard Ranking System (HRS), the National Contingency Plan (N), Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA), national and regional provisions of hazard treatment.

Recommended References: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Introduction to Environmental Engineering, M. L.. Davis, D. A. Cornwell, 3rd edn, McGrawHill, 1998. Environmental Chemistry, C. Baird, WH Freeman and Company, N. Y., 2nd edn, 2000. Environmental Chemistry, S. E. Manahan, 7th end, Lewis Publishers, 2000. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science, G. M. Masters, Prentice-Hall Inc., 1991.


2.

3.

4. 5.

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Environmental Laws, Protocols and Ethics 244411


Definition of law, protocols, treaties and convention; classification of laws, environmental law, environmental rights, environmental justice, historical evolution of environmental legislation. Mention the major UN conferences regarding environment: Stockholm declaration, 1972, Agenda 21, Rio-declaration, Kyoto protocol, CDM and Carbon credit, Convention of biological diversity, Ramser convention, Basel convention, UN convention on the laws of the sea; and other recent conventions. Environmental law regime in Bangladesh, constitutional provision, role of BELA in the legal activism in Bangladesh, Bangladesh position on ICTPs; ECA 1995, ECR 1997, EC 2000 and other recent laws, Environmental policy: National and international. Sectoral environmental legislation’s in Bangladesh: laws regarding Biodiversity conservation, Forestry, Fishery, Mineral exploration, Groundwater management etc. Relation of Environmental Laws to Ethics and ethical issues in environment. Role of classical and contemporary ethical theories to the suggestive measures for protecting environmental degradation both at local and global levels.

Recommended References: 1. Mohanty S.K., Universal’s Environment & Pollution Law Manual, Universal Law publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1999. 2. Laws Regulating the Environment in Bangladesh, M. Farooque and R. Hassan, published by BELA. 3. Rahman A.A., Haq S., Haither R., Jansen E.G. (eds), Environment & Development in 4. Bangladesh, voll 1&2, UPL, 1994. 5. Pojman P.L., Global Environmental Ethics, Mayfield Publishing Company, 2000 6. Rolston-3 H., Environmental Ethics, Temple University press, Philadelpfia, 1998.


244413 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Instrumental Techniques in Environmental Analysis

1. Environmental Analysis and Laboratory Management: Quality control and quality assurance, sample preparation and dissolution, chain of custody, compliance monitoring of gas, liquid and solid samples, quantification of toxic metals in solid and liquid wastes, monitoring of trace elements in foods and biological samples.

2. Spectroscopy: The nature of radiant energy, interaction of light with matter, laws of photochemistry, quantum yields, wave mechanics, atomic and molecular absorption, origin of spectra, absorption and emission spectra. 3. UV-Visible Spectroscopy: Basic principles of spectroscopy, color detection, wavelength variation, absorption spectra of functional groups, instrumentation, absorption standards, stray correction, spectra-structure correlation, application. 4. Infrared Spectroscopy: Molecular motion, vibrational mode of molecules, working principle, sample techniques, spectral manipulation, baseline correction, transmission spectra of solid, liquid and gas phase, advantages of FT IR. 5. Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy: Theory of AAS, atomization techniques, methods of calibration, standard addition, scope, sensitivity and application of I-AAS, I-AES, IMS techniques in environmental analysis. 6. Application of NMR and Mass Spectroscopy: principle and application of NMR, application of NMR to other nuclei, Mass spectra, ion sources, Mass spectrometer, application of molecular mass spectrometry, environmental application of NMR and mass spectrometry. 7. Chromatographic Method: Principles of chromatography, instrumentation and applications of chromatography, chromatographic optimization, matrix preparation, HPLC in biological and forensic analysis, chromatographic separation of DDT and PCBs. 8. Other techniques: Thermogravimetric methods (TG), X-ray Emission, X-ray fluorescence and electroanalytical techniques; potentiometry, coulometry.

Recommended References: 1. Spectroscopic Method in Organic Chemistry, D.H. Williams, I. Fleming, 4th Edn, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1988. 2. UV Spectroscopy, Techniques, Instrumentation, Data Handling, B.J. Clark, I. Frost, M.A. Russell, Chapman & Hall, 1993. 3. High Performance Liquid Chromatography, Fundamental, Principles and Practice, W.J. Lough, I.W. Wainer (Edn), Blackie Academic & Professional, 1991. 4. Understanding Instrumental Analysis, J.W. Robinson, 5th Edn, Marcel Decker, Inc., 1995. 5. Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy, Theory, Design & Application, S.D. Haswell (Edn), Elsevier, Vol 5, 1991. 6. Infrared Spectral Interpretation: A Systemic Approach, B. Smith, CRC Press, 1999. 7. Essential Environmental Science: Methods and Techniques by Simon Watts


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Energy, Environment and Sustainable Development: Bangladesh Perspective 244415

1. Energy: Definition, forms and classification of energy; Units of energy; Energy usage in past civilisations; role of energy use in the evolution of human civilization; Energy scenario and utilization pattern in Bangladesh. 2. Renewable energy sources (solar energy, hydropower, wind energy, bio-mass, bio-gas, tidal, geo-thermal etc.); advantages and disadvantages of renewable energy; future prospects. 3. Energy use and Environmental Pollution; Impacts of fossil fuel burning at local, regional and global levels; air pollution, climate change, global warming etc.

4. Energy conservation and Efficiency: Energy conversion process and Efficiency; importance of energy conservation, techniques of energy saving in house hold, industrial and transport sector; energy saving initiatives in Bangladesh; improved stove, energy saving bulb, cogeneration etc. and National energy policy of Bangladesh. 5. Energy and Sustainable Development: Concept of sustainable development; Energy resources and estimation of energy reserves and resources: Energy security and crisis Demand for energy services; Energy trade patterns and globalization; Energy prices and taxes; Energy investment; Global and regional energy needs. 6. Economic and Social Issues for Sustainable Energy Development: Energy and economic prosperity: energy consumption and economic well being; Disparities in Income and energy consumption, Energy intensities. 7. Energy and socio-political issues: Energy and poverty Energy and women Energy and population Energy and urbanization and Energy and life styles; 8. Energy, Environment and Health: Rural energy in the developing countries and impacts; Energy environment and health issues in house hold, workplace, community. 9. Energy and Geopolitical Issues: Politics regarding fossil fuel (oil, coal, gas) at National, Regional and International regarding.

Recommended References: 1. Joseph Priest, Energy Principles, Problems and Alternatives, 3rd Edition, Addision-Wesley Publishing Company. 2. Devid Reed, Editor, Structural Adjustment, the Environment, and Sustainable Development, Earthscan Eastern Publications Ltd. London. 3. A. K. Srivastava, Sustainable Development. Dragana Pilipovic, Energy Risk, McGraw-Hill.


2.

3.

4.

Marks: 100 Agriculture and Environment 244417

Credits: 4


Historical perspective of agriculture: Environmental factors and adaptation of agricultural plants: Basic principles of agricultural crop production, Concept of agroforestry and management, Soil, land and cropping pattern in Bangladesh, agro-ecological zones in Bangladesh. Agro-meteorology: Introduction, objectives, data sources, estimation crop yields, How to monitor and use meteorological data for agriculture purpose, speculation of future trend of agricultural changes. Agrochemical and Environment: Historical perspectives of agrochemical uses, Basic principle of agriculture crop production, Natural hazards, types of agrochemicals, Effect of agrochemicals on soil, Fresh water and plant kingdom, Agrochemical residues, misuse of agrochemicals, Pollution Control in Agriculture: Slow release fertilizer, Integrated Pest Management (IPM). Impact of climate changes on agricultural production: Bangladesh and global perspectives, understanding the driving forces of land use changes in Bangladesh, option for mitigation of the impact of climate changes, environmental changes and food security of Bangladesh and other densely populated countries.

5. 6.

7.

Natural problems in agriculture practices: flood, drought, cyclone, rainfall, salinization, pest and disease, mitigation of natural problems. Agricultural practice and technology: Choice of technology and technology transfer: import of environmental friendly technology from other Asian countries, Sustainable agricultural development in Bangladesh. Production of transgenic plants: micropropagation, secondary metabolites production, impact of genetically modified food and biosafety.

Recommended References: 1. Mishra SJ and Mani D (1994) Agricultural pollution. Ashish Pub, New Delhi. 2. Whyte RO (1980) Crop Production and Environment. Faber and Faber Ltd, London. 3. Hugh Brammer (1999) Agricultural disaster Management in Bangladesh, UPL, Dhaka. 4. Chawla H.S. (2002) Introduction to plant biotechnology, 2nd Ed. Oxford & IBH publishing Company


244418 Viva voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Geography and Environment

Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session : 2013-2014

National University Subject: Geography and Environment Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Paper, Marks and Credit distribution

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 243201 243203 243205 243207 243209 243211 243213 243215 243216 243218

Paper Title Geographical Thoughts and Concepts Oceanography Geography of Disasters Political Geography Agricultural Geography Geography of South Asia Urban Geography Principles of Remote Sensing and Geographic Information System Practical-IV Viva-voce Total =

2

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

100 100 1000

4 4 40

Detailed Syllabus d Paper Code Paper Title:

243101 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Geographical Thoughts and Concepts

Class Hours: 60 hrs. Exam Duration: 4 Hours

1. Definition of Geography: Changing nature of geographical concepts and ideas; scope and its subject matter. 2. Geography in pre-modern times: Brief study of Pre-Greek, Classical (Greek-Roman), Dark and Arab (Medieval) periods. Impacts of exploration and discoveries 3. Modern Geographical Thought: Founders of modern geographical thought: Alexander Von Humboldt, Carl Ritter 4. Schools of Geography: The German School of Geography, The French School of Geography, The British School of Geography, The American School of Geography, The Former Soviet and Chinese School of Geography 5. Dichotomies in Geography: Regional versus Systematic Geography; Determinism versus Possibilism; Theoretical versus Applied geography 6. Geography in 20th century: Quantitative Revolution, Spatial Analysis, Paradigms, System Analysis and Models in Geography 7. Introduction to major approaches in Geography: Regional Approach; Cultural Landscape and Ecological approach 8. Development of geography in South Asian with special reference to Bangladesh.

Suggesting Readings Lahiri-Dutta, Kuntala, 1999. Development of Geographical Thoughts, Kolkata, India ( in Bangla) James, Preston E. 1972, All Possible World: A history of Geographical Ideas. USA. Holt-Jensen A. 1980: Geography: Its history & concepts: A students Guide. Harper & Row Publishers, London. Adhikair, Sudeepta, 1999. Fundamentals of Geographical Thought. Allahabad: C B House. Husain, Majid, 1997: Evolution of Geographical Thought. Rawat,India. Dikshit, R.D. 2001. Geographical Thought, New Delhi: Prentice Hall. Ahmad N (Translated by Islam N & Khan J): Bhugol Biggeyane Musolnumder Obodan, Bangla Academy, Dhaka. Islam M.A. 1992: Bhugol: Dristi Bhongi o Dorshon: Department of Geography, Dhaka University. Singh, Savindra, 1995: Environmental Geography, India.

3


243103 Marks: 100 Oceanography

Credits: 4


1. Oceanography: Introduction, definition, branch and scope, relation with other subjects. 2. Distribution of oceans over the Globe. 3. Relief of the Ocean: Continental shelves & slope, ocean floor, coral reef, relief of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Ocean, coastal morphology. 4. Ocean Sediments: Source of sediments, types, characteristic, depositional environments. 5. Ocean temperature: Temperature change, cause, vertical and horizontal distribution, Implication. 6. Salinity: Salinity change, cause, distribution and implication. 7. Ocean Currents: Causes, types, ocean current in Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Ocean. 8. Tide: Tide generating forces, time of tide, types of tide, tidal bores, and impact of tides.

9. Waves: Components and characteristics, classification of waves, causes of wave. 10. The study of the Bay of Bengal and the marine resources of Bangladesh. Suggesting Readings Gross, M.G. 1987: Oceanography: A view of the Earth, New Jersy: Prentice Hall, USA. Doxbury and Doxbury, 2004. Introduction to World Ocean. Wiley: New York. King, C.A.M., Oceanography for Geographers, Edwin Arnold Publishers Ltd. London. Sharma, R.C. and Vatal, M. Oceanography for Geographers, Chaitanya Publishing House, Allahabad, India Oliver, J.E., Physical Geography, Duxbury Press, London. Das, Sc. 2010. Modern Oceanography, Dhaka: ( in Bangla)


243105 Marks: 100 Geography of Disaster

Credits: 4


1. Definition and concept of natural hazard and disaster. 2. and concepts used in hazard and disaster studies/management 3. Typology or classification of hazards and disasters:

3.1 Natural: extra terrestrial, geological/seismic, meteorological, atmospheric or climatic, hydro meteorological, biological, etc. 3.2 Human induced (anthropogenic): war, fire, industrial pollution, HYV, accidents, industrial, technological, etc. 3.3 Mixed (natural and human induced together): bird-flu, water logging, landslide, etc. 4. Genesis, nature, spatial distribution and consequences of major hazards.

4

5. Interactions between hazard, disaster, risk and vulnerability. 6. Natural hazards in Bangladesh: type, nature, geographical extent, intensity and impacts. 7. Disaster management: conceptual framework, objectives and scope. 8. Disaster management systems in Bangladesh.

Suggesting Readings 1. Abbott, PL, 2013 Natural Disasters, London: McGrawhill. 2. Alexander, D. 1993. Natural Disasters, London: UCL Press limited. 3. Bangladesh Open University 2004, ELEC 3619 Disaster Management, the Commonwealth of Learning, Vancouver. 4. Coppola, DP, 2011. Introduction to International Disaster Management (2nd edition), Burlington: Elsevier. 5. Islam, MA.1995. Environment, Land use and Natural Hazards in Bangladesh, Dhaka: Dhaka University. 6. Elahi KM, John RR and Rogge JR.1990. Riverbank erosion, flood and population displacement in Bangladesh: A report on the riverbank erosion impact study, Dhaka: Riverbank Erosion Impact Study (REIS), Jahangirnagar University (JU).

7. Nizamuddin, K. (ed.), (2000), Disaster in Bangladesh: Selected Readings, Disaster Research Training and Management Centre, University of Dhaka. 8. Moniruzzaman,M et al. Fundamentals of Disaster Management, Metropolis Publishing, Dhaka.

Paper Code

243107

Paper Title:

Political Geography

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


1. Introduction to political geography. Definition, Scope, Nature and objective of political geography. Historical Development of political geography. Approaches to political geography. 2. Concept of geopolitics and geostrategy. Ancient and Modern Thinkers. Power concepts, great power spatial relationship. The Balance of power and power conflicts and current affairs. Geo-strategic pacts Mac kinder Heartland and Spikeman’s Rimland Theory. Geopolitical importance of Bangladesh. 3. Concept of state. Definition and Elements of state. Territorial concept of the state.

5

Location, Shape Size, Boundary istrative structure, government system and local government. Election and Transfer of power The capital and core 4. Frontiers and Boundaries. Definition delineation and Demarcation Deference between Frontiers and Boundaries Classification and Explain of Boundaries enclaves, Refugee Problems, Ocean Economic zone and Buffer zone/state. Boundary Problems and solution 5. International Co-Operation EU, Commonwealth, Non Aligned Movement, SAARC, ASEAN, OIC, NAFTA, CIRDAP, BIMSTEC, WTO, APEC Military Alliances. 6. The United Nations and the world peace. The formation and organization of the UNO. Objective of the UNO. Inter governmental organizations related to UNO. Conflict Resolution and the world peace of the UNO. Book Recommended: 1. Pounds, Norman J.G. 1972, Political Geography, McGraw Hill, USA. 2. Dikhishit, A.D, 1982, Political Geography. Tata-McGraw-Hill publishing Limited, New Dilhi. 3. Adhikari, Sundeepta, 2002, Political Geography, Rawat publication, New Delhi. 4. Taha , M.A, 1988, Political Geography, Rajshahi University , Rajshahi .( in Bangla) 5. Haq. Lutful 2000, Goshthi Dondo O Manob Bhabitobbo Bhougolic Prekkhapote Bishwo Rajnitte. Naclia prokashoni, Dhaka.


243109 Marks: 100 Agriculture Geography

Credits: 4


1. Agricultural Geography: Definition, Scope and Significance. 2. Origin, Development and Diffusion of Agriculture: Major Theories. 3. Agricultural Systems of the world: Whittlescy’s Classification; Classification of world agriculture 4. Models of Agricultural Regionalization: Methodology for Agricultural Regionalization; Crop Combination Regions (Weaver Model). 5. Agriculture in Bangladesh: Issues and Challenges. 6. Land Utilisation, Cropping pattern and cropping intensity in Bangladesh. 7. Food grain production, supply and diversification: constraints and potentials.

6

8. Food security in Bangladesh: problems and prospects. The National food Policy-2006 and National Food Policy Plan of Action (2008-2015). Suggesting Readings: 1. Alim. A. Agriculture of Bangladesh. 2. Chowdhury, S.I 1995: Arthonitic Bhugol: Bissho O Bangladesh: Dhaka University, Dhaka (in Bangla). 3. Husan, Majid. 1998: Systematic Agricultural Geography, Rawat Publication, New Delhi. 4. Singh, J. and Dhillon, S.S. 1998: Agricultural Geography; Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, India. 5. Symons, L. J. 1978: Agricultural Geography, Bell and Hyman Limited: London. 6. Ahmed,R., Haggblade, S., Chowdhury,T.E. eds, 2000. Out of the Shadow of Famine. Landon: IFPRI. 7. MoFDM, 2012. National Food Policy Plan of Action and Country Investment Plan Monitoring Report- 2012, Food Division, GoB. 8. Hossain, M. and Bayes, A., 2010. Rural Economy and Livelihoods-insight from Bangladesh. Dhaka: A H Publishing.


243111 Marks: 100 Geography of South Asia

Credits: 4


1. History of south Asia and geographical regions. 1.1 Geographical Location 1.2 Member countries: National Boundaries, Basic Demographic and Socio-Economic Data Bases 2. Physical Environment setting of South Asia: geomorphic features, drainage system, soil, vegetation 3. Cultural Environment of South Asia 3.1 Population Dynamics and distribution 3.2 Economy: Types of Economy, economic activities, Per capita and GDP 3.3 Agriculture: Agriculture system , Major crop productions, Geographical distribution 3.4 Industry : Large scale industry, small Scale Industry, Distribution of Large scale Industries, Industrial policies. 3.5 Settlement: Rural settlement, Urban settlement, 3.6 Transportation and communication 3.7 Trade and commerce: Internal and External Trade. 4. Regional connectivity and its prospect 5. Major problems and co-operation of south Asia: Water sharing, energy resource and SAARC. 6. Bangladesh and status of South Asia. Suggesting Readings 1. Abbasi, Bushra Afzal,1991 Geography of south Asia, Sang-Meel Publication , Lahore.

7

2. Dutt, Ashok K and Margaret M. Geils,1987. Atlas of S.A Westview Press, London. 3. Spate, O.H.K & A.T.A Lermonth , 1967, India and Pakistan , Methuen & Co. London. 4. Spate,O.H.K & et. Al. 1967: India, Pakistan and Ceylon, the Regions, Methuen & Company London.


243113

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Urban Geography

1. Introduction to Urban Geography: Definition, scope and methodology; Concept of urbanization, urbanism, urban centre, city, central place. metropolis, egalopolis. 2. Origin and History of Urbanization: Urbanization in the ancient period; banization in the middle ages; Modern urbanization; Contemporary urbanization. 3. Urbanization and Urban Growth (Macro System): Level of urbanization; Factors of urbanization and urban growth; Process of urbanization; Systems of cities/Central Place Theory/Urban hierarchy, Ranks size rule; Urbanization and urban growth in Bangladesh. 4. Urbanization --The City System (Micro System): Factors of city/urban growth; Stages and processes in urban/city growth; Internal structure of city (Land use and transport network; Central Business District (CBD); Location of retail business, residential and manufacturing areas in a city; Sub-urban and urban fringe area) 5. Economic Base of Cities: Basic non-basic concept; Formal/informal sector. 6. Classification of Cities: Needs and purposes; Early examples of classification: Harris, Nelson and Smales; Classification of Bangladesh cities. Selected Readings: Mayer H. M. And C. F. Kohn, 1978: Readings in Urban Geography, London. Hortshone, H. H. 1991: Urban Geography. Crter, Harold, : Urban Geography, NY Giibs, J.P.: Urban Research Method, NY Jones, Emerys, Readings in Social Geography Yeates and Gamer, North American Cities, Knox, Paul 1998: Social Geography Elahi, KM and Rumi, SRA (eds.) 2013. Urban Geography- Recent Trends (in Bangla) Islam, N. and Baqee A. (edited) 1996: Nogorayone Bangladesh, Urban Studies Program, Centre for Urban Studies, Dhaka (in Bangla) Islam, N. 2001. Urbanization, Urban Planning and Development and Urban Governance. Murtaza, G. (2013) A Glossary of of Urban, Rural and Regional Planning Dhaka: Centre for Urban Studies

8


243115 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Principles of Remote Sensing and Geographic Information System


A. Remote Sensing (RS) 1. Introduction of Remote Sensing: historical development; Fundamental Consideration, Electromagnetic Energy and interaction with surface, Sensors / platform system; Active and ive. 2. Earth resource satellites operating in the optical Spectrum: Introduction, early history of imaging, Landsat satellite program, spot satellite program, Indian resource satellites, meteorological satellite, Ocean monitoring satellites, earth observing system ERS program; thermal Infrared Remote Sensing and Active and ive Microwave & LIDAR RS, Quick bird. Currently orbiting satellites. 3. Remote sensing for terrain interpretation and resource: introduction to geologic and geomorphologic assessment. 4. Remote sensing data for agriculture; Land use and Land cover, water resource, Forest resources assessment Remote Sensing for Urban Landscape 5. Remote sensing application in Bangladesh B. Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 6. Introduction to GIS: Definition, components, history and application 7. Nature and sources of spatial data; spatial data structures and data base management 8. GIS data input, editing, analysis, analytical modeling and output 9. Types and sources of errors of GIS data 10. Introduction to contemporary software 11. Issues in GIS: handling spatial data; data quality; GIS project design and management etc. 12. Applications of GIS in Bangladesh Suggesting Readings Craeknell, A & Hays L. Introduction to Remote Sensing, Taylor & Francis, London. Curran, Paul, J. Principle of Remote sensing, ELBS (Longman) Lillesand , T.M. and Kiefer R.W. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation John Wiley & sons, Inc. 1994. Burrough, P A and McDonnell, RA, 2000. Principles of Geographical Information Systems. New York: Oxford. Demers, MN 2002. Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems. New York: Wiley.

9


243116 Marks: 100 Practical-IV

Credits: 4


Section I: Land Use and Socio-economic Study (Marks- 50) 1. Land use survey: 1.1 Definition, historical background and objective &types 1.2 Methods of land use survey 1.3 Some examples of successful major land use projects: land utilisation survey of Great Britain, TVA of USA 1.4 Concept of land use capability& suitability survey and land cover survey 2. Data collection from the field 2.1 Land use data collection through fractional code method 2.2 Socio-economic data collection 3. Preparation of various physical and land use map, 4. Analysis of data and report preparation Mark Distribution Examination ( duration 6 hours) 30 Field Report and Records 20 Total 50 Suggesting Readings 1. Walford, R. (ed) (1997), Land-Use UK: A Survey for the 21st Century. Sheffield: Geographical Association. 2. Stamp, L.D. (1948), The Land of Britain: Its Use and Misuse. London: Longmans, Green and Co. 3. Coleman, A. (1961). "The second land-use survey: Progress and prospect". Geographical Journal 127: 168–186. 4. Fuller, R.M.; Sheail, J.; Barr, C.J. (1994). "The Land of Britain, 1930-1990: A Comparative Study of Field Mapping and Remote Sensing Techniques". Geographical Journal 160 hrs. (2): 173–184. 5. Lynn, I. et.al., 2009. Land Use Capability Survey ( 3rd edition). Hamilton: AgResearch Ltd. 6. Manakos, Ioannis and Braun, Matthias (Eds.) 2014. Land Use and Land Cover Mapping in Europe: Practices and Trends, Springer Publications 7. Fieldwork techniques, Manual of Royal Geographical Society, London, http://www.rgs.org/OurWork/Schools/Fieldwork+and+local+learning/Fieldwork+techniq ues/Fieldwork+techniques.htm Section II: GIS Practical (Marks-50) 1. Introduction to hardware and software of GIS

10

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Basic Components of GIS Software: Views, Theme, data table, layout etc. Data entry technique in GIS: Scanner, digitizer, key board, mouse etc. Digital Mapping elements: Adding legend, Scale, Charts, Table, north line in map Handling primary and secondary GIS data available in Bangladesh. Integration and Geo-processing of GIS data Analysis of GIS data: Coverage and attribute Analysis of RS data: Hard image and digital image Project work based on GPS data or other available field data sources

Suggesting Readings 1. Burrough,P A and McDonnell,R A 2000. Principles of Geographical Information Systems. New York: Oxford. 2. Demers, M N 2002. Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems. New York: Wiley. Mark Distribution Examination ( 3 hours) 35 Projects/lab work ( 3 hours) 15 Total 50

Paper Code

243118

Paper Title:

Viva-Voce

Marks: 100

11

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Home Economics

Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

1

National University Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Subject: Home Economics Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code

243501 243503 243505 243507 243509 243511 243513 243515 243516 243518

Paper Title

Marks

Credits

Food Science and Technology Counselling in Family Family Resource Management Textile Manugacturing and Merchandising Community Nutrition and Public Health The Child with Special Needs Art and Craft: Income Generating Sources for Women Home Economics Education Practical Viva-voce

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

100 100 100

4 4 4

Total =

1000

40

2


243501 Marks: 100 Food Science and Technology

Credits: 4


1. Food Spoilage: a) Paper of food spoilage. b) Deterioration of food quality. c) Apoilage of various foods and food products. 2. Food Preservation: a) Principles of food preservation. b) Food preservation by using various methods high temperatures, CV aporation and drying, low temperatures, etc.s 3. Food Flavours: a) Sensation of taste and flavour. b) Chemicla, nature of taste and flavour. c) Effect of processing on taste and flavour. d) Artificial taste and flavour and its applicaton. 4. Food Colours and Pigments: a) Types of pigments and their nature. b) Effect of cooking and processing on the pigments. c) Artificial food colours. 5. Food Additives: a) Definition. b) Characteristics of chemical additives. c) Use of additives in food technology. 6. Milk and Milk Products: a) Processing of common milk products. - butter, cheese, yoghurt, etc. 7. Vegetables and Fruits: a) Harvesting and storage. b) Jams, jelly and marmalades –rote of pective in fruit preservation. c) Fruit beverages. 8. Cereals and Cereal Products: a) Rice and rice Products. b) Baking- Role of gutter in baking industry. 9. Meat and Meat Products: a) Post mortem changes in meat. b) Tenderising m eat c) Meat Products and meat procesings. 10. Fats and Oils: a) Production of fats and oils and processing refining and hydrogenation. b) Commercial fat Products- margarine emulsion, mayonnaise etc. c) Adulteration of fats and oils.

3

Recommended Books: 1.

Food Chemistry – By Meyer

2.

Food Processing and Preservation – B. Shiva Sanker.

3.

Mechanism and Theory – Dominic W. S. Mong.


243503 Marks: 100 Counseling in Family

Credits: 4


1. Introduction: a. The concept of counseling b. Scope of counseling c. Need for counseling in family life. 2. Various Approaches to counseling: a. A traditional psychoanalytic approach b. Client centered approach. c. Rational emotive behavior therapy d. Transactional analysis 3. The Counseling Process: a. Introducing Counseling: Establishment of rapport. b. The role of counselor and counselee. c. The counseling situation/environment d. Closing counseling session. 4. Counseling in various Family Relationships: a. Parental Counseling: Problems of parent-child relationship in childhood and adolescence and Counseling. b. Family and marital Counseling. c. Counseling elderly. d. Development of personality and Counseling 5. Ethical issues in Counseling: a. Guidelines for ethical and legal practice. b. Ethical issues special to marital and Family therapy. References: 1. George, R L and Christine, T. S. (1995) Counseling Theory and Practice, Boston: Allyn and Bacon 2. Glading, S.T. (1996) : Counseling : A. Comprehensive Profession New Jeusey Englewood Chiffs 3. Corey, G (1986) Theory and Practice in Counseling and Psychotherapy – California Brookopole

4


243505 Marks: 100 Family Resource Management

Credits: 4


1. Resources and constraints in management: a) Definition and characteridtics of resoursces. b) Classification of resources. i) Human versus non human. ii) Resources classified by their sources. iii) Economic versus non economic resources. c) Resources as a system. d) Relation to other components. e) Guidelines for the use of resources. 2. Concepts needed fo time and energy management: a) Time- the integrative concept. i) Nature of time. ii) Time use and Family interaction. b) Energy- an associated concept. c) Feeling of Tiredness an associated concept. d) The work production curve.

3. Household activity analysis: a) Analysis of factors affecting time patterns for household tasks. i) Internal Factors. ii) External Factors. b) Analysis of cost used in household tasks. i) Relation to weight of body part. ii) Elements of motions and pace. iii) Classification of household task according to energy cost. 4. Improvement of the work in the home: a) Effective use of the body. i) Posture. ii) Body mechanics. iii) Using muscles effectively. iv) Taking advantages of momentum. v) Considering the centre of gravity. b) Work simplification. i) Meaning of work simplification. ii) Techniques for improving work methods a home:1. Charting methods- process chart, operation chart and pathway chart. 2. Armchari methods-gilbreth questions. iii) Work simplification for physically handicapped. c) Managerial process in time management. i) Planning. ii) Implementing. iii) Utilizing feed back. 5. Money management (Financial management): 5

a) Incame concepts-money income, real income, psychic income and total income. b) Factors affecting the use of income. i) Size of income. ii) Size of family. iii) Stage in life cycle. iv) Effect of multiple earners. v) Occupations. c) Buget of spending plan. i) Sinificance of budgeting. ii) Types of budget. iii) Steps in marking budget. iv) General expenditure items in a budget. d) Implementing Financial plans. i) keeping process and ing system. ii) Managing the family and individual Vand .

Recommended Books: 1. Management for morden families- Gross and Crandall. 2. Management for modern families- Gross, Crandall & Knoll. 3. Management in family living- Nickel and Dorsey. 4. Family resource management- Bharathi and Jacintha. 5. Home management- Ogale & Others. 6. Economy for consumer- Gurdon. 7. Modern economic theory- Dewtt. 8. ‡fv³v AvPib- †gvt Avãyj gvbœvb|


243507 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Textile Manufacturing and Merchandising


A. Texitile Manufacturing: 1. Introduction to Textiles: a) Fibre theory. b) Fibre classification. c) Textile fibers: manufacture, Properties and their Improtance to the Consumeri) Natural: Cotton, Flax, Silk, Wool and Jute. ii) Man-made: Rayon, acetate, Nylon, Polyester and Acrilc. 2. Yarn construction and the effect fo yarn on the fintshed fabrics. a) Kinds of spinning. i) Mechanical spinning. ii) Chemical spinning. b) Classification of yearns. i) Simple. ii) Novelty. iii) Bulk. 3. Fibre Indentification: a) Technical Method: i) Chemical test ii) Microscopic test 6

b) Other Methods: Feeling, Burning, Breaking, water absorbency, Hot iron test, Sequeezing test. B. Merchandising: 4. Merchandising: a) Retailing. b) Advertising. c) General principles of merchandising, retailing and advertising. 5. Consumer technique: a) Evaluation of ready made garments and house made garments in relation to fabric, colour, design, quality, comfort, suitability and cost. b) Study of lebels and their use. c) Consumer problem in family clothing i) Family size and income. ii) Individual difference. iii) Price and quality. iv) Unplanned shopping. v) Size. 6.

Pricing Decisions: a) Definition of Prices. b) Internal factors affecting pricing decision. c) External factors affecting pricing decision.

7.

Quality Control: a) Introduction. b) Inspection. c) Product quality audit.

8.

Quality standards of textile products: a) Definition of Textile products. b) Benefits of standards to manufacturer, retailer and consumer. c) Qulity control agencies and regulations in Bangladesh. d) Bangladesh Standard Institute and its role. e) Testing laboratory and Bureous.

Recommended Books: 1. Essential of textiles 2. Fiber of Fabric 3. Introduction to textiles 4. Textile 5. Modern Textiles 6. Textile fiber and their use 7. Clothing Production Management 8. Consumer Problem 9. Hand book of Testile and quality control


- Majary L.Joseph - Patter and Coroman - Stouit - Yates - Siegart - Hess - A.J.Chuter - Troctstrup A.W - E.D. Groups

243509 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Community Nutrition and Public Health


7

1. Eticelogy of malnutrition: a) Food Production and population, unemployment. b) Unequal distribution of food, household food security. c) Lack of knowledge and socio-economic factors. d) Sauitation and health. 2. Disorders of malnutrition: a) Protein energy malnutrition. b) Micronutrient deficiencies and other nutritional disorders c) Chronic discauses with mutritinal implications, prdnence,ecology and prevention of the disorders of malnutrition. 3. Assesment of nutritional status of a community: a) Authropometric assissment. b) Laboratory and biochemical assessment. c) Dictory assessment and dictory surveys. d) Bital health statistics and other indicators of nutritional assessment. 4. Effect of malnutrition on the population: a) Malnutrition and infection. b) Malnutrition and mantal development. c) Maternal malnutrition d) School age children and adolescents. 5. Nutritional Polices and Programmers: a) Applied Nutrition Programmers. b) Improving food quality and household food security- food supplementation and fortification. c) Preventing specific micronutrint deficeices. d) National nutrition policy. e) Role of International and National ofecies in combating malnutrition. 6. Nutrition Education: a) Goals and purposes of nutrition education. b) Nutrition education approaches. c) Planning a community nutrition education programme. d) Messager, media and Supply materials. e) Trining the change gents in nutrition education and the role of different sectors.

Recommended Books: 1. KwgDwbwU wbDwUªkb 2. Community Nutrition Assessment 3. Human Nutrition in The Developing world 4. Nutrition Science 5. Advanced Text Book on Food and Nutrition-Vol.II.


243511 Marks: 100 The Child with Special Needs

- W. †gvt Avwgbyj nK f~Bqv I bvCgv Rvdi| - Drrick B. Jelliffe and Patrice Jelliffe. - Food and Agriculture organization of The United Nation. - B. Srilakshmi. - Dr. M. Sulaminathan.

Credits: 4


8

1. The child with special needs: Definition, Classification of needs and need of identification and intervention. 2. Physical disabilities: Classification, causes, prevention and early intervention, (Polio, Cerebralpalsy, mulocular dystrophy,clubfect, cleft lip, spina bifida, spinal cord injury etc.) 3. Visual impairment: Classification, causes, history of education of visually disabled, techniques and special methods of teaching. 4. Hearing and Spcech defective children: Classification, causes, need of early assessment and providing aids for the spcech and hearing inpaired children. 5. Intellectually disabled children: a) Causes, classification and identification. b) Problems associated with intellectual disability, Speceh and language problems, hysteria, autism, hyperactivety, cerebral palsy etc. c) Special methods of teaching and training. 6. The Gifted Child: Causes, assessment and special care for the development and education of gifted children. 7. Development of children with special needs: a) Three models of disability and development- the charity model, the medical model and the social model. b) Triangular acceptances- Stages to develop children with special need, de-institulization and community based integration. c) Role of family- acceptance or rejection, over protection etc. d) Role of community, school and society- in the development of children with special needs. 8. Education of the children with special needs: a) Special and integrated education for children with special needs in Bangladesh. b) Counselling of the family of children with special needs. c) The role of NGO’s (ADD, CRP, SWLD etc.) to promote the rights of children with special needs.

Book References: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Disabled children – David Warner-Bangla version by Inter Life. Disability, Liberation and development- Peter Coleridge. Strategies in Teaching Retarded and Special needs Learners- Polloway Ed.payne. disability, Equality and Human rights – Allison Hanjs.


243513 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Art and Craft: Income Generating Sources for Women

1. Status of Woman in Bangladesh a) Woman of rural area 9

b) Woman of urban area 2. Sources of income for woman a) Types of family income i. Real income ii. Money income iii. Psychic income b) Source of income i. Household activities – House keeping, painting, writing etc. ii. Professional activities – Teacher , Doctor, Nurse, IT specialist, pilots, Defense personal, Engineer, Architect, Mechanics, Technicians, Journalist, Artist, Designer etc. iii. Business activities – Cottage Industry, Garments, Boutique, Beauty Parlors, Interior Decoration Export and Import business etc. 3. Importance of financial security for woman a) Health b) Education c) Marriage d) Family living. 4. Income generating sources through Art and Craft a) Fine Art – Music, Dance , Painting, Sculpture, Acting, Literature. Craft – Stitchery Weaving, Pottety, Dress deg and making, Interior decoration, Small scale cottage industry items such as- Hand made paper, Packet food, spices, pickles and other home made products, candle making etc. 5. Woman Entrepreneurs of art craft products. a) Definition and qualities of woman entrepreneurs. b) Problems of woman entrepreneurs and ways of solution of those problems. c) Selection of business for woman entrepreneurs. d) Role of microcredit organizations, Banks SME’s and EPB income generating activities of woman. 6. Govt. and Non- Govt. Organizations , helpful to woman entrepreneurs of Bangladesh. a) Woman development programme under department of woman affairs. b) Youth development programme c) BSCIC – Function . d) Grameen Bank – Aims and objectives loan service. e) MIDAS . f) BRAC g) ASA. h) Proshika. i) Probartona j) Dhaka Ahsania Mission. k) CARE.

10

7. Marketing management for woman entrepreneurs of art and craft productsa) Definition of market b) Importance of marketing c) Market study and market demand d) Product supply methods e) Price decision f) Promotion of products 8. Training for efficiency improvement for the woman entrepreneurs. Reference : 1. wecbb hy‡M hy‡M 2. KzwUi wkí RvZxq wk¶vµg I cvV¨ cy¯—K †evW© XvKv| 3. The Art of interior Design – Victoria Kloss Ball. 4. The Art of making – Hendrick Nilliam Vanloon. 5. Basic Crafts – John R. Lind beet.


243515 Marks: 100 Home Economics Education

Credits: 4

Class Hours:60 hrs.

1. Introduction of Education a) Meanings, concepts and definition b) Aim and objectives of education. c) Functions of education d) Connofations of / terminologies- educated, uneducated, illiterate, illiteracy, literacy, functional literacy, adult literacy, mass education, lifelong education, basic education, universal education, compulsory education , education for all. 2. Components, Types and system of Education. a) Components: Student, teacher, school, curriculm, physical facilities, istration and their interrelationship. b) Types: Informal , Non- formal, Formal with special reference to inclusive education c) System: education structure consisting of pre-primary, secondary , terliary, technical and vocational educational, Madrasha education. 3. Techniques and methods appropriate for classes in home economicsa) Planning for effective experience in various wreas of home economics i. Curriculum planning ii. Planning of lesson for ( Year, months and day ) b) Audio visual aids for teaching Home economics. c) Discussion techniques group work , symposium d) Experience outside the class room e) Lecture, Laboratory , demonstration, role- playing f) Use of resource people g) Organizing Programme for exten: Giving Publicity, Building reports h) Constrains in programme execution finance attitude and fear.

11

4. Effective Teaching learning and teachers a) Critiria for effective teaching and learning. b) Modern methods and techniques , Child centred and activity based Discussion, storylelling , demonstration, observation questioning, investigation, experiment, role-play, group – work, pair- work , interview, survey , writing journal, directed work , study tour. c) Lesson planning ( development of lesson plan as exercise) d) Use of introduction materials ( development of instructional materials as exercise) e) Class room management f) Qualities of an effective teacher 5. The successful teaching of Home economics a) Understanding pupils, homes, families and communities 6.

Qualities needed for successful teacher of Home Economics at the school and college level.

7.

Evaluation of student progress a) Importance of evaluation in total teaching b) Analysis of evaluation of instruments c) Construction and use of evolution tools and technique area Home economics.

Books Recommended: 1. Haryel M. Hatcher Mildred E. Andrews 2. Mande Williansan Marry Stewart 3. Haward T. Batchelder Maurice Mc. Celasson Raleigh Schorling 4. Kwigv AvLZvi I ˆmq`v mvwjnv mv‡jnxb


243516 Practical

Marks: 100

: The Teaching of Home Economics : Home Making Education in the High School : Student Teaching in Secondary Schools : Mvn©¯¨’ A_©bxwZ wk¶v

Credits: 4


A.1. Food Preservation-Preparation of jam/jelly/ Marmalade/sauash etc. 2. Observing the effects of colour changes in food in cooking in acid medium and alkaline medium.

B. 3. Authropometric assessment of young children- Taking heights, wights, MUAC and BMI of adults of various sectrors of a community. Making a growth chart for children. 4. Deg appropriate nutrition education teaching aids to be used for public. C. 5. A case study of one individual child with special needs from the following: Children with visual impairment/ hear-ing/ impairment/ autism/ intellectual impairment/ Physical disability. D. 6. Supervised Practic Teaching of 15 Lessons Home Economics subjects at secondary schools and I.Sc. levels.

12


243518 Viva- Voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

13

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus De p a rt me n t of Mathematics

Four Year B.Sc Honours Course Effective from the Session : 2013–2014

National University Subject: Mathematics Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc Honours Course

Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 243701 243703

Paper Title Theory of Numbers Topology & Functional Analysis

Marks 100 100

243705

Methods of Applied Mathematics

100

4

100

4

243707

Tensor Analysis

Credits 4 4

243709

Partial Differential equations

100

4

243711

Hydrodynamics

100

4

Any Two of the following 243713

Discrete Mathematics

100

4

243715

Astronomy

100

4

243717

Mathematical Modeling in Biology

100

4

243718

Math Lab (Practical)

100

4

243720

Viva-Voce (Comprehensive)

100

4

Total =

1000

40


243701 Theory of Numbers

Marks: 100


Arithmetic in Z. Euclidean algorithm. Continued fractions. The ring Z, and its group of units. Chinese remainder theorem. Linear Diophantine equations.

Arithmetical functions. Dirichlet convolution. Multiplicative function. Representation by sum of two and four squares. Arithmetic of quadratic fields. Euclidean quadratic fields. Books Recommended :

1. Niven, H. S. Zuckerman : An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers. 2. G. H. Hardy & E. M. Wright, An introduction to Theory of Numbers. 3. I. S. Niven and H. S. Zuckermann, An introduction to Theory of Numbers. 4. W. J. LeVeque, Fundamentals of Number Theory. 5. Fazlur Rahman – Theory of Numbers


243703 Marks: 100 Topology and Functional Analysis


Metric Spaces: Definition with examples. Open sets. Closed sets. Convergence. Completeness. Baire's theorem. Continuous mappings. Spaces of continuous functions. Euclidean and unitary spaces. Topological Spaces: Definition with examples. Elementary concepts. Open bases and open subbases. Weak topologies. Function algebras. Compactness: Compact spaces. Product spaces. Tychonoff ‘s theorem. Locally compact spaces. Compactness for metric spaces. Separation: TI-spaces and Hausdorff spaces. Completely regular spaces and normal spaces. Connectedness: Connected spaces. Locally connected spaces. Pathwise connectedness.

Banach Spaces: Definition with examples. Continuous linear transformations. Hahn-Banach theorem. Natural embedding. Open mapping theorem. Conjugate of an operator. Hilbert Spaces: Definition and simple properties. Orthogonal complements. Orthogonal sets. Conjugate spaces. Adt and self-adt operators. Fixed point theory : Banach contraction principle (with proof). Schauder Principle. (without proof). Applications.

Books Recommended :

1. G. Simons – Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis. 2. S. Willard- General Topology. 3. Fatema Chowdhury and Munibur Raman Chowdhury – Essentials of Topology and Functional

Anlysis 4. Fazlur Rahman – Topology 5. Fazlur Rahman - Functional Analysis


243705 Marks: 100 Methods of Applied Mathematics

Credits: 4


Fourier Series: Fourier series and its convergence. Fourier sine and cosine series. Properties of Fourier series. Operations on Fourier series. Complex form. Applications of Fourier series. Laplace transforms: Basic definitions and properties, Existence theorem. Transforms of derivatives. Relations involving integrals. Laplace transforms and application to initial value problems and ordinary differential equations. Transforms of periodic functions. Transforms of convolutions . Inverse transform. Calculation of inverse transforms. Applications. Fourier transforms: Fourier transforms. Inversion theorem. sine and cosine transforms. Transforms of derivatives. Transforms of rational functions. Convolution theorem. Parseval's theorem. Applications to boundary value problems and integral equation. Special functions: Gamma and Beta functions. Error function. Legendre functions (Generating function, recurrence relations and other properties of Legendre polynomials, Legendre differential equation, Legendre function of the first kind, Legendre function of the second kind, associated Legendre functions). Bessel functions (Generating function, recurrence relations, Bessel differential equation, Integral representations, Orthogonality relations, Modified Bessel functions). Laguerrre polynomials (Generating function, Rodrigue formula, Orthogonality relations, Recurrence relations). Hermite polynomials (Generating function, Rodrigue formula, orthogonal properties, Hermite differential equation, recurrence relations). Hypergeometric and confluent hypergeometric functions. Expansion theorem. Eigenvalue problems and Strum-Liouville boundary value problems: Regular Strum-Liouville boundary value problems. Nonhomogeneous boundary value problems. Solution by eigenfunction expansion. Green's functions. Singular Strum-Liouville boundary value problems. Book Recommended :

1.

R. V. Churchill & J. W. Brown- Fourier series & boundary value problmes.

2.

M. R. S. Piekel- (i) Fourier analysis with application to boundary value problems (ii) Laplace Transforms.

3. 4. 5.

L. A. Pipes & L. R. Harvill- Applied mathematics for engineering and physics. W. N. Lebedev & R.A. Silverman, Special Functions and their Applications. M. R. Spiegel, Schaum’s Outline Series: Laplace Transforms.


243707 Tensor Analysis

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Coordinates, vectors and tensors: Curvilinear coordinates. Kronecker delta. Summation convention. Space of n-dimensions. Euclidean and Riemannian spaces. Coordinate transformation. Contravariant and covariant vectors. The tensor concept. Symmetric and skew-symmetric tensors. Riemannian metric and metric tensors: Basis and reciprocal basis vectors. Euclidean metric in three dimensions, Reciprocal or conjugate tensors. Conjugate metric tensor. Associated vectors and tensor’s length. Angle between two vector’s. The Christoffel symbols. Covariant Differentiation of Tensors : Covariant derivatives of tensors. Covariant curvature tensor.

The Ricci identity. The Ricci tensor. Scalar Curvature. Bianchi's identity. Application of Tensors: Applications of tensor analysis to elasticity theory and electromagnetic theory. Book Recommended :

1. Schaum's Outline Series : Vector and Tensor Analysis. 2. B. Spain : Tensor Calculus. 3. C. E. Weatherburn : An Introduction to Riemannian Geometry and the Tensor Calculus. 4. A.J. McConnell, Applications of Tensor Analysis. Paper Code Paper Title:

243709 Marks: 100 Partial Differential Equations

Credits: 4


First order equations: Complete integral. General solution. Cauchy problems. Method of characteristics for linear and quasilinear equations. Charpit's method for finding complete integrals. Methods for finding general solutions. Second order equations: Classifications. Reduction to canonical forms. Characteristic curves. Boundary value problems: Boundary value problems related to linear equations. Applictions of Fourier methods (Coordinate systems and separability, Homogeneous equations, Nonhomogeneous boundary conditions, Inhomogeneous equations.) Problems involving symmetry: Problems involving cylindrical and spherical symmetry, Boundary value problems involving special functions. Transform methods for boundary value problems: (Applications of the Laplace transforms; applications of Fourier sine and cosine transforms). Inhomogeneous equations. Books Recommended :

1.

J. N. Sneddon- Elements of Partial Differential Equations.

2.

J. M. Kar – Partial Differential Equations.

3. 4.

B. Epsteim - Partial Differential Equations. Schaum’s outline Series - B. Epsteim - Partial Differential Equations.


243711 Hydrodynamics

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Velocity and acceleration of fluid particles. Relation between local and individual rates. Steady and unsteady flows. Uniform and nonuniform flows. Stream lines. Path lines. Bernoulli’s equations and its application. Rotational and irrotational flows, velocity potential vorticity and, vortex lines. Equation of continuity in spherical and cylindrical polar coordinates. Boundary surfaces. Euler’s equation of motion. Conservative field of force. Lamb’s hydrodynamical equations of Motion. Motion under conservative body force. Vorticity equation(Helmholtz’s vorticity equation) Motion in two-dimensions. Stream function. Physical meaning of stream function. Velocity in polarCoordinates. Relation between stream function and velocity potential.

Circulation and vorticity. Relation between circulation and vorticity. Kelvin’s circulation theorem, Kelvin’s minimum energy theorem. Generalized Joukowki’s transformation. Elliptic coordinates and its application. The circle theorem. Motion of a circular cylinder. Pressure at any point on a circular cylinder. Application of circle theorem. Blasius theorem. Sources, sinks and doublets. Complex potential and complex velocity. Stagnation points. Complex potential due to sources and doublets, Image in two and three dimensions. Stoke’s stream function. Vortex motion. Complex potential due to vortex motion. Wave motion. Mathematical representation of wave. Surface wave, Canal wave, Long wave. Books Recommended :

1. L. M. Milne, Thomson - Theoretical Hydrodynamics. 2. F. Chorlton - A Text Book of Fluid dynamics. 3. P. P. Gupta - Hydrodynamics.


243713 Discrete Mathematics

Marks: 100


Mathematical reasoning: Inference and fallacies. Methods of proof. verification.

Recursive definitions. Program

Combinatorics: Counting- principles. Inclusion-exclusion principle. Pigeonhole principle. Generating functions. Recurrence relations. Applications to computer operations. Algorithms and their efficiency : Searching algorithms.' Sorting algorithms. Bin packing algorithms. Algorithms on integer operations. Recursive algorithms.

Graphs: Structure and symmetry of graphs, adjasency matrix, Trees and connectivity. Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs Diagraphs. Directed graphs. Planar graphs. Algorithms on graphs : Introduction to graphs, paths and trees. Shortest path problems (Dijkstra's algorithm, Floyd-Warshall algorithm and their comparisons). Spanning tree problems. (Kruskal's greedy algorithm, Prim's greedy algorithm and their comparisons). Network flows: Flows and cuts. Flow augmentation algorithms. Application of max-flow min-cut theorem.

Books Recommended : 1. Schaum's Outline Series – Discrete Mathematics. 2. Kenth H.Rosen – Discrete Mathematics and it's Application. 3. Fazlur Rahman - Discrete Mathematics. 4. C.I. Liu - Discrete Mathmatics.


243715 Astronomy

Marks: 100


Sphere and spherical triangles. (Celestial sphere) Astronomical Co-ordinate systems. Conversion of Coordinates system . planetary motion, Keplar’s laws. Equation of time. Unit of time. Astronomical refraction, Aberation, Parallax (Geocentric annual ) Precession and nutation, Eclipses. Solar System. Stellar astronomy. Books Recommended :

1.

S.K. Bhattacharjee, A Text Book of Astronomy

2.

K.K. Dey –Astronomy

3.

Tod Hunter – Spherical Trigonometry

4.

J.M. Kar – Astronomy

5.

A.F.M. Abdur Rahman – A Text Book of Modern Astronomy..

6. Kvjx c` `vm –Astronomy 7. M. L Khanna – Spheriacal Astronomy.


243717

Marks: 100


Mathematical Modeling in Biology

Continuous population models for single species: Continuous growth models. Mathusiam model, Logistic model, Delay models. Periodic fluctuations. Harvesting models.

Discrete population models for single species: Simple models. Discrete logistic models. Discrete delay models. Fishery management models Continuous models for interacting populations: Predator-prey models. Lotka-Volterra systems. Complexity and stability. Periodic behavior. Competition Models. Mutualism, war models. Discrete growth models for interacting populations: Predator-prey models. Competition models. Epidemic models and dynamics of infectious diseases: Simple epidemic models (SI model, SIS model, SIR model) and practical applications. (HIV/AIDS model), control of epidemic model. Books Recommended :

1. J. C. Frauenthal : Introduction to Population Modeling. 2. 'D.N. Burghes and M.S. Bowie: Modeling with Differential Equations. 3. J.D. Murray : Mathematical Biology. 4. Fazlur Rahman – Mathemalical Modeling in Biology.


243718 Math Lab (Practical)

Marks: 100


Using Mathematica: Geometry , Linear Algebra, Calculas, Vector calculas, Complex Analysis, Numerical Analysis, Ordinay differential Equation, Mehtods of Applied Mathematics. Using Fortran: Numerical Analysis, Complex Analysis, Linear Programming.

Evaluation: Internal Assessment (Laboratory works): 30 marks Final Exam (Lab 3 hours): 70 marks.


243720 Viva- Voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus D e p a r t m e n t of Psychology


National University Subject: Psychology Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc Honours Course

Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

FOURTH YEAR Paper Code

243401 243403 243405 243407 243409 243411 243413 243415 243416

243418

Paper Title

Marks

Credits

Practical Research Project: (Marks Distribution)

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Research Report - 60 Viva - 40 Viva voce

100

4

Total =

1000

40

Theories of Motivation Theories of Learning Theories of Perception Theories of Personality Educational Psychology

Industrial-Organizational Psychology Counseling Psychology Clinical Psychology

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code

243401

Paper Title:

Theory of Motivation

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

1.

Introduction : 1.1. Nature of motivation 1.2. Types of motivation 1.2.1. Physiological motivation 1.2.2. Psychological Motivation 1.2.3. Social Motivation 1.2.4. Uneanscious Motivation 1.3. Motivation as a drive 1.4. Instinct and incentive 1.5. Imparatance of motive in human live

2.

Measuring Motivation : 2.1. Criterion measuring motivation 2.2. Methods of measuring motivation 2.2.1. Self-rating method 2.2.2. Rating by outsider 2.2.3. Behavioural measures 2.2.4. N-achievement measures by TAT


3. Theories of Motivation : 3.1. Freud’s Psycho-dynamic theory 3.2. Lewin’s Field theory 3.3. Morgan’s Neo-behavioristic approach 3.4. Humanistic theory of Roger and Maslow 3.5. Theory of Evolution 3.6. Social learning theory of Potter and Bandura 3.7. Cognitive consistency theories: 3.7.1. Balance theory 3.7.2. Equity theory 3.7.3. Cognitive dissonance theory 3.7.4. Self-perception theory 4.

Some Important Studies : 4.1. Motivation and learning 4.2. Motivation and perception 4.3. Motivation and Emotion Reference: 1. Arkes, H.R and Garske, J.P.G Psychological Thomas of Motivation, Monterey, USA. 2. Atkinson, J.W. Motives in Fantasy, Action and society, Van Nostrand Inc., New York.

3. Atkinson, J.W. and Feather, N.T. A theory of achievement motivation, John Wiley and sons Inc, New York. 4. Hall, J.P. Psychology of motivation, lipping cout co., New York. 5. Mc. Clelland, D.C. Achievement Motive, Appletion Century Crofts, New York.

Paper Code

243403

Paper Title:

Theories of Learning

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

1.Introduction: 1.1. Nature of Learning 1.2. Learning, performance and maturation 1.3. Importance of studying Learning Theories 2.History of Learning: 2.1. The history of learning theory 2.2. Major issues of controversy in Learning theory 3.Pavlovian Conditioning: 3.1. Basic Types of Conditioning 3.2. Basic principles and background of Pavlovian conditioning 3.3. Processes and concepts of classical conditioning 3.4. Physiological basis of classical conditioning 3.5. Pavlov’s contribution and his position on major issues 4.Guthries Contiguous Conditioning: 4.1. Guthries contiguity theory of learning 4.2. Substitute for reinforcement 4.3. The breaking of habits 4.4. His position on major issues 5.Thorndike’s Connectionism: 5.1. Connectionism before 1930 5.2. Subordinate Laws 5.3. Connectionism after 1930 5.4. Belongingness 5.5. Spread of effects 5.6. Experiments on spread of effects 5.7. Thorndike’s positions on major issues 6.Hull’s Systematic Behavior Theory: 6.1. Structure of Hull’s theory 6.2. Major intervening variables 6.3. Hull’s explanation of behavioral chaining 6.4. Changes of hull’s theory


6.5. Hull’s position on major issues 7.Skinners Operant Conditioning: 7.1. Skinner’s approach to the contiguity and reinforcement issue 7.2. Skinner and gerearalizability of the laws of learning 7.3. Schedules of reinforcement 7.4. Skinner’s positions on major issues 8.Cognitive Alternatives: 8.1. Dolman’s approach to the contiguity and reinforcement issue 8.2. Schedules of reinforcement Suggested Reading: 1. Bolles, R.C: Learning theory, New York, Holt, Richard and Winston, 1975. 2. Cole,S and Cole, M: Three giants of Soviet Psychology: Conversation and Sketches, Psychology Today, March 1971, 4,43-98 3. Chaplin, J.P. and Krawice: T.S: Systems and theories and Psychology, New York, Holt, 1960 hrs. 4. Cross, GIR.: Psychology of Learning, New York, Hold, 1974 5. Hill, F.W. Learning, London: Methuen and Co. Ltd. 6. Hilgard, E.R. and Bower. H.H. Theories of learning. New York. Appleton Century Crofts. 7. Spence, K.W. Behavior theory and learning. Englewood Cliff. New Jersey: Prentice Hall 1960 hrs. hrs. 8. miKvi, bxnvi bxnvi bÄb I nK, gÄyi“j: wk¶Y ZË¡, ÁvY‡Kvl, evsjv evRvi, XvKv 1997|

Paper Code

243405

Paper Title:

Theory of Perception

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

1. An Orientation to Psychological Theories: 1.1. Views on the role of Theories in Psychology 1.2. Significance of theories 2. The Phenomenon of Perception: 2.1. Six broad classes of perceptual phenomenal 3. The Classical Theories: 3.1. Stands of Classical theories 3.2. Associationism and Core-context theory 3.3. Functionalism 3.4. Nativism and Empiricism 3.5. Configurationaism


4. The Configurational Approach: 4.1. Basic Concepts of the Gestalt system 4.2. Physical Gestalter 4.3. Omissions, difficulties, and success of the gestalt theory 5. Adaptation Level Theory: 5.1. Perceptual norm and fram of reference 5.2. Meaning of adaptation level 5.3. Testing the theory 5.4. Generalizing the theory 5.5. Appraisal of adaptation level theory. 6. The Association Approach: 6.1. Cell assembly and phase sequence 6.2. Hebb’s figural identity 6.3. Genetic and motor evidence that perceptions learned 6.4. Evaluation of Hebb’s system 7. The Directive state Theory of Perception: 7.1. Preliminary statement of the theory 7.2. Empirical findings on six hypotheses 7.3. Evaluation of the theory Reference: 1. Allport, F.H. (1967). Theories of perception and the concept of structure. New York: John Wiley and Sons. 2. Bartley, S.N. (1969). Principles of perception. New York : Harper and Brothers. 3. Hill, F.W. (1963). Learning London: Methuen Co. Ltd. 4. Hilgard, E.R. and Bower, H.H. (1966). Theories of Learning. New York: Appelton Century. Gofts. 5. Ali, M.R. Psychology-Al Introduction.

Course Code Course Title:

243407

Marks: 100

Theories of Personality

1.

Introduction 1.1. What is theory 1.2. What is personality 1.3. Comparison of theories of personality 1.4. Approaches to personality theories

2.

Psychoanalytic Theory of Personality: Sigmund Freud 2.1. Structure of personality 2.3. Dynamics of personality 2.4. Development of personality

Credits: 4


3.

4.

5.

6.

2.5. Evaluation Social Psychological Theory of Personality: Erich Fromm 3.1. Conditions of Human existence 3.2. Existential dilemma 3.3. Personality development in childhood 3.4. Six psychological needs 3.5. Character types 3.6. Assessment in Fromm’s theory Phenomenological Theory of Personality: Carl. R. Rogers 4.1. Structure of personality 4.2. Dynamics of personality 4.3. Development of personality 4.4. Assessment of Roger’s theory Cognitive Field Theory of Personality: Kurt Lewin 5.1. Structure of personality 5.2. Personality dynamics 5.3. Development of personality 5.4. Evaluation Trait Theory of Personality: Gordon W. Allport 6.1. Structure and dynamics of personality 6.2. Personality development 6.3. Assessment of Allport’s theory

7.

Social Learning Theory of Personality: Albert Bandura 7.1. Modeling: The basis of observational learning 7.2. Self 7.3. Developmental stages of modeling and self 7.4. Behavior modification 7.5. Assessment of Bandura’s theory

Reference: 1. Allport, G.W. (1937) Personality: A Psychological Interpretation. New York: Henry Hall. 2. Bandura, A. (1977) Social Learning Theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 3. Hall, C. S. and Lindzey, cro, Lochlin, J.C., and manosevitz. M. (1985) Introduction to theories of personality, New York. John Willey and Sons. 4. Maddi. R. (1980) Personality theories: A comparative analysis (4th Ed.). Homewood, Illinois, the Dorsey Press. 5. Pervin, L.A. and John. O.P. (1997) personality; Theory and Research (7th edition) New York; John Wiley and sons. 6. Rogers, C.R. (1951) Client-centered therapy: Its current practice, implications and theory. Boston; Houghton, Muffin. 7. Ryakman. R.M. (1993). Theories of personality (5th edition) Pacific grove, calis; Brooks/Cale publishing company. 8. Schullz, D. and Schulltz, S.E. (1998) Theory of personality. (6th edition). New York: Brooks/cale publishing company.

Paper Code

243409

Paper Title:

Educational Psychology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Class Hours: 60 h

1. Introduction: 1.1. Nature, scope and objectives of Educational psychology. 1.2. Understanding educational process. 1.3. Focal areas of educational psychology. 1.4. Educational psychology as applied science. 1.5. Major educational problems. 2. Development and learning: 2.1. Concept of maturity and development. 2.2. Intelectual development 2.3. Social development 2.4. Emotional development 2.5. Physical development 3. Learner and his family: 3.1. Contributions of family to learning 3.2. Emotional climate of the family 3.3. Family as an interpreter and transmitter of culture. 3.4. Social class and status of the family 4. Learning theories and applications: 4.1. Principles of behavioral learning theories 4.2. Social learning theory 4.3. Applications of behavioral learning theory 4.4. Teacher centered approach and student centered approach to learning. 4.5. Theories of transfer 5. Motivational factors in learning: 5.1. Motivational factor in school learning 5.2. Development of positive self concept 5.3. Aspiration and need for achievement 5.4. Explanation of success and failures 6. Learning Situation: 6.1. Planning classroom discipline and management 6.2. Styles of discipline 6.3. Techniques and methods of discipline 6.4. Nature and causes of maladjustment 7. Evaluation of Learning: 7.1. Need for measurement 7.2. Teacher made test 7.3. Standardized test

7.4. Observational test 7.5. Characteristics of objectives and essay type tests 8. Psychology of being a Teacher: 8.1. Characteristics and behalviors of effective teacher 8.2. The teacher as a learner 8.3. Teacher-student interaction 8.4. Methods of solving problems

Book Recommended: 1. Gage, N.J. and Berliner, D.C. (1984): Education Psychology. Houghton Mifflin; Boston, London. 2. Glover, J.A., Brunning, R.H. and Fillbeck, R.B. (1983): Educational psychology : Principles and Application. Little Brown; New York. 3. û`v, W. Gg.; wk¶v g‡bvweÁvb| evsjv GKv‡Wwg| 4. ‡nv‡mb, W. Avd‡ivRv (2006); wk¶v g‡bvweÁvb| cÖZxK cÖKvkbv ms¯’v ; XvKv| 5. Lv‡jK, W. G Ges nK, gy. bvRgy©j (1996) : AvaywbK wk¶v g‡bvweÁvb: nvmvb eyK nvDm, XvKv| 6. Lindgren, H.C. (1988) : Educational Psychology in the classroom. John Wiley; New York. 7. Santrook, J.W. (2004) : Educational Psychology (2nd ed.). McGraw Hill. 8. Salvin, R.E. (1991) : Educational Psychology : Theory and Practice. Prentice Hall International Inc.; New Jersey. 9. Woolfolk, A.E. (1995) : Educational psychology. Pearson Education Ltd.; Indian Branch; Delhi.

Paper Code

243411

Paper Title:

Industrial-Organizational Psychology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

1. Introduction: 1.1. Definition of Industrial Psychology 1.2. Scope of Industrial Psychology 1.3. Industrial Psychology as an Applied Science 1.4. History of Industrial Psychology 2. Job Analysis: 2.1. Definition of Job analysis 2.2. Purposes of Job analysis 2.3. Methods of Job analysis 2.4. Personnel Selection Procedures: 2.5. Psychological tests 2.6. Interviews 2.7. References 2.8. Application Blank


3. Personnel Training: 3.1. Assessment of Training Needs 3.2. Training Methods 3.3. Evaluation of training programe 4. Job Satisfaction and Organizational Commitment: 4.1. The Nature of Job Satisfaction 4.2. Determinants of Job Satisfaction 4.3. The Assessment of Job Satisfaction 4.4. Organizational Commitment 5. An Introduction to Human Factors/Ergonomics: 5.1. Definition of Ergonomics 5.2. Objectives of Human Factors 5.3. Scope and Subject matter of Human Factors 5.4. Man-machine system 5.5. A historical perspective 5.6. Display and control designs 6. Employee Health and Safety: 6.1. Physical Conditions Affecting Health and Safety 6.2. Work Schedules 6.3. Job Stress 6.4. Fatigue, Causes of fatigue, management of fatigue 7. Accident in Industry and Its Prevention: 7.1. Definition of Accident 7.2. Causes of Accident: Situational and Personal Factors 7.3. Prevention of accident Reference: 1. Anastasi, A. (1979). Fields of Psychology, McGraw Hill Inc. New York. 2. Blum, M.L. and Naylor, J.C. (1968) Industrial Psychology CSB Publishers, New Delhi, India. 3. Chapanis, A. (1996). Human Factories in System Engineering, John Wiley and Sons Inc. 4. Dunnette, M.D. (1966). Personnel Selection and Placement. Behmont, California; Wadsorth Publishing Co. 5. Howell, W.C. and Display, R.I.(1982) Essential of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, Homewood, Illinois: The Dorsey Press. 6. Rvnvb, iIkb (1990) wk‡í g‡bvweÁvb: Kg©weÁvb; XvKv| 7. Lv‡jK, Avãyi (2005) wkí g‡bvweÁvb, (4_© ms¯‹iY), nvmvb eyK nvDm, XvKv| 8. McCormick, E.J. and Hagen, D.R.(1995) Industrial and Organizational Psychology, London Routledge Publications. 9. Miner, J.B. (1992) Industrial Organizational Psychology. New York: McGraw Hill international Edition. 10. Saal, F.E. and knight, P.a. (1995) Industrial/Organizational Psychology. Brooks/Cale Publishing Company. California, U.S.A. 11. Schultz, D.P. and Schultz, S.E. (1998) Psychology ad Work Today, Prentice all Inc. New-Jersey, U.S.A.

12. Specters, P.E. (1996) Industrial and Organizational Psychology. John Wiley and SOns Inc. New York, U.S.A.

Paper Code

243413

Paper Title:

Counseling Psychology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


1.

Introduction to Counseling: 1.1. Definition 1.2. Basic Concepts and scope of counseling 1.3. Guidance and other related fields 1.4. Historical perspectives of counseling

2.

Approaches to Counseling : 2.1. Directive and non-directive counseling 2.2. Psychology tic counseling 2.3. Behavioral counseling 2.4. Cognitive behavioral counseling 2.4. Person-centered counseling 2.5. Modern trend in counseling

3.

Counseling Process: 3.1. Contents and steps of counseling 3.2. Counsellor’s skills 3.3. Counselor-counsellee relationship 3.4. Factors affecting counseling process

4.

Counseling service: 4.1. Educational Counseling 4.2. Counseling in the elementary school 4.3. Counseling in the secondary school 4.4. Pre and post marital counseling 4.5.Group counseling

5.

Techniques for client Appraisal : 5.1. Test and non-test devices used in counseling

6.

Family Counseling: 6.1. Marriage and couple counseling 6.2. Family Counseling

7.

Special Areas of Counseling: 7.1. Counseling with autistic child 7.2. Counseling with delinquent 7.3. Counseling with drug addicts 7.4. Counseling with HIV+Ve patient and HIV high risk group

8.

Ethics in Counseling: 8.1. Ethical principles of counseling

Books Recommended : 1. Bardki. B.G. and Mukhopadhyay, B. Guidance and Counseling; I A Manual New Delhi. Streling Publi~hers Private ltd. (1989). 2. ‡PŠayix I Bmjvg (2013): KvD‡Ýwjs mvB‡KvjwR; Be‡b wmbv cÖKvkbx, XvKv| 3. Engelkes. J.R. and Vardergoot. D. Introduction to Counseling. Boston: Houghton Miffin Co. (1982). 4. Gelso. G.J. and Fretz, B.R. Counseling Psycholpgy: Bangalore: Prism Book Pvt. Ltd. (1995). 5. Glanz. E.L. Guidance: Fundations, Principles and techniques: Boston: Ailyon and Bacon, Inc. 6. Jones. A.J., Steffler, B., Stewart, N.R. Principles of Guidance (6th Ed.) New York: McGraw Hill. (1970). 7. Kochlar. S.K. Educational and Guidance in Secondary School, Sterling Publisher Private Ltd. New Delhi. (1996). 8. Miller C.H. Guidance Services: An introduction. New York: Harper Int. (1964). 9. Patterson. L.E. and Welfel, E.R. The counseling Process Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, California. (2000). 10. Rao. N.S. Counseling Guidance. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Com. Ltd. (1991). 11. Shertzer B. and Stone S.C. : Fundamentals of Guidance. New York. Houghton Miffin Com. 12. Shertzer, B. and Stone, S.C. Fundamentals of Guidance. New York. Houghton Miffin Com. 13. Smith. G.E. Counseling in the Secondary School, New York: The Macmillan Com. 14. Tolbert. E.L. Introduction to Counseling. New York: McGraw Hill Book Com.

Paper Code

243415

Paper Title:

Clinical Psychology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


1.

Introduction: 1.1. Definition of Clinical Psychology 1.2. Historical background of clinical Psychology 1.3. Clinical Psychology and related fields (e.g., Psychiatry, Counseling Psychology, Psychiatric Social work)

2.

Function of a Clinical Psychology: 2.1. Assessment 2.2. Therapy 2.3. Research

2.4. Training and Consultancy 2.5. Ethics in Clinical Practice 3.

Clinical Assessment: 3.1. Interdisciplinary approach to clinical assessment 3.2. Physical and Neurological Examination 3.3. Preparation of case history 3.4. Clinical interview 3.5. Observation and Projective test of personality

4.

Therapy: 4.1. An introduction to treatment of maladaptive behavior 4.2. Types of therapy 4.3. Interdisciplinary approach to treatment 4.4. Shock therapy 4.5. Insulin therapy 4.6. Psychosurgery and drug therapy

5.

Psychotherapy: 5.1. An introduction to Psychotherapy 5.2. Objectives and strategies of Psychotherapy 5.3. Freudian Psychoanalytic therapy 5.4. Psychoanalytic therapy of Jung, Adler and Sullivan 5.5. Hypnotherapy 5.6. Behavior therapy and cognitive behavior 5.7. Clinient-centred therapy 5.8. Gestalt therapy Readings: 1. Comer, R.J. (1998). Abnormal Psychology. New York: Freeman and Company. 2. Nevid, J.S., Rathus, S.A., and Greene, B. (1994). Abnormal Psychology in a changing world. New Jersey: Prentice Hall. 3. Coleman, J.C. (1976). Abnomal Psychology and Modern life. New York: Foresman. 4. Dana, R.H. (1966). Foundations of Clinical Psychology. New York: D.V. Noztand Co. Inc. 5. Mensh, I.N. Clinical Psychology. New York: Macmillan Co.

Paper Code

243416

Paper Title:

Practical Research Project

Paper Code

243418

Paper Title:

Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Credits: 4


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY


Department of Physics


National University Subject: Physics Syllabus for Four Year B. Sc Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

Year Wise Papers and Marks Distribution FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 242701 242703 242705 242707 242709 242711 242713 242715 242716 242718

Paper Title Nuclear Physics-II Solid State Physics-II Quantum Mechanics-II Electronics-II Classical Electrodynamics Statistical Mechanics Computer Application and Programming Theory of Relativity and Cosmology Physics Practical-IV Viva-Voce Total=

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40


242701 Marks: 100 Nuclear Physics-II

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Exam Duration: 4 Hours

1. Two-Nucleon System: The Deuteron. Central Potentials, Ground state of the Deuteron, Normalisation of the Deuteron Wave Function, Non-existence of Excited States, Tensor force, Magnetic and quardrupole Moments of the Deuteron. 2. Two-Nucleon System: Scattering. N-P and P-P Scattering at Low and High Energies, Scattering Length and Effective Range Theory, Coherent Scattering of Thermal Neutrons. 3. Nuclear Forces: Non-exchange and Exchange Forces, Meson Theory of Nuclear Force, One-Boson Exchange (OBE) potential, Paris Potential. 4. Nuclear Shell Model: Shell-Model, Single Particle Potentials, Wave Function and Energy Levels, Magic Numbers, Prediction of Spin and Magnetic Moments, Schmidt Values and Lines. 5. Collective Model: Rotational energy spectrum and nuclear wave function for even-even nuclei and for odd A nuclei, Beta and Gamma Vibrations in Nuclei. 6. Nuclear Reactions: Compound Nuclear Model, Nuclear Cross-section, Brit-Wigner Resonance Formula, Direct reaction, Butler’s Theory. 7. Optical Model: Optical potential energy, Averaged Cross section, Optical Model at Low energy, Phenomenological Optical Model. 8. Accelerators: Van de Graff Generator, Linear accelerator, Cyclotron, Synchrotron. 9. Elementary Particles: General Properties and classification of elementary particles, Quantum numbers, different types of interaction and conservation laws; Cosmic rays (introduction). Books Recommended: 1. Krane, K.S. 2. Enge, H.A. 3. Cohen, B.L. 4. Meyerhof, W.E. 5. Satchler G.R. 6. Roy and Nigam 7. Blatt and Weiskoff 8. Segre, E.

: : : : : : : :

9. Islam, A.K.M.A and Islam, M.A 10. Sen Gupta, H.M. 11. Islam, G.S.

: : :


Introductory Nuclear Physics Introduction to Nuclear Physics Concepts of Nuclear Physics Elements of Nuclear Physics Nuclear Reactions Nuclear Physics Nuclear Physics Nuclear and Particles (2nd Ed) wbDK¬xq c`v_©weÁvb, 2q ms¯‹iY wbDK¬xqvi c`v_©we`¨v cvigvYweK c`v_©weÁvb 2q LÛ

242703 Marks: 100 Solid State Physics-II

Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Exam Duration: 4 Hours H

1. Band Theory of Solids: Formation of energy levels in crystals. Electron in a periodic potential, SchrÖdinger equation, Bloch function, Korning-Penny model, Properties of free electrons in a Brillouin zone, Concept of hole, Reduced zone scheme, Classification of metal,

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

insulator and semi conductor, Band structure calculation, LCAO method and its application in simple cubic (sc), body centered cubic (bcc) and face centered cubic (fcc) lattice. Fermi Surfaces and Metals: Reduced zone scheme, Periodic zone scheme, Construction of Fermi surfaces, Nearly free electrons, Electron orbits, Hole orbits and open orbits, Calculation of energy bands, Tight binding method for energy bands, Winger-Seitz method. Experimental methods in Fermi surface studies, Quantization of orbits in a magnetic field. De Haas-Van Alphen effect, Fermi surface of copper. Dielectric Properties: Macroscopic electric field, Local electric field at an atom, Static dielectric constant, Electronic, Ionic and Orientational polarizibilities, Clausius-Mossotti relations, Complex dielectric constant, Dielectric loss, Relaxation time, Polarization mechanism, Pyro, Piezo and Ferro-electricity, dielectric properties in an alternating field, Properties of ferroelectric materials, Pole theory of ferro-electricity, Spontaneous polarization, Ferroelectric domain piezo-electricity, Electromechanical transducers. Semiconductors: Direct and Indirect band gap semiconductors, Extrinsic semiconductor, Shallow levels, Density of states, Charge carrier concentration, Carrier life time, Recombination process, P-N Junction, Depletion region, Junction capacitance, Diode current, Tunnel diode, Metal-semiconductor junction, Surface states. Superconductivity: Basic properties of superconductors, Meissner effect, Type-I and TypeII superconductors; Thermodynamics of superconductivity, London equation, BCS theory of superconductivity, Tunneling, D.C and A.C Josephson effect, High-Temperature superconductors. Magnetism: Origin of Magnetism, Diamagnetism, Paramagnetic equations Ferromagnetism, Weiss theory of ferromagnetism, Nature and origin of Weiss molecular field, Concept of domains and Hysteresis, Anti-ferromagnetism, Ferrimagnetism, Magnons.

Books Recommended: 1. Dekker, A.J. 2. Kittel, C. 3. McKelvey 4. Brailsford, F. 5. Chikazumi, S. 6. Singhal, R.L. 7. Islam M.S. 8. mvB`y¾vgvb 9. . Gm. Gg. †gvK‡Q` Avjx Paper Code Paper Title:

: : : : : : : : :

Solid State Physics Introduction to Solid State Physics Solid State and Semiconductor Physics Physical Principles of Magnetism Physics of Magnetism Introduction to Solid State Physics KwVb Ae¯’vi c`v_© weÁvb mwjW †÷U wdwR· KwVb Ae¯’vi c`v_© weÁvb

Marks: 100 242705 Quantum Mechanics-II


1. Operators and Matrices: Linear operators, Kets and Bras, Eigenvalues and eigenkets, Expansion in eigenkets, Completeness and orthogonality of eigenkets, Representation of an operator, Commuting operators, Projection, Hermitian operator, Unitary operators, Diagonalization of a matrix. 2. Matrix Formulation of Quantum Mechanics: Linear vector space, Hilbert space, Matrix representation of state vectors and Operators, Transformation theory, Schordinger, Heisenberg and Dirac pictures, Parity operator, Density matrix, Harmonic oscillator.

3. Theory of Angular Momentum: Definition of angular momentum, Angular momentum operators and their commutation relations, Eigenvalues of angular momentum, Addition of angular momenta, Clebsch-Gordon coefficients, Explicit forms of the angular momentum matrices, Pauli’s exclusion principle and spin matrics. 4. Approximation Methods: WKB-Approximation method, Stationary perturbation theory, Time-dependent perturbation theory, Variational method. 5. Theory of Scattering: Two body systems, Scattering cross-section, Scattering of particles by spherically symmetric potentials, Partial waves, Phase shifts, General formulation of scattering theory, Born approximation method and its application. 6. Identical Particles: Symmetric and antisymmetric wave functions, Exclusion Principle, Spin and statistics, Projection and density operators, Liouville’s equation of motion, Polarization vector for a spin S-particle, Scattering of identical particles. 7. Relativistic Wave Equations: Klein-Gordon equation, Dirac’s relativistic equation, Covariant form of Dirac’s equation, Dirac’s equation for a central field, Spin angular momentum of the particle, Magnetic moment of the Dirac’s particle, Negative energy states and hole theory. Books Recommended: 1. Schiff, L.I. 2. Powell, J.L. and Crasemann, B. 3. Rashid, A.M.H. 4. Merzbacher, E. 5. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M 6. Dirac, P.A.M 7. Rose, M.E 8. Edmonds, A.R. 9. Newton, R.G. 10. Golder, S.K. Paper Code Paper Title:

242707

: Quantum Mechanics : Quantum Mechanics : Quantum Mechanics : Quantum Mechanics : Quantum Mechanics : The Principles of Quantum Mechanics : Elementary Theory of Angular Momentum : Angular Momentum in Quantum Mechanics : Scattering Theory of Waves and Particles : ‡Kvqv›Uvg ejwe`¨v

Marks: 100 Electronics -II

Credits: 4


1. Power Amplifiers: Class-B push-pull power amplifiers, Output power, Efficiency, Transistor power dissipation, Transformer coupled and complementary push-pull circuits, Crossover distortion and eliminate-ion, Basic concepts of harmonic distortion. 2. Oscillator Circuits: Positive and Barkhausen criterion for oscillation, Wien-bridge, Hartley and Colpitts oscillator, BJT stable multivibrator. 3. Field Effect Transistors: JFET action, Depletion and enhancement MOSFET, Advantages over bipolar transistors. 4. SCR and TRIAC: SCR action and characteristics, Switching and half wave phase control of power, TRIAC action and characteristics, Full wave phase control.

5. Electronic Devices for Measurement: Basic concepts of thermistors, Photoconductive cells, Liquid crystal displays, Seven-segment displays, Cathode ray table. 6. Digital Electronics, An Overview: Analogue and digital world, Advantages in error free communication and processing, Binary representation of digital values by electronic circuit elements, Number systems and codes: Decimal, Binary and hexadecimal numbers, conversion, Binary addition, Codes: BCD, ASCII. 7. Digital Logic Circuits: Logic gates, definitions, symbols and truth tables, Boolean expression, simple logic circuit example, Diode gate, DTL gate, TTL gate, Truth table and Boolean algebra, half adder circuit, SR flip flop, Binary counter. 8. Radio Principles: Basic concepts of modulation and demodulation, AM transmitter and TRF receive circuits, super heterodyne receivers. 9. IC Fabrication Technique: Monolithic planar process, Fabrication schemes for resistance, diode and transistor on a silicon chip. 10. Television: Basic principle, Image scanning and display, Block diagram of a B/W receiver, LCD and LED television. 11. Radar: Basic principles, Block diagram, Radar range equation. Books Recommended: 1. Boylestad, R. and Nashelsky, L. 2. Brophy, J.J. 3. Millman, J. and Halkias, C.C 4. Malvino, A.P Paper Code Paper Title:

: : : :

Marks: 100 242709 Classical Electrodynamics

Elctronic Devices and Circuit Theory. Basic Electronics for Scientists Electronic Devices and Circuits Electronic Principles. Credits: 4


1. Electrostatics a) Electric Field: Gauss laws in integral and differential form. b) Scalar Potential: Lap lace’s equation and Poisson’s equation, Boundary conditions and uniqueness theorem, General solution of the Poisson’s equation, The method of images to solve electrostatic problems, Boundary value problems in rectangular, spherical and polar coordinates, Multipole expansion. c) Electrostatics in Dielectric: Field inside a dielectric, Boundary condition on E and D 2. Elements of Magnetostatives: a) Concept of a vector potential and the differential equation for it, Magnetostatic boundary condition problems, Multipole expansion for the vector potential: Magnetic field due to a localized current distribution, Magnetic dipole moment. b) Magnetization-boundary conditions on B and H. 3. Maxwell’s Equations: a) Equation of continuity. Maxwell’s displacement current, Maxwell’s equations, Absence of isolated magnetic charges, Maxwell’s equation in material media. b) Scalar and vector potentials in Maxwell’s equation, Gauge transformation: Coulomb gauge and Lorentz gauge. c) Poynting vector and energy momentum conservation in electrodynamics: Energy density and Maxwell’s stress tensor. 4. Electromagnetic Wave Equation:

a) Wave equation for the electric and magnetic field from Maxwell’s equation, Electromagnetic plane waves in vacuum and non-conducting media, Polarization of electromagnetic waves. b) Reflection and refraction of electromagnetic plane waves on a dielectric interface, Fresnel equations, Total internal reflection and polarization by reflection. c) EM waves in conductors: Attenuation, Skin depth, Reflection and transmission at a interface between a conductor and a dielectric. 5. Wave Guides: Solution of the wave equation in a rectangular wave guide, Transverse electric (TE) and transverse magnetic (TM) modes, Transverse electromagnetic (TEM) modes, Simple cavity resonator. 6. Electromagnetic: a) Solution of the wave equation in spherical coordinates, Multipole expansions, Retarded potentials, Electric dipole radiation, Short, Center-fed antenna. b) Radiation from a moving charge, Lienard-Wiechert potentials, Power radiated by a point charge, Radiation reaction-Abraham-Lorenz force.

Books Recommended: 1. Griffiths, D.J. 2. Panofsky, W. and Philips, M. 3. Jackson, J.D. 4. Islam, A.K.M.A. and Islam, S. 5. Reitz, Millford. 6. Gm. Gg. †gvK‡Q` Avjx Paper Code Paper Title:

242711

: : : : : : Marks: 100

Statistical Mechanics

Introduction to Electrodynamics Classical Electricity and Magnetism Classical Electrodynamics Zwor MwZweÁvb Classical Electrodynamics ZwoZ MwZwe`¨v Credits: 4


1. The scope of statistical physics: Assembles, Phase space, Liouville theorem. Distribution over energies, weights of configuration, the most probable configuration, The MaxwellBotlzmann Distribution, Application. 2. Temperature and Entropy: The statistical concept of temperature. Ensembles: Microcanonical, canonical and grand-canonical ensembles. Boltzmann formula. Entropy, Free energy and other thermodynamic functions. 3. The Thermodynamics of Gases: The weight Amax for a classical perfect gas. The Boltzmann partition function, The evaluation of the classical partition function, The semiclassical perfect gas components of the partition function. 4. Particle Statistics: Principle of indistinguishability for quantum particles. Spin-statistics connection. Degenerate and non-degenerate system. 5. Bose-Einstein Distribution: Bose-Einstein gas, Black-body Radiation, The Photon gas, The Specific heats of solids, The Phonon gas, Bose-Einstein condensation, Fremi-Dirac Gas, The Electron Gas, Fermi degeneracy pressure. 6. Applications of statistical thermodynamics: The paramagnetic gas, the harmonic oscillator, the diatomic molecule, The disordered lattice

7. Transport phenomena: Boltzmann transport equation, H-theorem, validity of the equation, Mean free path, Viscosity and Diffusion, Electrical conductivity, Brownian motion. 8. Phase Transition: Thermodynamic classification of phase transitions, Difference between first and second order phase transition, Mean-field theory. Books Recommended: 1. Reif, F

:

2. Huang, K 3. Kittel, C 4. Beiser, A

: : :

Fundamentals of Statistical Mechanics and Thermal Physics Statistical Mechanics Elementary Statistical Mechanics Perspective of Modern Physics

Paper Code 242713 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Exam Duration: 4 Hours Paper Title: Computer Application and Programming

1. Introduction: Object oriented development themes, Modeling Concepts, Modeling as a design technique, Object modeling, Dynamic modeling, Functional modeling. 2. Design Methodology: Analysis, System design, Object design, Comparison of methodologies. 3. Network: Computer Communication, basic concepts of LAN, WAN, Workstation, and Server, Optical Fiber in Communication, World Wide Web (www) and E-mail, E-commerce. 4. Object Oriented Language: C++ as an object oriented programming, Comparison of C and C++, Declaration and constants, Expression and statements, Data types, Operator, Functions, Inheritance – Extending classes, Encapsulation, Operator overloading and type conversion, Managing console I/O operation, Working with files, Object oriented system development. 5. Object oriented Programming and Java: Objects and classes, Attributes and behavior, Inheritance, Interfaces, and Packages, Creating a Class hierarchy, Statements and expressions, Variables and data types, Literals, Expressions and operators, Arrays and loops. 6. Creating Classes and Methods: Defining classes, Class variables, Creating methods, Class methods, Constructor methods, Overriding methods, Finalizer methods. 7. Developing Applets: Applet and application, Creating applet, Including applet on web page, Java archives, Parameter to applet. Books Recommended: 1. Schildt, Herbert 2. Gotfried, Byron 3. Balagurusamy, E 4. Brown, D 5. Norton, Peter 6. Deitel, H.M. and Deitel P.J. 7. Davis, Stephen R.

: : : : : : :

Turbo C/C++, The Complete Reference Programming with C++ Object Oriented Programming with C++ An Introduction to Object Oriented Analysis Introduction to Computers JAVA How to Program. Teach Yourself JAVA in 21 days.


242715 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Class Hours: 60 hrs. Theory of Relativity and Cosmology Exam Duration: 4 Hours

1. Introduction Galilean transformation and invariance of Newton's laws of motion, non-invariance of Maxwell's equations. Michelson-Morley experiment and explanation of the null result. 2. Special Theory of Relativity Concept of inertial frame. Postulates of special theory; simultaneity; Lorentz transformation along one of the axes – length contraction, time dilatation and velocity addition theorem, Fizeau’s experiment. Four vectors. Relativistic dynamics : variation of mass with velocity; energy momentum relationship.

3. Relativistic Electrodynamics: Magnetism as a relativistic phenomenon, Fields transformation, Field tensor, Electrodynamics in tensor rotation, Relativistic potential

4. Vectors and Tensors Covariant and contravariant vectors. Contraction. Covariant, contravariant, and mixed tensors of rank-2, transformation properties. The metric tensor (flat space-time only). Raising and lowering of indices with metric tensors.

5. Invariant intervals Concept of space-time: Euclidean and Minkowski. Invariant intervals in 1+1 and 3+1 dimensions (use Minkowski space-time). Space like, time-like and light like four vectors. Light cone. Causality and simultaneity in different frames. 6. Tensor calculus: Idea of Euclidean and non-Euclidean space, meaning of parallel transport and covariant derivatives, Geodesics and autoparallel curves, Curvature tensor and its properties, Bianchi Identities, vanishing of Riemann-Christoffel tensor as the necessary and sufficient condition of flatness, Ricci tensor, Einstein tensor. 7. Einstein’s field equations Inconsistencies of Newtonian gravitation with STR, Principles of equivalence, Principle of general covariance, Metric tensors and Newtonian Gravitational potential, Logical steps leading to Einstein’s field equations of gravitation. 8. Cosmology: Qualitative discussions on: White Dwarfs, Neutron stars and Black Holes, Static Black Holes (Schwarzschild and Reissner-Nordstrom). Rotating Black Holes, Cosmological Principles, Weyl postulates, Robertson-Walker metric (derivation is not required), Cosmological parameters, Static Universe, Expanding universe, Open and Closed universe, Cosmological red shift, Hubble’s law. Olber’s Paradox. Books Recommended:

1. Goldstein, H.

Classical Mechanics

2. Harun-ar-Rashid, A.M

Classical Mechanics

3. French, A.P.

Special Relativity

4. Harun-ar-Rashid, A.M.

Einstein and Relativity Theory (in Bangla)

5. S. Weinberg

Gravitation and Cosmology: Principles and Applications of the General Theory of Relativity (Wiley, 1972).

6. P. G. Bergmann

Introduction to Theory of Relativity (Pren tice-Hall, 1969

7. R. Resnick

Introduction to Special Theory of Relativity.

8. W.G.V.Rosser

Introduction to the Theory of Relativity.


242716

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Physics Practical -IV


Examination duration: 6 hours. To perform two experiments from group A, and one experiment each from group B and C. All experiments should be of three hours duration. i) Experiments (3 hours each) ii) Laboratory note book iii) Viva-voce

4 x 20 =

80 10 10 Total marks = 100 Marks for each experiment shall be distributed as follows: a) Theory 3 b) Data collection and tabulation 8 c) Calculation, graphs and result 6 d) Discussions 3 Total marks = 20 Group – A: Electronics 1. To calibrate the frequency dial of a signal generator with the help of line frequency by forming Lissajous figures on an oscilloscope screen. 2. To determine the characteristics of a given transistor for common base and common emitter configurations and find the parameters α and β 3. To construct a free running multivibrator and measure its frequency from the display of its output wave forms on an oscilloscope screen.

4. To study a non-investing amplifier employing an operation amplifier (frequency response and gain). 5. To construct a saw tooth wave generator employing an unijunction transistor (2N2646) and determine its repetitive frequency. 6. To construct the AND OR and NOT (inverter) gates using semiconductor diodes and transistor. 7. To construct NOR and NAND gates. Group – B: Nuclear Physics 1. (a) To determine the plateau and operating voltage of a Geiger-Muller counter. (b) To determine the dead-time of the G-M tube. 2. To find out the linear absorption coefficient, mass absorption coefficient and atomic absorption coefficient of lead. (Ra-Source or Cs-Source). 3. To determine the absorption co-efficient for beta radiation of a given material and find the range of beta radiation in that material (Y-Sr source). 4. To the inverse square law for γ–rays (Cs or Co-Source). Group – C: Solid State Physics 1. To find out the speed of sound with the help of acoustic transducers. 2. To study the variation of impedance of a given acoustic transducer as a function of frequency. 3. To find out the forbidden energy gap of a given semiconductor specimen 4. To measure the dielectric loss of certain lossy materials. Books Recommended: 1. Ahmad G. and Nasreen F 2. Din K. and Matin M.A. 3. Squires G.L. 4. Topping J. 5. Millman, J. and Halkias, C.C 6. Mannan, K.M. and Pramanik, N 7. Worsnop & Flint


242718 Viva-voce

Marks: 100

: : : : : : :

Advanced Practical Physics A text book of practical Physics Practical Physics Errors of observation and their treatment Electronic Devices and Circuit eënvwiK c`v_©weÁvb 1g I 2q LÛ Practical Physics

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Soil Science

Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the session : 2013–2014

National University Subject: Soil Science Syllabus for Four Year B.Sc. Honours Course Effective from the session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution.

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 243301 243303 243305 243307 243309 243311 243313 243315 243316 243318

Paper Title Soil Survey and Land Evaluation Soil Conservation and Soil Management Soil classification and Soils of Bangladesh Irrigation and Drainage Soil Ecology Principles of Agronomy Fertilizers and Agricultural Statistics Crops of Bangladesh Practical Viva-Voce

Total =

Marks

Credits

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1000

40

Detailed Syllabus Paper code Paper title:

243301 Marks: 100 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation

Credits: 4

Class hours: 60 hrs.

Definition and importance of soil survey. Agricultural and non-agricultural uses of soil survey. Principal types of base materials -their scale, merits and demerits; interpretation and uses of base materials-especially aerial photographs and aerial mosaics; soil survey work-plan. Type of soil survey: Techniques of Exploratory, Reconnaissance and Detailed soil surveys. Examination and description of soils in the field; collection of soil samples for laboratory analyses. Taxonomic unit and mapping unit: Soil maps: units of soil classification and mapping; the soil mapping legend; Stereoscopic examination; plotting of soil boundaries; soil correlation and inspection; soil grouping on the map. Soil survey report: soil survey interpretation for agricultural and non-agricultural uses. Land evaluation: Concept of land evaluation; technique and importance of land evaluation, Land use planning, Land capability, Land suitability classification and Crop suitability classification of soil. Remote sensing - use of remote sensing data for soil survey and land evaluation. Basic principles of remote sensing.

Books Recommended: 1.

Soil Survey Manual

:

USDA

2.

Soil Classification with special Reference to the Soils of Bangladesh

:

Mohammad Sultan Hussain.

3.

Soils: Their Survey & Taxonomic Classification

:

SRDI

4.

The Soils of Bangladesh

:

S. M. Imamul Huq & Jalaluddin Md. Shoaib

Paper code Paper title:

243303 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Soil Conservation and Soil Management


Soil as a basic & irreplaceable resource: Population versus resource base of the world. Soil Degradation: Types and Processes of soil degradation, Factors of soil degradation. Soil Erosion: Classification of Soil erosion, Harmful effects of soil erosion, factors affecting water & wind erosion. Impact of erosion in Bangladesh. Soil conservation: past, present and future approaches of soil conservation, principles of soil conservation; planning soil conservation for a given area; Problems of implementing soil conservation practices in the field; socio-economic aspects of soil conservation. Sustainable land use: defining sustainability; sustainable land use system and soil resilience; assessment of soil sustainability; soil quality concept; physical, chemical and biological indicators of soil quality. Objectives and principles of soil management: Preparation of seedbed; maintenance of organic matter in soil; Nitrogen economy of soils. Organic manures- green manure, farm manure, compost, preparation of different types of manures and composts; microbiology of manures and composts; Importance of manures and composts in improving soil properties and crop yield.

Origin and nature of problem soils; formation, properties. amelioration and management of various problematic soils; saline, alkali and acid soils, waterlogged soils, hilly soils, forest soils. sandy soils. Organic soils and their utilization. Concept of dry farming and organic farming.

Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3.

Soil Conversation and Sustainable Landuse Advance in Soil Science, Vol II: Soil Degradation Methods for Assessment of Soil Degradation

: : :

4. 5.

Soil Erosion and Conservation Soil Management of India

: :

6. 7.

Problem Soils of Bangladesh Manual of Soil & Water Conservation Practices

: :


T. H Khan R. Lal and B.A. Stewart W. H. Blum, C. Valentine and B. A. Stewart (Ed.) R. P. C. Morgan H. R.. Arakari, G. V. Chalan, P. Satyanarayan, R. L. Donahue BARI Gurumel Singh. C.Venkatarmanan

243305 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Soil Classification and Soils of Bangladesh


Geographical distribution of major soils on the Earth’s surface; Zonality concept of soils; Great groups of soils; Soil Taxonomy: Study of the orders and sub-orders of soil taxonomy; Nomenclature in Soil Taxonomy. Environmental conditions and pedogenic factors in Bangladesh; Dominant soil forming processes in Bangladesh; Inundated land types; General conditions of soils in Bangladesh; Physiographic units in Bangladesh. Land Capability & Crop suitability Classification of the soils of Bangladesh. Major soils of Bangladesh;7 Soil tracts; General soil types of Bangladesh: their distribution and properties; Classification of the soils of Bangladesh on the basis of Soil Taxonomy and FAO-UNESCO Legend: Agro-ecological Zones of Bangladesh: Lower level classification of Bangladesh soils-soil series and families.


Soil Classification with Reference to the Soils of Bangladesh

: M.S. Hussain

2.

Soils of Bangladesh: their Genesis, Classification and Use Potential

: M.M. Hassan

3.

Soils of Bangladesh

: M.R. Rahman

4.

The Geography of the Soils of Bangladesh

: H. Brammer

5.

SOILS: Their survey & Taxonomic Classification

: SRDI


243307 Marks: 100 Irrigation and Drainage

Credits: 4


The field water regime. field water balance. Infiltration - factors affecting infiltration; profile moisture distribution during infiltration; m e t h o d s o f measuring infiltration rate. Redistribution of water in soil profile. Field capacity concept. Evaporation - factors affecting evaporation; evaporation from bare soil surface; reduction of evaporation from bare soil. Evapotranspiration, Consumptive use and water use efficiency. Methods of measuring evapo-transpiration. Irrigation: sources and quality of irrigation water; selection of land for irrigation; factors affecting irrigation needs; amount and frequency of irrigation, soil and plant-water parameters for determining irrigation needs; different irrigation systems - their suitability for different soils and crops, irrigation efficiency, effect of irrigation on soil properties, irrigation needs of major crops of Bangladesh; irrigation systems and irrigation projects in Bangladesh. Drainage: needs and benefits of drainage; types of drainage - their advantages and disadvantages; drainage of coastal plains and swamplands. Factors affecting drainage, drainage equations.

Books Recommended: :

R.D. Misra.

2.

Manual on Irrigation Agronomy Irrigation

:

S. R. Sahasrabudhe.

3.

Principles of Irrigation

:

A.M.Michael

4.

Irrigation

:

Hudson

5.

Principles and Practices of

:

S. K. Sharma

1.

Irrigation Engineering.


243309 Soil Ecology

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Ecology and its domain. Communities and Ecosystems: species abundance and diversity; primary production and energy flow; nutrient cycling and retention; succession and stability. Soil ecosystem and ecological community. Organisms: match between organisms and their environments; conditions, resources, life and death in Unitary and Modular organisms, dispersal, dispersion and migration in space and time. Interactions among species- competition; exploitation, predation, herbivory parasitism and disease, symbiosis and mutualism. Soil ecology: main features of soil ecology; soil ecological effects on plants, microbial biomass and biodiversity; manipulation of soil ecology; soil biotechnology. Sources and sinks of greenhouse gases; response of soils to global climatic change; gaseous exchange; fluxes and their impact on ecosystem . Agro-ecosystems: Soil and agriculture; Effects of agriculture on environment.

Forest ecosystems: Biomes; evolution and diversity in biomes, dominant forest vegetation on earth; species diversity; plant forms and adaptation; ecology of the forests in Bangladesh.


Soil Ecology

:

Ken Killham

2.

Ecology

:

M. Begon.

3.

Fresh Water Ecology

:

Michel Jeffries.

4.

Environmental Management of Fresh Water Ecology

:

Trivedi.

5.

Ecology: Concept and Applications

:

Manuel. C. Molles Jr.


243311 Marks: 100 Principles of Agronomy

Credits: 4


Origin and importance of agriculture; agronomy and duties of an agronomist; location, area, physiography, major rivers, climate, agricultural seasons and crops of Bangladesh. Weather and climate - their influence on vegetation and crop production; agronomic classification of plants. Soil tillage – purposes and methods of tillage practices; tillage equipment and their classification; quality of seedbed and root-bed. Seeds: definition and importance, seed testing and seed treatments; seed germination, healthy and crippled seedlings; quality of good seeds and factors affecting quality; certified seeds; seed law and seed association. Weeds: classification of weeds; harmful and beneficial effects of weeds; crop-weed association; weed management and weed control; common weeds of Bangladesh. Cropping pattern - orientation with respect to ecological environment in Bangladesh. Horticulture and Floriculture in Bangladesh. Peri-urban agriculture and its importance. General survey of agricultural data in relation to the production of different crops in Bangladesh Farm layout, farming and farm budgeting; crop calendar- principles of its preparation and its utility. Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Fundamentals of Agronomy Principles and Practices of Agronomy Principles of Weed Science Agricultural chimatology


: : : :

243313 Marks: 100 Fertilizers and Agricultural Statistics

C Gopal Chandra. De,-2011 S. S. Sing V.S. Rao J.R. Kakde

Credits: 4


Fertilizer materials: Sources of fertilizer materials; manufacture of major fertilizers; fertilizer grades and fertilizer ratios; fertilizer law; organic manures and bio-fertilizers.

Fertilizer movement in soil; fate of added nutrient in soil; residual effects of fertilizers; salt index; balanced fertilization; impact of fertilizer application on soil quality and environment. Pesticides and Fungicides: definition, classification, use and impact on soil and water ecosystem; biodegradation of pesticides and fungicides; Statistics- its meaning, scope and uses: importance of statistics in agriculture and environment. Data collection; classification, tabulation and graphical representation, normal distribution, frequency and frequency distribution. Central tendency; measurement of central tendency; mode, median, quartile, rank and range. Dispersion: measures of dispersion- skewness, kurtosis, variance, standard deviation, standard error. Confidence limit and coefficient of variation . Population and sampling: types of sampling, size of sampling, role of normal distribution in statistics;sample mean, chi-square distribution, F-distribution, students t-distribution, normal test, t-test and X 2 -test. Probability and hypothesis testing: probability rules, null hypothesis, and choice of test. Books Recommended: 1.

Soil Fertility and fertilizer

:

2. 3. 4. 5.

Simples Lessons from Biometry Agricultural Statistics mvgvwRK cwimsL¨vb cwiwPwZ Fertilizer recommendation Guide-2012

: : : :

243315 Marks: 100 Crops of Bangladesh


Samuel L. Tisdale, Werner L. Nelson and James D. Beaton. Zaman & Zaman, BRRI, Gazipur. Gomaz & Gomaz. ‡gv: Ave`yi iv¾vK BARC

Credits: 4


Classification of crops. Agronomy of arable crops of Bangladesh: Origion, climate, soil requirements, cultural practices, fertilization, harvesting and storing of the main crops of Bangladesh. Cereal crops of Bangladesh: Rice, Wheat and Maize. Brief description about other minor cereal crops of Bangladesh. Fibre crops of Bangladesh: Jute and Cotton. Brief description about other minor fibre crops. Other important crops of Bangladesh: Sugarcane, Potato, Tobacco, Pulse and Oilseeds. Agronomy of perennial crops: Tea, Rubber, Jackfruit, Mango and coconut. Cropping systems practised in Bangladesh: Cropping Sesons, Mono-cropping, Mixed cropping, Multiple cropping, Crop rotation and Cropping intensity. Book Recommended : 1. 2. 3. 4.

K…wl cÖhyw³ nvZ eB evsjv‡`‡ki Lv`¨ km¨ I A_©Kvix dmj evsjv‡`‡ki dj Pvl avbPvl-2012

- BARI-2012 - evsjv GKv‡Wgx - evsjv GKv‡Wgx - BARI


243316 Practical

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


1.

Soil survey of a given area: study of base materials; stereoscope study and interpretation of aerial photograph; study of soil in the field, demarcation of soil boundary; preparation of soil map, soil survey report and recommendations.

2.

Measurement of physical, chemical and biological indicators for assessing the quality of soil of a given area. Preparation of report and recommendation.

3.

Visit to the polluted areas and collection of waste, effluent, soil and plant samples; determination of heavy metals in waste, sewage sludge, soil and plant sample, Determination of water quality - DO, BOD, COD, Cl-, HCO3-, CO32-, NO3-, NH+4, and SO42-.Report preparation and recommendation.


A Hand book on Analysis of SOIL, PLANT & WATER – S. M. Imamul Huq & Md. Didar ul A.am

2.

Methods in Environmental Analysis – Soil, Air & Water – P. K. Gupta.


243318 Viva-Voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Statistics


National University Subject: Statistics Syllabus for Four Year B. Sc Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014

Year wise Papers and marks distribution FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 243601 243603 243605 243607 243609 243611 243613 243615

Paper Title Multivariate Analysis Advance Sampling Technique Demography Computer Programming (FORTRAN & R) Stochastic Process Optional Papers (Any two) Econometrics Operational Research and Research Methodology Epidemiology & Biostatistics

Marks 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4

100

4

100

4

100

4

243616 243618

Lab: 9 Multivariate Analysis Lab: 10 Advance Sampling Technique Optional Practical Papers (Any two)

50 50

2 2

243620

Lab: 11 Econometrics

243622 243624

Lab: 12 Operational Research & Demography Lab: 13 Epidemiology & Biostatistics

50 50 50

2 2 2

243626

Viva-voce Total =

100 1000

4 40


Marks:100 243601   Multivariate Analysis


Distribution of quadratic forms in normally distributed random variables. The Fisher-Cochran’s theorems. The idea of multivariate data and multidimensional scaling, Multivariate normal distribution-importance and properties, the distribution of linear combinations of normally distributed variables. Estimation of mean vector of multivariate normal distribution (MND), Marginal and conditional distribution of MND, Distribution of partial and multiple correlation coefficients, the characteristic function, moments, maximum likelihood estimates of the mean vector and the co-variance matrix in MND, Multinomial distribution, Hotelling T2, its distribution, properties & uses. Wishart’s distribution and its properties. Discriminant function & analysis, Mahalanabis D2, Classification-general classification problem, optimal classification rules for two populations, classification with several populations. Population principal components, summarizing sample variation by principal components, estimates of the principal components and their variances, large sample properties applications, Testing for the equal correlation structures. Latent variable models, the orthogonal factor models, method of estimation MLE of factor loading and specific variances, adequacy of the model and choice of the number of factors, Factor rotation, factor scores, applications. Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5

Johnson, R.A. Anderson, T.W. Mardia, K.V, J.I. Kent and J.M. Bibby Dillon, W.R. and Gold Stien, M. Srivestava, M.S.


: : : : :

Applied Multivariate Analysis Introduction to Multivariate Analysis Multivariate Analysis Multivariate Analysis; Methods and Application An Introduction to Applied Multivariate Carter

Marks:100 243603   Advance Sampling Technique


Ratio Estimation: Definition, examples, properties, Bias Mean square error, approximate variance, condition for unbiased ratio estimation, Unbiased ratio type estimate. Regression Estimation: properties and limitations, bias and approximate variance, estimate of the variance, Bias of the linear regression estimate. Comparative merits and demerits of ratio and regression estimate. Simple cluster sampling with unequal sized, clusters-estimates, bias, standard error and efficiency. Comparison with simple random sampling and systematic sampling. Determination of optimum cluster size. Stratified cluster sampling, its advantage, estimate, bias , standard error and efficiency. Comparison with simple random sampling, Systematic sampling and usual stratified random sampling. Sampling of unequal clusters with unequal probability with replacement. The Horvitz-Thompson estimator and its properties. The Hansen-Hurwitz estimator and its properties. Selection of samples with probability proportional to size (PPS) with replacement –use, application, estimate and standard error.

Sampling of unequal clusters with unequal probability without replacement-different selection methods. Brewer’s. Durbin’s. Stamford’s. PPS systematic. Raj’s. Murthy’s and Rao-Hartley-Cochdran methods of selection. Detailed study on the related formulae estimates, variances, estimates of variances for these methods. Sub-sampling, Reasons for adopting this technique. Two-stage sampling with equal and unequal sized clusters-estimates and standard errors. Estimation for proportions. Optimum sampling fractions and subsampling fractions. Stratified two-stage sampling. Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Cochran, W.G Hansen, Hurwitz, Madow Barrett, V. Sukhatne, P.V. Islam, M.N. Johnson, M.L. Kish, L


: : : : : : :

Sampling Technique. 4th Edition Sample Survey Methods and Theory Sample Survey Sampling Theory of Surveys with Applications An Introduction to Sampling Methods, Mullick & Brothers New Developments in Survey Survey Sampling

243605   Demography

Marks:100


Demography: Definition, nature and scope of demography. Sources of demographic data: Vital registration. Survey and census. Rates, ratios, and proportions. Age-sex composition, population pyramid, cohort and Lexis diagram with special reference to Bangladesh, Population Change. Concept of population change, population growth, measurement of population growth with special reference to Bangladesh. Source and types of errors in Demographic data, age heaping, digital preference, application of different indices (Such as whiples and Myre’s) in detection errors, Dual record system, Chandra sekhar Deming formula, methods of graduating age data. Fertility and Reproduction: Concept of fertility, reproduction fecundity, fecundability, sterility. Measurement of fertility and reproduction, cohort fertility, parity progression ratio, differentials of fertility, Mortality, Concepts of mortality and morbidity, measures of morbidity, Standardization of demographic measures: Direct and indirect method of standardization. Force of Mortality. Gompertz law of mortality and Makham’s law of mortality. Life Table: Definition, use and functions of life tables, different types of life table, construction of life tables. Actuarial life tables, its construction and application. Function of single life and t life table. Multiple decrement life table and Construction of Multiple decrement life table. Model life tables, Different types of Model life tables. Marriage and Nuptiality: Concept of Marriage and mortality, estimation of mean and median age at marriage, estimation of singulated mean age at marriage, nuptiality models. Coales indices, their relationships and contributions to fertility differentials. Nuptiality table. Nuptiality pattern in Bangladesh. Population Models: Stable, quasi-stable and stationary population model and their related problems. Lotka and Dublin’s model.

Methods of population projection, Derivation Population Projection by Leslie method and characteristic of Leslie matrix. Stable age distribution and its root and their problems. Migration: Concept of migration, Internal and international migration.

Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5 6

Barely, G.W. Shryock, H,J.S. Siegel and Associates Gullaume, J, Hansch and Others Bogue, D.J. Keyfitz, N. William Brass


: : : : : :

Technique of Population Analysis The Methods and Materials of Demography Introduction to Demographic Analysis Principles of Demography Introduction to Mathematics of Demography Demography of Tropical Africa

Marks:100 Credits: 4          Class Hours: 60 hrs. 243607   Computer Programming (FORTRAN & R)

Programming Basics: Programming concepts and preliminaries, steps involved in computer programming algorithm, decision table, flowchart, solution of statistical and mathematical problems using flowchart, program data files and database. FORTARN: constants and variables, arithmetic expression, input/ output statement, arithmetic assignment statement, control statements, type statement, intrinsic function, repetition program structure, subscripted variables. DO loops, logical expressions, FORTRAN subprograms (function and subroutine), use of files on external storage, FORTRAN programs of different statistical and mathematical problems. R Programming: Introduction: the S language, R versus S-plus, R and the window system, ing R, installing R, using R: a simple R session with some basic R commands, case-sensitivity, recall and correction of previous commands, assignments and expressions, simple manipulations of numbers, getting help with existing R functions and features, executing commands from a file, diverting output to a file. Vectors: Generating regular sequences, creating vectors, vector arithmetic, logical vectors, character vectors, missing values, selecting and modifying subsets of a vector, combining elements of two vectors. Objects: Their modes and attributes, class of an object. Matrices: Creating matrices, matrix operations, selecting and modifying subsets of a matrix, linear equations and inversions of matrices, Eigen values and Eigen vectors, combining rows (cases ) and columns (variables) of two matrices. List and Data Frames: Making list and data frames, attaching and detaching data frames. Probability Distributions: R names for different distributions, obtaining densities, cumulative probabilities, quantiles and random samples from different distributions.

Control Statements in R: Conditional execution with if statement, repetitive execution with for, repeat and while. Writing R functions: simple examples, arguments and defaults, assignments within functions, returning multiple objects as output. Numerical Mathematics : Newton-Raphson method, numerical integration and solution of equations. Importing Data in R: Reading text files with read. Table and scan functions; importing data from other systems like SAS, SPSS, S-Plus, Excel, Stata ; editing data. Statistical Analyses: Basic statistical techniques, correlation and regression, estimation of parameters of multiple regression model, inference in multiple regression, partial correlation, multiple correlation and related tests, model selection, fitting polynomial regression, orthogonal polynomials, splines, examination of residuals, outliers, influential points. S-PLUS: Limitations and advantages compared to R, important differences with R. References 1 2 3 4

R reference manual S-Plus reference manual Venables, W.N. and Smith, D.M, Venables, W.N and B.D.


: : : An Introduction to R : Applied Statistics with S-plus, 3rd Ed.

243609   Stochastic Process

Marks:100


Stochastic Processes: Definition of different type of stochastic process, Recurrent events, Renewal equation, Delayed recurrent events, Number of occurrences of a recurrent event, random walk and ruin problem. Markov chains: Transition matrix, Higher transition Probabilities, Classification of States and chains, Ergodic Properties, Evaluation of Pn. Finite Markov Chains: General Theory of Random Walk with Reflecting Barriers. Transient States. Absorption Probabilities, Application to Recurrence Times. Homogeneous Markov Processes: Poisson Process: Simple Birth Process, Simple death Process, Simple Birth Death Process, Effect of Immigration, Queueing Process: Single Server Queues, Equilibrium theory, Queues with many Server, Limiting Properties of Queues. Renewal Process. Related concepts, examples grenewal process, fundamental models, distribution of number of renewals. Reference: 1 2 3 4

Karlin, S. a Taylor, H.M Medhi, Stochastic Process Kulkarni, V.G, (1995) Gross, D. and Harris, C.M.

: : : :

A first Paper in Stochastic Processes, 2nd Ed, Academic Press Wilay Eastern Ltd. Modelling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems, Chapman and Hall Fundamentals of Queuing Theorey, John Wiley

5 Bhat, B.R. 6 Ross, S.M. 7 Bartlett, M.S.


: Modern Probabilty Theory, Wiley Eastern Ltd. : Stochastic Process : An Introduction to Stochastic Process

243611   Econometrics

Marks:100


Heteroscedasticity: Basic concept, estimation of parameters, (GLS and WLS and other problems). Model Misspecification: Basic concept and consequence, Omitted variable, irrelevant variable and measurements errors. Errors in Variables: Basic concept, causes, parameter estimates and their properties. Lag variable: Definition, Mean lag, median lag, Lag operator, different types of lag model and their estimation. Multicollinearity and Autocorrelation: Detection, tests of their presence, estimation of parameters in those cases. Identification: Different types of identifications, estimation issue: Indirect least square, (ILS), two-stage least square, (2SLS). Simultaneous Equation: Concept of endogenous, exogenous, predetermine, variable, Structural model, reduced form of a structural model and their relations. Model specification: Basic concepts and consequences, Omitted variables, Irrelevant variables and Measurement errors. Dummy Variables with Regression Model: Basic concepts, ANOVA models, caution in the use of dummy variables, ANOVA models with two qualitative variables, regression with a combination of quantitative and qualitative repressors. The ANCOVA models, testing the structural stability of regression model and comparing two regression by dummy variable, comparison with chow test, use of dummy variables in seasonal and piecewise linear regression, data regression models. Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5

Gujrati, O Johnston, J. Kontsoyiannis, A Bidges, J.L. Desai, M


: : : : :

Basic Econometrics Econometric Methods. Theory of Econometrics. Applied Econometrics Applied Econometrics

Marks:100 Credits: 4          Class Hours: 60 hrs. 243613   Operational Research and Research Methodology

Operational Research: Linear Programming: Introductions. LP problem & its formulation, Geometrical solution. Extreme points and optimality, Basic feasible solutions. Graphical solutions of two variables problems. Principle theorems of linear Programming. Simplex method, Revised simplex method. Dual simplex method.

Game Theory: Introduction. Competitive games. Finite & infinite games. Two persons zero sum game. Pure, Mixed and Optimal Strategy. Relationship between two person zero sum game and linear programming symmetric games. Integer Linear Programming: Formulation of integer linear programming by cutting plane and branch and Bound methods, Solution of mixed integer. Integer programming problem by cutting plane method. Transportation Problem: Basic feasible solution of transportation problem, Optimality test, Degeneracy, Unleal Lane variations and Least time transportation problem, Transshipment problem, Assignment problem. Research Methodology: Concept and Idea of Research: Basic research. Action research. Operations research. Social research. Stages of research. Types of Study: Exploratory study, Descriptive study and explanatory study, Research Problem: Research problem and non-research problem, criteria for choosing a research problem. Identifying, defining and justifying a research problem. Objective, hypothesis and variables: General objective. Specific objective. Immediate objective and Ultimate objective. Formulating research hypothesis. Identifying variables. Study design: Reliability and validity. Validity theats, Types of study design. Issues relating to the choice of study design. Sampling: A brief review of the sampling methods appropriate for social research, Sampling and nonsampling error, Determination of sample size. Data Collection: Collection of qualitative and quantitative data, construction of questionnaire and schedule. Interviewing technique. Data Management: Editing and coding and preparing tabulation plan, Errors associated with these processes. Analysis of data: Types of analytical problems such as variable transformation. Univarite, Bivariate and Multivariate analysis. Choice of the variables, Determination of the number of variables. Choice of statistical model for analysis. Use of dummy variables and their significance. Presentations of research findings. Report writing: Steps of report writing, with special reference to conclusion, Summary and recommendation. Appendix Bibliography, Footnotes. Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Dantzig Hadly Vajda, S Gdass, S. I. Islam, M.N. Zikmaund, W.G Coper, D.R Bailey Johnston Palmore, O

: : : : : : : : :

Linear Programming and Extension Linear Programming Mathematical Programming Linear Programming An introduction to Research Methods Business Research Methods 6th Edition Business Research Methods 5th Edition Social Research Methods Statistical Methods in Research


Marks:100 243615   Epidemiology & Biostatistics


Epidemiology concepts: Definition and Scope of Epidemiology: Key Issue in Epidemiology: Sources of Data of Community Health, Vital Statistics and Morbidity Data. Descriptive Epidemiology: Person, Place and time, Analytic Epidemiology: causality. Types of Epidemiological Research: Experiment, Quasi Experiments and Observational Studies; Study types in Population Health Research: Randomized Controlled Trials, Cohort Study, Case- Control study, Cross-sectional Study, Ecological, Before and After Study. Measures of disease Frequency: Incidence and prevalence, Estimation of Rick and Rate, Age, period and cohort effects. Measures of Association: Relative Risk, Odds Ratios; Relative Protection and Relative Risk Reduction, Risk Difference, Number Needed to Treat, Attributable Risk, Comparison of proportions from several samples, Standard Error of estimators, Test of hypothesis. Bio-statistics Basic concepts of lifetime Distributions: Interrelationships, Survival functions and Hazard Rate, Rate, Mean Residual Life Function and Median Life Time Incomplete Data: Truncation and Censoring, Right and Left Censoring, Type I and Type II censoring , Random censoring, Progressive type II censoring. Parametric Survival Distribution: Likelihood Functions, t Density Function of Failure time Data for Different Censoring Mechanisms, Exponential, Two Parameter Exponential, Weibull, Lognormal, Normal and Gamma distribution, Inference Procedures (Estimation and Test for Small and Large Samples). Non-Parametric Methods: Estimating Survival and Hazard Functions, Actuarial and Product Limit Method, Estimation and Standard Error, Median Survival Time, Interpretation of the Survival Curve, Confidence Interval for Survival Time, Confidence Interval for Median. Comparison of Two Survival Curves: Log-Rank Test, Hazard Ratio, Confidence Interval for Hazard Ratio, Mantel- Heanszel Test, Stratified Log-Rank Test median survival, Non Proportional Hazards, Comparing Follow-up in Two Groups, comparison of More than Two Groups. Books Recommended: 1 2 3 4 5

Kenneth, J. Rothman, Sander Greenland Newman, S. Sahai, H. and A. Khurshid Lawless, J.F Lee, Elisa, T


Modern Epidemiology Biostatistical Method in Epidemiology Statistics in Epidemiology Statistical Models and Method for Life Time Data Statistical Methods for Survival Data Analysis

Marks:50 243616 Lab-9: Multivariate Analysis


Drawing of samples from different univariate, bivariate and multivariate distributions. Estimation of population parameters of different distributions by different methods. Inference about mean vector and variance-covariance matrix of multivariate means. Tests based on Hottelling T2 and F. Drawing of powers curves. Problems on principal component analysis.


Marks:50 243618   Lab-10: Advance Sampling Technique


Sampling: Ratio & regression estimation. Sampling with unequal prob. PPS sampling, Stratified cluster sampling, estimate, standard, error and efficiency, different selection methods of sampling of unequal cluster with unequal probability, 2-stage, 3-stage sampling, double sampling estimates standard errors, etc.


Marks:50 Lab-11: Econometrics 243620


Estimation and tests of paramaters of multiple regression model. Estimation of lag regression model. Estimation Parameters in generalized linear model assuming the presence of auto Correlation, heteroscedasticity and autocorrelation coefficient, test of heteroscedasticity and auto correlation, test of multicollinearity. Identification and estimation of simultaneous equation model. (1LS, 2SLS, method)


243622

Marks:50


Lab-12: Operational Research & Demography

Solution of linear Programming Problems by Simplex and Revised simplex method. Dual Simplex Algorithm, Solution of transportation Problems through linear programming method Graphical solution of (2×2), (2×n), and (m×2) Games and solution of (m×2) Games and Solution of (m×n) Games by simplex method. Age-sex composition, Population Pyramid, detection of errors in age data, Population growth, Calculation of various rates and ratios of fertility, mortality, nuptiallity, Standardization of rates and ratios Construction of life tables. Population projection.


243624

Marks:50


Lab-13: Epidemiology & Biostatistics

Epidemiology: Measures of incidence and prevalence. Relative risk, odds ratios. Standard errors, Confidence intervals, Attributable risk. Biostatistics Non Parametric Estimation of survival probabilities and their standard error for ungroup and grouped data, Construction of survival curves and their confidence belts. Graduation of life data by plotting procedures. Fitting appropriate parametric model to observed data and testing goodness of fit to fitted models, (kolmogrove Smirnov test. L.R. test) Construction of confidence limits of life parameters for the fitted models. Paper Code Paper Title:

243626 Viva voce

Marks:100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

Four-Year B.Sc. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

National University Subject: Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Syllabus for Four Year B. Sc Honours Course Effective from the Session: 2013-2014 Year wise Papers and marks distribution.


Paper Title Cell Biology Molecular Biology-III Plant Biochemistry & Biotechnology Immunology Industrial Biotechnology Virology & Cancer Biology Biochemistry of Natural Products Biostatistics Practical Viva-voce Total =

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40

Detailed Syllabus Paper Code Paper Title :

242901 Cell Biology

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


1. Brief history of cell theory, differentiation between Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell str. Some important characteristics of the cell such as selectively permeable membrane. Self assembly and replication. Cell organells and compartmentalization, cell cycle. Cell membrane and its organization. 2. Cell growth and cell division : Control of cell division, tumor viruses as tools for studying the control of the cell cycle events in the S phase, the logic of the cycle, cell division. 3. The Cytoskeleton : Muscle contraction, ciliary movement, general features of microtubules and actin filaments as dynamic assemblies, microtubule organizing centers and microtuble associated proteins, actin filaments and actin binding proteins in nonmuscle cells, intermediate filaments, organization of the cytoskeleton. 4. Cell-cell adhesion : The extracellular matrix, intercellular recognition and cell adhesion cell junctions. 5. Chemical signaling between cells : Cell membrane and its organization. Cell signalling different strategies of chemical signaling, local chemical mediators, hormones and neurotransmitters, signaling mediated by intracellular receptors, mechanism of steroid hormone action. Signaling mediated by cell surface receptors, cyclic AMP and calcium ions as second messengers, involvement of G-proteins in signal transduction, target cell adaptation Electrical signals in nerve cells. 6. Germ cells and fertilization : The benefits of sex, meiosis, gametes, and fertilization. 7. Cell communication : Cascades of induction reciprocal and sequential inductive events, instructive and permissive interactions, epithelial and mesenchymal interaction. Paracrine factors inducer molecules, Cell death pathways, Cross talk between signaling .pathways. 8. Differentiated cells and the maintenance of tissues : Maintenance of the differentiated state, tissues with .permanent cells, renewal by simple duplication, renewal by stem cells, epidermis, renewal by pluripotent stem cells, blood cell formation, quiescent stem cells, skeletal muscle, soft cells and tough martix, growth turnover, repair skeletal connective tissue, territorial stability in the adult body. 9. Some of the techniques used in the study of the cell to cell interaction and intracellular interaction of the macromolecules. Stem cells its application in diseases. Books Recommends: 1. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE CELL Bruce Alberts, Dennis Bray, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, James D. Watson Garland Publishing Inc. 2. CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY E.D.P. DeRobertis and E.M.F. DeRobertis. Wavertev. 3. MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY

H. Lodish S.L. Berk, P. Ziparsky, D. Matsudaira, D. Baltimore, J. Darnell W.H. Freeman & Company. Paper Code Paper Title :

242903 Marks : 100 Molecular Biology-III

Credits : 4


1. Gene Structure : Interrupted genes, organization of exons and introns, distribution of genes, organization of gene families, variations in individual genomes, organization of genes in the organelles. Repetitive genes, the special features of metaphase chromosome, DNA protein interaction in centromere and telomere. 2. DNA loss and amplification as a mechanism of gene regulation, DNA rearrangement and gene shuffling. 3. Mobile genetic elements : Transposons, retroposons their characteristics & function. 4. Gene expression : Tissue specific expression of proteins and messenger RNAs, post transcriptional events. 5. Regulation at the transcriptional level : Regulation of RNA splicing, RNA editing, Regulation of RNA transport, stability and translation. 6. Transcriptional control of DNA sequence elements : Short sequence elements located within or adjacent to the gene promoter. Enhancers, negative acting sequence elements locus control regions. Regulation by RNA pol I & III. DNA binding by transcription factors. 7. Transcription control of chromatin structure : Changes in DNA methylation, alteration in histones, changes in chromatin structure. 8. Recombinant DNA : Enzymes for DNA manipulation, vectors for cloning the genes, cloning of DNA fragments, polymerase chain reaction, RTPCR, identification of human disease genes. 9. Epigenetics : Epigenetics and chromatin dynamics, silencing, transcriptional landscapes and genomics, memory of transcriptional states, stem cells and reprogramming, maintenance of (Epi)genome integrity, epigenetics and Cancer. Books Recommended : 1. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE CELL Bruce Alberts, Dennis Bray, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, James D. Watson Garland Publishing Inc. 2. GENS I-VII Benjamin Lewin Oxford University Press. 3. MOLECULAR COLONING A Laboratory Manual J. Sambrook, E.F. Fritsch, T. Maniatis. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 4. MOLECULAR BIOTECHNOLOGY Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA B.R. Glick and J. J. Pasternak A.S.M. Press.


242905 Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Plant Biochemistry & Biotechnology


1. Plant cell and metabolism specialities, Cellular and subcellular compartmentation. Plant cell and organelle structure, role of compartmentation in regulation of metabolism, unique aspects of plant metabolism and their impact on mrtabolic flux, transporters in metabolic flux. 2. Photosynthesis. Light reaction, electron transport, dark reactions, Calvin cycle and regulation, Photorespiration, C3, C4 and CAM metabolism and their comparison. Role of carbohydrate metabolism in plants in normal and stress conditions. 3. Plant respiration specialities : Cyanide insensitive respiration; Glyoxylate cycle. 4. Nitrogen and sulfur assimilation and metabolism. Role of transporters. 5. Plant hormones. Physiology and importance of auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins, abscises acid, ethylene, brassinsteroids and polyamines. Basic concepts of plant cell signaling and stress physiology. Role of jasmonic acid, salicylic acid, nitric oxide and phospholipids. 6. Secondary metabolites, alkaloids and plant phenolics. Their production and commercial application. Medicinal plants and their uses. 7. Plant cell culture and applications : Manipulation at cellular level, totipotency of plant cells, somatic embryogenesis, organogenesis, recalcitrant plants, micropropagation and applications. Disease free plants, protoplast culture and fusion with reference to cybrids and cytoplasmic male sterility, anther culture and applications for breeding, commercialization of tissue culture technology, plant tissue culture as a basis for genetic engineering. 8. DNA markers and application for breeding : Fingerprinting for assessment of germplasm, concept of polymorphism, mapping and breeding populations, linkage of marker to trait of interest, marker-aided selection for breeding. 9. Plant genetic transformation-prospects and potential : Current status, characters transformed, techniques for plant transformation such as agrobacterium-mediated and biolistics. Use of constitutive, tissue-specific and stress-specific promoters for transformation, molecular assessment of transgenic status and inheritance of transgenes, gene silencing, current status of chloroplast transformation and advantages, plants as bioreactors and vaccine production systems, biosafety issues, GM crops. 10. Discovery/cloning of plant genes : Probe-based screening, genomic and proteomic approaches, map-based cloning, transposon tagging, isolation by T-DNA insertion, functional characterization by gene mutagenesis/silencing. Book Recommanded : MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE CELL Bruce Alberts, Dennis Bray, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, James D. Watson Garland Publishing Inc. 2. GENS I-VII Benjamin Lewin Oxford University Press.

3. MOLECULAR COLONING A Laboratory Manual J. Sambrook, E.F. Fritsch, T. Maniatis. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 4. MOLECULAR BIOTECHNOLOGY Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA B.R. Glick and J. J. Pasternak A.S.M. Press.


242907 Immunology

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


1. Introduction to immunology : Adaptive and innate immunity, cells involved in the immune response, soluble mediators of immunity- complement, cytokines and antibodies; antigens, immune responses, clonal selection, mitogens, immune effector mechanisms- inflammation, chemotaxis and phagocytosis; defences against extracellular and intracellular pathogens, vaccination, immunopathology. 2. Immunoglobulins : Distribution of major human immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin classes and subclasses, physicochemical properties and functions of human immunoglobulin classes, general properties of immunoglobulins, antibody structure, antibody effector functions, structure of immunoglobulin in relation to function, enzymatic cleavage of human IgG1, structure in relation to antigen binding, genetic basis of antibody heterogenicity. 3. Antigens : Chemical basis of antigenicity, immunogenicity, antigenic determinants, haptens, intraction of antibodies with antigens, antibody affinity and avidity, antibody specificity and cross-reactivity, physiological significance of high and low affinity antibodies. 4. Complement : Activities of complement proteins, activation of complement, classical pathway, regulation of classical pathway activation, alternative pathway of complement activation, the lectin pathway, functions of C5a and C3a, formation and regulation of the membrane attack complex, regulation of the amplification loop, biological effects of complement. 5. Techniques to study antigen-antibody interactions : Precipitation, agglutination, immunodiffusion, single radial immunodiffusion, double immunodiffusion, immunoelectrophoresis, countercurrent electrophoresis, rocket electrophoresis, immunofluorescence, complement fixation, radioimmunoassay, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. 6. Immunogenetics : Immunoglobulin(Ig) gene structure, mechanism and regulation of Ig gene recombination (assembly) and expression, generation of the antibody diversity, Ig gene statement, class switching. 7. Vaccination : Active and ive immunization: live, attenuated vaccines; inactivated or killed vaccines; conjugate vaccines; DNA vaccines; recombinant vector vaccines; primeboost strategies. 8. Autoimmunity and autoimmune disease : pathogenesis of autoimmunity: genetic susceptibility to autoimmunity; role of infections in autoimmunity, pathogenesis, control mechanisms, treatment; effector cell assays. 9. Allergy and Hypersensitivity : Coombs and Gell classification.

Type I -Immediate hypersensitivity : induction and effector mechanisms in type I hypersensitivity, allergens; atopy, IgE in type I hypersensitivity; control of lgE production; role of T cells in the immune responses to inhalant allergen; role of mast cells, basophils and eosinophils in type I hypersensitivity; mast cell triggering, mediators derived from mast cells, reactions of immediate hypersensitivity, genetic susceptibility to immediate hypersensitivity, , immunopathology of allergic disorders, factors involved in the development of allergy; diagnosis: skin test; immunotherapy and new approaches for treatment. Type II- Antibody dependent cytotoxicity : mechanism of damage, reactions against blood cells and platelets, haemolytic disease of the newborn, autoimmune haemolytic anaemia, hyper acute graft rejection; treatment. Type III-Immune complex mediated hypersensitivity : types of immune-complex disease; inflammatory mechanisms in type III hypersensitivity; experimental models of immunecomplex disease; persistence of immune-complexes; deposition of complexes in tissues; detection of immune complexes. Type IV-Delayed hypersensitivity : hypersensitivity; tuberculin-type hypersensitivity; granulomatous hypersensitivity; cellular reactions in delayed hypersensitivity, diseases manifesting delayed hypersensitivity. 10. Tumor Immunology : Immune surveillance, tumor antigens, tumor associated antigens, immune responses to tumors, immune evasion by tumors, immunodiagnosis, immunotherapy for tumors. Books Recommended : 1. Immunology : An Introduction L.R.Tizard, Saunders College Pub. 2. Immunology L.E. Hood, L. Weissman, W.B. Wood, J.H. Wilson Benjamin/Cummings 3. Text Book of Immunology J.T. Barrett The CV Mosby Company 4. Immunology Ivan M. Roitt, J. Brostoff and D.K. Male Mosby, Harcourt Publishers 5. Basic and Clinical Immunology D.P. Stites, J.D. Stobo and J.V. Wells. Lange Medical Pub. 6. FundamentalsoOf Immunology O.G. Bier, W.D. De Silva, D. Gotze and I. Mota. Springer Verlag 7. Practical Immunology, 3rd Edition L. Hudson & F.C. Hay Paper Code Paper Title :

242909 Marks : 100 Industrial Biotechnology

Credits : 4


1. Fermentation technology : Principles of Microbial growth, with merits & demerits different types of fermentation; genetic enrichment of microbes for industrial use; different bioreactor designs and their operations, inoculums preparation: mode of fermentation; function process with specific control system; harvesting microbial cells, disruptin microbial cells, downstream processing or product extraction fermentation technology for the production of single cell protein (S); biofuel: ethanol, methane. 2. Immobilized biocatalysts : Different types biocatalysts, different immobilization processes of biocatalysts: adsorption, covalent binding, entrapment, encapsulation and covalent binding, applications of immobilized biocatalysts, multienzyme systems. 3. Bioremediation and biomass utilization : Agro-industrial waste recycling, hydrocarbon and aromatic transformations, microbial degradation of xenobiotics. genetic engineering of biodegradative. pathways. 4. Animal cell-culture : Animal cell culture, characteristics, culture design and significance, application in monoclonal antibody production; hybridoma cell lines, expression of engineered proteins in cell culture, application in introduction of a particular trait into an animal: embryo tranfer technology, invitro fertilization (IVE) technology, embryo cloning. 5. Micerobial Toxins and Insecticides : Insecticidal toxin of B.thuringiensis, mode of action and use, enginnering of B.thuringiensis, toxin gene, baculoviruses as biocontrol agents. 6. Traditional Application of Food Biotechnology : Fermented foods: e.g. dairy products, oriental fermentations, alcocholic beverages, food ingredients. 7. Food Processing and Control : Food preservation by heating, chilling, freezing, dehydration and ionising radiation, Packaging materials. Processing of selected food products, Food laws and standards, Concepts of food qulity and saflety. Factors which affect quality and safety, Food hazards, Process control, application of principles of food hygiene and relevant codes of practice/guidelines to ensure quality and safety. Product development and sensory perception. Food Flavors, additives and supplements. Books Recommended : 1. Principles of fermentation technology Peter F Dtanbury adn Allan Whitaker; Pergamon press 2. Industrial Microbiology L.E. Casida JR. John Wiley & Sons. 3. Industrial Biotechnology B.M. Miller & W. Litsky McGraw-Hill Book Co. 4. Industrial Microbiology and the Advent of Genetic Engineering A. Scientific American Book. W.H. Freeman & Company 5. Industrial Microbiology S.C. Prescott & C.G. Dunn McGraw-Hill Book Co. Paper Code Paper Title :

242911 Marks : 100 Credits : 4 Virology and Cancer Biology


1. Major groups of viruses : Bacterial, plant and animal viruses with their nomenclature and classification. 2. Virus cultivation : Detection and Genetics: Cultivation of virus: Cell culture,, embryonated eggs, laboratory animals. Dection of virus in hosts: Measurement of Infectious units, measurement of virus particles and their components. Serological and molecular detection, plaque assay (PFU), infectious center assay, one-hit kinetics and two-hit kinetics of virus cultivation. Genetic Analysis of Virus: Classical genetic methods of engineering mutations into viruses, engineering viral genomes: viral vectors. 3. Host virus interaction : Attachment, entry and uncoating, replication, assembly and maturation, exit of virus from host cells: Mechanism of viral interation with cell. Mechanism of virus entry into cell. 4. Animal virus : Classification based on gene expression, studies on virion structure, infectivity, mode of gene expression and virus assembly of representative member of each class – herpes virus, papovavirus, hepatitis virus (HBV and HCV), picornavirus, vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV), rabies virus, reovirus, retrovirus (HIV), white spot syndrome virus (WSSV) of shrimp., Bird flue, surneflue SARS, ROTA virus. 5. Effect of animal viruses on host cells : Cytolytic effects, morphological and biochemical observations, inhibition of proteins, RNA and DNA synthesis, pattern of viral infection- acute, chronic, persistent and latent viral infection. 6. Plant virus : Structure genomic organization and molecular aspects of tobacco mosaic virus (TMV), cotton leaf curl Gemini virus (CLCuV) and potato virus Y. 7. Prevention and control of viral infection : General prevention strategies.Immunization with vaccines and antiviral drugs, mechanisms of action and limitations of use of these drugs. Interferon and its modification. 8. Introduction and overview of cancer : oncogenes and proto-oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes and hereditary cancer, basic mechanisms of cell cycle regulation, targeted ubiquitination, mammalian cell, cycle Regulation, cyclins and cyclin-dependent kinases, inhibitors of cyclindependent kinases. 9. The molecular biology of cancer : The retinoblastoma tumor suppressor gene, regulation of E2F transcription factors, transcription regulation by RB/E2F, The p53 tumor suppressor gene, regulation of p53 response, DNA damage and cell cycle response, apoptosis (programmed cell death), DNA tumor viruses, growth factors and receptors, non-receptor tyrosine kinases, ras signalling and adapter proteins, cancer regression by senescence 10. Cancer an epigenetic disease : DNA methylation in cancer, gene silencing and cancer, methyl G binding proteins and cancer. 11. Cancer Treatment : Effective cancer therapy through immunomodulation: dynamics of treatment, pharmacogenetics in cancer treatment, cellular senescence in cancer treatment, treating cancer’s kinase addiction. 12. p53 pathway : p53 and cancer, p53 restoration in tumors, p53 pathway: positive and negative feed-back loops, Micro RNA and SiRNA in cancer. Books Recommended: 1. Fundamental Virology By: Fields and Knipe

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Publishers: Raven General Virology By: Luria Diagnostic Virology By: G.D. Hseurg Publishers: Yale University Press Biosynthetic Products for Cancer Chemoh By: G.R. Pllil, G.M. Gragg and C.L. Herold Publishers: Elseur Medical Virology By: F.J. Franes & D.O.White Publishers: Academic Press Molecular Biology & Mutagens and Carcinogen By: B. Singer & D. Gran berger Publishers: Plenum Press


242913 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Bio-Chemistry of Natural Products


1. Natural Products: Sources (plants, animals, microbial, marine), classification on chemical basis, role of natural products in development of medicinal chemistry. 2. Alkaloid: Sources, classification, isolation, purification & structure determination of nicotine, atropine, morphine, heroine & papaverine, medicinal importance, biosynthesis of some important alkaloids. 3. Antibiotics: Source, classification, isolation, structure determination & synthesis of penicillin, semisynthetic penicillin, ampicillin, cephalosporin & tetracycline, mode of action of antibiotics, antibiotic resistance, biosynthesis of some common antibiotics. 4. Steroids: Isolation, purification, structure determination & synthesis of some important steroids, cholesterol, ergosterol & stigmasterol. Use of steroids as oral contraceptives. 5. Terpenoids: Source, classification, isolation, purification & structure determination of citral, limonene, α-terpeniol, α-pinene, camphor. Medical importance. 6. Flavonoids: Source, classification, isolation, purification & structure determination of flavones, flavonols, isoflavones, quercetin. Medical importance of some important flavonoids as antioxidants. 7. Bioactive compounds from marine sources (Curacin A) & from animal source (epibatidine).

Books Recommended: 1. Organic Chemistry, Vol. 1 and Vol. 2 By: I. L. Finar Publisher: English Language Book Society and Longman Group. Ltd. 2. Chemistry of Organic Natural Products, Vol. 1 and Vol. 2 By: O. P. Agarwal, Publisher: GOEL Publishing House 3. The Alkaloids By: Manske 4. The Chemistry & Biology of Antibiotics By: Vladimis Betina, Publisher: Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company 5. Methods in Plant Biochemistry By: Harbone


242915 Biostatistics

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


1. Introduction : Research and experimentation, the role of statistics, the nature of statistics, scope of biostatistics. 2. Sampling techniques : Definition, sampling procedure (simple random sampling). 3. Basic statistical principles and terminology: Populations and parameters, samples and statistics, variables, statistical characterization of samples, distributions, statistical concepts pertaining to interpretation and decision. 4. Sample description : Estimation of uncertainty. (i) Calculation of the mean, variance, and standard deviation (ii) Machine method of calculating the variance and standard deviation (iii) Estimation of the standard deviation from the range (iv) Standard deviation of the mean (v) Confidence limits of a mean 5. Test of significance : (i) Measured data : The t test - the t test in paired experiments, the t test in non- paired experiments, selection of the appropriate method of calculating, confidence limits of a difference between means. (ii) Analysis of variance : The F test - single classification data, single classification data with subgroups, multiple classification data, Duncan’s multiple range test, least significant difference test, relationship between t and F, general remarks. (iii) Enumeration data: The Chi-square ( X2) test - the 1 x n table, the 2 x n table, the use of X2 with occurrence-nonoccurrence data, X2 analysis of a 2 X 2 or four-fold table, alternate methods of calculating X2 , tests of significance when cell frequencies are small, general remarks. 6. Statistical methods : Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, normal distribution. (i) Confidence limits of the mean (ii) Significance of a difference between rates 7. The relationship between variables : Correlation, linear regression.

(i) The “least squares” regression line (ii) Test for linearity of a regression (iii) Confidence limits of the regression coefficient (iv) Significance of a difference between regression coefficients. 8. Dosage-response data : (i) The estimation of 50 per cent endpoints - graphic approximation of an ED50 value, the ReedMuench method of estimating 50 per cent endpoints. (ii) The estimation of relative potency. 9. Nonparametric Tests 10. Statistical Package for Social Science (SPSS) Books Recommended : 1. An Introduction to Statistics and Probability M.N. Islam Book World 2. Basic Statistics (Methods And Applications) M.A. Jalil and R. Ferdous 3. Business Statistics S.P. Gupta and M.P. Gupta Sultan Chand & Sons. 4. Applied Statistics (Handbook for Human Settlements Planning) M.A. Quader Miah Asian Institute of Technology 5. Biostatistics : A Foundation For Analysis in the Health Sciences Wayne W. Daniel John Wiley & Sons.


242916 Practical

Marks : 100

Credits : 4


1. Isolation of DNA from plant tissue. 2. Isolation of plasmid DNA. 3. Agarose gel electrophoresis of DNA and RNA. 4. Isolation of microbes from natural habitats resistant organisms. 5. Isolation of microbes from natural habitats antibiotic resistant organisms. 6. Determination of biological and chemical oxygen demand (BOD, COD) of different water samples. 7. Determination of bacterial load from different environmental samples. 8. Isolation of lactose fermenting bacteria. 9. SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of rat liver proteins. 10. TLC of fruit juices. 11. Gel filtration chromatography for separation of known proteins. 12. Estimation of streptomycin.

13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Estimation of serum Vitamin A. Analysis of food stuffs – estimation of moisture, protein, fat, and ash content. Identification of blood groups. Collection of serum and plasma. Total and differential white cell counts. Separation of blood leucocytes. Determination of ESR.

Books Recommended : 1. Current Protocol of Molecular Biology By: F.M. Ausbel et al. 2. Molecular Cloning By: Sambrok et al.


242918 Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Sociology

Four‐Year B.S.S. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014     1

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Sociology Session: 2013-2014


2

Paper Title Gender, Society and Development Sociology of Development Social Demography Sociology of Environment Sociology of Bangladesh Social Change Deviance and Crime Industrial Sociology Peasant Society Viva-voce Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40


242001

Marks: 100

Gender, Society and Development


1. Introduction: a. Definition of gender b. Difference between gender and sex c. Gender as social construction d. Boundaries and negotiation between women and men 2. Socialization of Gender role: a. Family and socialization: childhood experience and adult socialization b. Educational institutions c. Mass media d. Social values: myth, taboo and women 3. Theoretical Debates on Women’s Empowerment: a. Liberal feminism b. Marxist socialist feminism c. Radical feminism d. Black feminism and feminism in South Asia 4. Gender and Politics: a. The role and participation of women in politics b. Women and state c. Women’s role in nationalist struggle with reference to India and Bangladesh 5. Gender and Violence: a. Major cases and trends of violence against women b. Violence against reproductive right of women c. Various steps to combat violence against women 6. Gender and Development: a. Integration of women in development b. Women in Development (WID) c. Gender and Development (GAD) d.Women Environment and Development (WED) Concepts and Iterative approach to development e. Critical analysis of gender mainstreaming in various multilateral and national institutions 7. Gender in Bangladesh: a. Situation analyses: economic, social, political legal spheres, First (1973-78), Second (1980-85), Third (1985-90) & Fourth Five Year (19990-95) plans b. Women development policy, CEDAW, Platform for Action, 1995 & Beijing +5;

3

Books Recommended: 1. Akanda, Latifa & Shamin, Isharat (1985), Women and Violence: A comparative Study of Rural and Urban Violence on Women in Bangladesh. Dhaka: Women for Women: A research and Study Group. 2. Boserup, Ester (1970), Women’s Role in Economic Development, Ney York: St. Martin’s Press. 3. Braidotti, Rosi, Ewa Charkiewicz, Sabin Hausler & Saskia Wieringa (1994). Women, the Environment and Sustainable Development towards a Theoretical Synthesis. London: Zed Books. 4. Evans, Judith (1995), Feminist Theory Today: an introduction to Second Wave Feminism. London: Sage Publications. 5. Firestone, Shulamith (1970), The Dialectic of Sex: The Case for Feminist Revolution. New York: bantam Books. 6. NGLS (2000), Gender on the Agenda: A guide to Participating in Beijing +5 7. Haider, Rana (1995), A perspective in Development: Gender Focus, Dhaka: UPL. 8. Hamed, Shamim (1996). Why Women Count: Essays on Women in Development in Bangladesh. Dhaka: UPL. 9. Kabeer, Naila (1999), Reversed Realities: Gender Hierarchies in Development Thought, London: Verso. 10. Mies, Maria, Vandana Shiva (1993), Ecofeminism. London, Zed Books.

11. DBwb‡d«W nëwe (fvlvš—i: †gvev‡k¦iv Lvbg), 2010, bvix Ges µgcwiewZ©Z mf¨Zv, XvKv: myeY©|


242003

Marks: 100

Sociology of Development


1. Changing Concept of Development: Historical background of development and under development; social change growth and development; indicators and measurement of development 2. Theoretical Perspectives on Development: Modernization, dependency, world-systems, neoMarxist perspectives 3. Development of Countries in Historical Perspective: Pre-colonial period, colonial period and post-colonial period 4. Population and development: Pattern of population growth, impact of population growth, population vs. resources, environment and sustainable development 5. Industrialization: Industrial process, pattern of industrialization, industrial policies, role of foreign capital in industrialization 6. Urbanization: Characteristics and pattern of urbanization, growth of megalopolises, urban problems - issues of urban governance and poverty 7. State, Bureaucracy and Civil Society: Nature of the state, characteristics of bureaucracy and political parties; local government governance issues Nature of authoritarianism and democratization, patterns of political culture, role of civil society, dynamics of democratic transition

4

8. Foreign aid and trade: Nature and role of foreign aid in development - arguments for and against foreign aid; changing pattern of trade in the age of globalism; role of multinational /transnational corporations, globalization and development 9. Culture and development: Role of culture in development-- traditions and modernities; cultural dependency /imperialism; globalization, culture and development Books Recommended: 1. Bjorn Hettne. Development Theory and the Three Worlds. 1994 2. Vicky Randall and Rabin Tehobald. Political Change and underdevelopment. London: Macmillan. 1985 (Latest ed.) 3. Graham Harris. The Sociology of Development. London: Longman 1993 (Latest ed.). 4. J.E. Goldthorpe. Sociology of the Third World 5. nvmvby¾vgvb †PŠayix : mgvR I Dbœqb

6. gynv¤§` nvmvb Bgvg (m¤úvw`Z) 7. Avwgbyj Bmjvg Paper Code Paper Title:

242005

: :

Dbœqb I Abybœqb cÖm½ DbœqbwPšÍvi cvjve`j

Marks: 100

Social Demography


1. Social Demography as a Discipline: a. Definition of social demography, distinction between population studies and demography, development of demography as a scientific discipline b. Sociology and demography: relationship between demographic and social variables; sources of demographic data, errors in demographic data 2. World Population Growth, Population Policy and Population Theory a. Present status of population growth b. The demographic transition: relationships between birth and death rates--major transition stages c. Causes for divergent birth rates: nutrition, sanitation and medicine — values and attitudesinstitutional factors d. National population policies and demographic transition e. Population theories: classical and contemporary 3. Age Composition a. The age-sex pyramid b. Factors affecting age patterns: fertility — mortality — war migration; variations in age patterns: developed and developing countries 4. Sex Composition a. Sex ratio b. Factors affecting the sex ratio: fertility — mortality—migration. 5

c. Variations in sex ratio: international comparison—rural-urban differences—race/ethnic differences. d. Changes in sex composition: trends in the United States and Bangladesh 5. Marital Characteristics a. Marital status, factors affecting marital status b. Trends in marital status: international comparison — trends in Bangladesh, changing marriage rates c. Changing divorce rates: one parent families — remarriage d. Differentials in marital status: age — sex — race/ethnicity — farm-nonfarm e. Patterns of mate selection: exogamy — endogamy 6. Fertility a. Fertility concepts and measures b. Trends in world fertility: long fall in the developed countries —changing fertility in the developing countries — Bangladesh —explanation for high and low fertility rates c. Fertility differentials: age — rural-urban — race/ethnicity socioeconomic status d. Fertility control: Davis-Blake model — Contraceptive prevalence in south Asia 7. Mortality a. Mortality concepts and measures b. Trends in world mortality: differential international pattern explanation for high and low mortality rates c. Mortality differentials: sex — age — rural-urban — race/ethnicity —socioeconomic status d. Mortality control: international comparison —reasons for declining mortality e. Causes of death: cause of health differences by sex — by age — by race/ethnicity 8. Migration a. Migration concepts and measures b. Typology of migration: voluntary — non-peaceful — impelled theories of migration c. Migration in Bangladesh: internal — external — causes and consequences of migration 9. Population Problem, Policy and Planning: a. Population problems and factors behind it-- trends and features, contemporary debate on population problem b. The concepts of population control, policies and planning issues of population control c. Family planning as an approach to population control d. Nature of population policies in developed and developing countries 6

Books Recommended: 1. Weeks. John R, Population: An Introduction to concepts and Issues (Belmont, CA: Wadsworth) 1999 2. Zopf: Paul E. Population: An Introduction to Social Demography (Palo Alto. California: Mayfield Publishing Company) 1984 3. Shryock, Henry S, Jacob S. Siegel and Associates, The Methods and Materials of Demography, Condensed Edition by Edward G Stockwell. (New York: Academic Press, Inc.) 1976 4. United Nations, World Population Perspectives. Current ed. 2001 5. nvmvby¾vgvb †PŠayix , mgvR I RbmsL¨v


242007

Marks: 100

Sociology of Environment


1. Introduction: a. Definition and scope of sociology of environment b. origin and development of sociology of environment 2. Some Basic Concepts and their Relationships with Environment: a. Environment, ecology, ecosphere, ecosystem, and food chain b. Social and physical environment c. Global warming, environmental degradation, eco-politics, green tax, environmental refugee 3. Environmental Theories and Debates: a. Ecological explanation: Human Exceptionalism Paradigm (HEP) and New Environmental Paradigm (NEP) b. Political Economy Explanation c. Eco-centrism, Techno-centrism, Ecofeminism 4. Population, Development and Environment: a. Population explosion and environment-reports of the Club of Rome b. Impact of population on environment-recent evidences c. Impact of development on environment and post development, sustainable development 5. Environmental Hazards and Disaster: a. Greenhouse effect 7

b. Air pollution and water pollution c. Deforestation d. Arsenic contamination of water and health hazards e. Floods, cyclones, rise of river beds f.

Earthquake

g. Poverty 6. Social Process and Environment Degradation: a. Social and economic processes of environmental degradation-- industrialization and technological change, urbanization b. Development and energy consumption c. Social inequality, consumption pattern and environmental degradation 7. Gender and Environmentalism: a. Gender relations and impact of environmental problems on women, men and children b. Gender responses to environment problems 8. Environmental Policy and Planning: a. Environmental planning b. Government policies and programmes-- controlling polling, afforestation, disaster management, impact evaluation c. environmental education and awareness

Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Kemp David, Global Environmental Issues, London. Routledge, 1990 Hannigan, John A., Environmental Sociology : Social Theory and Global Environment, 1995 M. Redclift and T Benton (ed.), Social Theory and Global Environment, 1994 Dankelman, Irene and Joan Davidson, Women and the Environment in the Third World, 1998 Shiva, Vandana and Maria Mies, Ecofeminism. London. Zed Press,1993 Gain, Philip. Bangladesh Environment: Facing the 21" Century, Dhaka: SEHD, 1998 Dasgupta, Samir, Understanding Global Environment, Swarabh printers, 2009 Dasgupta, Samir, Women’s Encounter with Disaster, Front page publication ltd. 2010

9. gvneyev bvmixb, W. ‡Lv›`Kvi †gvKv‡Ïg †nv‡mb I †èvkxl Kygvi KzÛy, 2006, cwi‡ek mgvRweÁvb, XvKv: Zcb cÖKvkb| 10. nvmvby¾vgvb †PŠayix , cwi‡ek I cyuwRev`

8


242009

Marks: 100

Sociology of Bangladesh


1. The Social Background of Bangladesh Society: The ecological context; nature of village society; religion, culture & ethnicity; the British colonialism and its impact; Pakistan era: the internal colonialism — emergence of Bangladesh: language movement — liberation war 2. Population, Ethnicity and Health: Population composition: age-sex-marital status-literacylabour force; population change: fertility-mortality-migration and population control; ethnic groups in Bangladesh; changing pattern of health and morbidity: expansion of health facilities and emerging challenges 3. Marriage, Family and Socialization: Changing pattern of marriage and divorce; changing pattern of family and kinship; cultural change and nature of socialization 4. Economy of Bangladesh: Rural economy: farm and non-farm activities, problems of agrarian transformation; urban economy: industrial growth, working class, underclass; informal economy; problems of industrialization; migration: rural-urban migration, international migration: remittance economy 5. Social Inequality, Social Stratification and Poverty: Nature of social inequality in Bangladesh; income inequality, gender inequality, ethnic inequality, status inequality; occupational structure in Bangladesh; growth and nature of middle class; poverty trends 6. Politics: Nature of the state, bureaucracy and political parties in Bangladesh; political culture; governance problems in Bangladesh; local governments in Bangladesh 7. Rural Society and Urbanization: Agrarian structure-- land tenure and class structure; community and power structure: samaj-salish; patron-client relationship; rural development: strategies and problems of rural development 8. Crime and Deviance: Pattern and forms of crime in Bangladesh; penology and correctional methods in Bangladesh; criminal laws and judiciary in Bangladesh; police, civil society and prevention of crime in Bangladesh 9. Culture: Pattern of religious beliefs and rituals in Bangladesh; social groups and language; pattern of cultural change: modernization & counter-modernization, revivalism; problems of cultural identity: role of language, religion and ethnicity; globalization of culture: cultural dependency-local culture 10. Education: Structure of education: primary-secondary-higher; education and social structure: differential access to education-class and social mobility-socialization and social control; changing pattern of education: institutional expansion-changes in curriculum-enrollment-dropout; education policy: problems and prospects Books Recommended: 1. Nazmul Karim, Dynamics of Bangladesh Society. 2. A.M. Chowdhury and Fakrul Alam (eds.), Bangladesh at the Threshold of the Twenty-first Century, Dhaka : Asiatic Society, 2002 3. Anwarullah Chowdhury, Agrarian Social Relations and Rural Development in Bangladesh, New Delhi: Oxford/IBH 9

4. Kamal Siddiqui, Jagatpur, Dhaka: UPL, 2000 5. Ashabur Rahman, Bangladesher Krishi Kathamo, Krishak Samaj 0 Unnayan, Dhaka: UPL, 1986 6. Akbar Ali Khan, Discovery of Bangladesh. Dhaka: UPL 1996

7. e½eÜzi ¯^vaxbZv †Nvlbv: nvB‡Kv‡U©i HwZnvwmK ivq, 2010, XvKv: myeY© 8. Kvgvj wmwÏKx : evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvgxY `wi`ª : ¯îƒc I mgvavb 9. Avmveyi ingvb : evsjv‡`‡ki K…wl KvVv‡gv : K…lK mgvR I Dbœqb 10. eì“Ïxb Dgi : evsjv‡`‡ki ivR‰bwZK ms¯‹…wZ 11. †nv‡mb wRj−yi ingvb : gvV M‡elYv I MÖvgxb `vwi`ª 12. KvRx †ZveviK †nv‡mb I gynv¤§` nvmvb Bgvg (m¤úvw`Z) : evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvg 13. Abycg †mb : evsjv‡`k : ivóª I mgvR 14. gvneye †nv‡mb : evsjv‡`‡ki cj−x Dbœqb : mgm¨v I mgvavb 15. MvRx mv‡jn DwÏb : evsjv‡`‡ki f~wgmË¡, f~wg ms¯‹vi I MÖvgxY Dbœqb 16. Ave`yj gI`y` : ga¨weË mgv‡Ri µgweKvk 17. bxnvi iÄb ivq : evsjvi BwZnvm 18. webq †Nvl : evsjvi BwZnvm 19. webq †Nvl : †g‡UªvcwjUb gb, ga¨weË we‡`ªvn 20. Kvgvj wmwÏKx : evsjv‡`‡ki f~wg ms¯‹v‡ii ivR‰bwZK A_©bxwZ 21. †evinvb DwÏb Lvb Rvnv½xi : MÖvgvÂ‡j abZ‡š¿i weKvk 22. Avby gynv¤§` : evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvgxY mgvR I A_©bxwZ Paper Code Paper Title:

242011

Marks: 100

Social Change


1. Concepts and Theories of Social Change: Historical materialism, structural-functionalism, modernization theory, world system theory, structuration theory 2. The Rise of Western Civilization: European institutions as western culture: Christianity and feudalism — the renaissance, the reformation and the enlightenment — merchant and industrial capitalism 3. Development of Nation-State: military organization — capitalist industrialization — citizenship 4. Colonial Episodes and Western Hegemony: Portuguese and Spanish expansion — the slave trade — the capitalist world economy — European colonies and imposition of western culture. 5. World System since Post- Second World War: Inter- societal system and the first world: postwar reconstruction and new global organizations — UN and global military order — World Bank — transnational corporations —monopoly capitalism 6. State Socialism, the Soviet Union and the Second World: Monolithic planned economy — extension of a Second World 7. Dependent Economy and the Rise of the Third World: constitutional independence and economic dependence — comprador state —development aid — neo-colonialism and imperialism; East Asian miracle 10

8. Changes Towards the End of the Twentieth Century: Contemporary western Development: liberal-democratic capitalism — rise and fall of USA's hegemony — world economic recession and mass unemployment — massive protests in Seattle at the time of the World Trade Organization (WTO) meetings in December 1999 9. Rise of the East: Japan and East Asian Capitalism: Collapse of the Soviet State Socialism in 1991: Third Worldization of Russia, globalization of poverty 10. Resurgence of Islam in a uni-polar World as an Alternative to Western Capitalism and State Socialism: Islam as a rival to the West — Arab nationalism within the context of petrocapitalist world economy — Islamic state in Iran since 1979 Books Recommended: 1. Spybey, Tony, Social Change, Development and Dependency: Modernity, Colonialism and the Development of the West, (London, Polity Press), 1992 2. Sztompka, Piotr, The Sociology of Social Change (Cambridge, MA: Blackwel 0,1994 3. Wallerstein, Imanuel, The capitalist World Economy, (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1979 4. Eisenstadt, Modernization, Protest and Change, New Delhi: Prentice-Hall, 1966


242013

Marks: 100

Deviance and Crime


1. Sociology of Deviance and Crime: Meaning and scope, relationship with criminology 2. Deviance and Crime: Meanings, measurement of crime, incidence and reporting of crime, crime statistics. 3. Macro Theories of Deviance and Crime: Classical criminology, anomie and social structure, Durkheim and Merton, Marxist and radical theories of crime, subculture theory, differential association, labeling theory, social choice theory. 4. Types of Crime: Traditional crime, organized crime, white-collar crime, juvenile delinquency, political crime, cyber crime, crime against women, victimless crime 5. Deviant Careers: Making of the deviant career, crime as a profession, examples of the addict, sex offenders, sociopathic offenders, mastans 6. Law and Crime: Nature and varieties of criminal law and its social contexts, regulation and discretion in law enforcement, judicial istration, courts and problems of criminal justice, pattern of criminal trial and sentencing 7. Custody and Prison System: Custody and punishment in the prison, social organization of prisons, institutional treatment, behaviour modification, probation and parole, community- based programmes, juvenile delinquency, community participation of criminals, stigma- rehabilitation of criminals 8. Prevention of Crime: Current ideas of crime prevention, successful strategies of crime prevention, social control: role of state, mass media, school and family; social control and prevention of crime 11

Books Recommended: 1. Dick Hobbs. Professional Criminals, Dartmouth 1995 2. R. Reiner and M. Cross (eds.). Beyond Law and Order: Criminal Justice Policies and Politics into the 1990s. London: Macmillan


242015

Marks: 100

Industrial Sociology


1. Nature and Scope of Industrial Sociology a. Industrial sociology as specialization in Sociology b. Relationship with related disciplines 2. Industrialization a. The pre-industrial b. Industrial revolution c. Industrializing and industrial society d. Major barriers of industrialization e. Social, cultural and psychological preconditions of industrialization f.

Entrepreneurship development for industrialization

3. The Social Structure of Industry a. Status b. Role differentiation and distribution c. Authority and normative structure d. Internationalization of new values and rational work, discipline e. Industrial bureaucracy f.

Industrial interest groups

g. Labour movement and trade unionism 4. Problems of Industrial Society a. Human & social problems of technological change and automation b. Problems of unemployment and underemployment c. Social pathology and reallocation d. Industrial hazards e. Alienation and anomie 5. Industrialization in Bangladesh a. Historical and analytical perspective b. Causes, trends and problems of industrialization in Bangladesh 12

c. Comparison with developing and developed countries with different social systems d. Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in Bangladesh 6. Types of Industries in Bangladesh and Socio-economic Development a. Public and private sector co-operation b. Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) development c. Cottage and small industries of Bangladesh – Garments Industris in Bangladesh d. Urban and rural industrialization in Bangladesh e. Impacts of open market economy f.

Sick industries

7. Major Trends and Issues in Contemporary Industrial Sociology a. National and international perspectives 8. Industrial Relations a. Major trends, issues and theories of industrial relations b. Industrial conflict, industrial democracy and collective bargaining 9. Social Security a. Health & medical care in industries b. Problems of housing, education and rehabilitation c. Environment pollution Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Arthar, Shostak and Gombarg, William, Blue Collar World. Studies of the American Worker. Blumer, Hober, Works Satisfaction and Industrial Trends in M odern Society Hussain, A.F.A. Human and Social Impact of Technological Change in Bangladesh. Lipset, S.M. and Bendix, Reinhard, Social Mobility in Industrial Sopciety Marx, Karl, Das Capital VOL. 1 and 111 Reinhard, Bendix, Work and Authority in Industry Schumpeter, Capitalism, Socialism, Democracy


242017

Marks: 100

Peasant Society


1. Definition, Concept and Approaches a. Peasant and peasant households b. Peasant society, agrarian society and rural society c. Peasant society in Bangladesh

2. Theoretical Approaches Theories: Redfield, Foster, Wolf, Lenin, Chayanov, Shanin 13

3. Historical Perspective of the Peasant a. Primitive society and peasant b. Definition and demarcation of peasant in slave, feudal, and capitalist society

4. Social Organization a. b. c. d. e.

Peasant family types Kinship organization Community Ritual corporate hood Caste system

5. Economic System and Institution a. Land distribution, land tenure system and inheritance laws b. Production Process: farming and non-farming activities c. Distribution and market exchanges

6. Structure and Social Stratification a. Definition of agrarian structure b. Class relations and peasant mobility

7. Politics and Culture a. Political process, institution and ideological order b. Power structure c. Cultural patterns and mobility

8. Poverty in Peasant Society and Peasant Movement in Bangladesh a. Nature and changing pattern of poverty b. Peasant movements in British colonial era: India, Pakistan and Bangladesh c. Poverty alleviation strategies of Bangladesh and politics of poverty

Books Recommended: 1. Chayanov, The Theory of Peasant Economy 2. Teodor Shanin, Peasant & Peasant Societies 3. Teodor Shanin, The Awkward Class 4. E.R. Wolf, Peasants and Peasant Societies 5. G. Dalton, Tribal of Peasants Economy 6. J.M. Potter and Other, Peasant Societies 7. P.M. Back (ed.), Peasants in the Modern World 8. William van Schendel, Peasant Mobility: The odds of Life in Rural Bangladesh 9. gwbi“j Bmjvg Lvb : evsjv‡`‡ki K…lK mgvR 10. Avmnveyi ingvb (m¤úv`bv) : evsjv‡`‡ki K…wl cÖkœ: ZË¡ I ev¯ÍeZv


14

242018

Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Economics

Four‐Year B.S.S. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Economics Session: 2013-2014 FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 242201 242203 242205 242207 242209 242211 242213 242215 242217 242219 242221 242222

Paper Title Money, Banking and Finance International Economics-II Research Methodology Industrial Economics Environmental and Resource Economics Population and Health Economics Economic Thought Optional (Any Two) Econometrics Economic Systems and Development Patterns Economics of Planning Islamic Economics Viva-voce Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

100 100 100 100

4 4 4 4

100 1000

4 40


Marks: 100 Money, Banking and Finance

242201

Credits: 4


Objective ‘Money and Banking and Finance’ study the role of money in the economy, the functions that corporate firms perform through financial markets and their interrelationships. The aim of the Paper is to develop a basic understanding of the financial system including its instruments: how it operates and why it plays a central role in the economy. Keeping in view the recent developments in monetary economics, this Paper focuses less on the theory of money and banking and more on the implications of monetary policy and financial structure for the functioning of the economy. Paper Contents 1. Money: Definition and Types of Money, Functions of Money, Demand and Supply of Money, Determination of Interest Rate. 2. Corporate Finance: Basic Concern of the Corporate Finance, Balance Sheet Model of the Firm, Capital Structure, Contingent Claims, Agency Cost, Set-of-Contract Perspectives, Managerial Goals, Separation of Ownership and Control, Financial Market. 3. Analysis of Statement: Balance Sheet, Income Statement and Cash Flow Statement. 4. Capital Budgeting: Inter-temporal Consumption, Effect of Interest Rate Change on Consumption Preference, Principles of Lending and Borrowing, Simple and Compound Interest Rate, Corporate Investment Decisions based on Net Present Value, Pay Back Method, Discounted Pay Back Method and Average ing Return. 5. Valuation of Securities: Stocks, Bonds (Zero Coupon and Coupon), Annuity, Growing Annuity, Perpetuity, Growing Perpetuity, Dividend Discount Model (DDM) and the Estimation of the Parameters in the DDM. 6. Risk and Return: Defining and Measuring Risk of Securities, Measuring Average and Expected Return. 7. Banking: Principles of Banking, Role of Banks, Balance Sheet of Central Bank and Private Bank, Differences, Loans, Classification of Loans, Measuring Credit Risk. 8. Role of Central Bank: Monetary Policy, Tools of Monetary Policy and Credit Control by the Central Bank. 9. Negotiable Instruments: Cheque, Bill of Exchange, Promissory Note and Endorsement. References: 1. Frederic S. Mishki: The Economics of Money, Banking, and Financial Markets (10th Edition), International Student Edition Textbooks.

2. 3. 4. 5.

Peter and Rose: Money and capital Wood and wood: Financial markets Khanna P: Advanced learning in money and Banking (volume 1 & 2) Baye, Jansen: Money, Banking & Financial Market


Marks: 100 International Economics-II

242203

Credits: 4


Objective The ‘International Economics-II’ is grounded in the belief that economic analysis is essential to the understanding of modern world affairs. The International Economics-II is designed to develop in students the ability to conduct innovative, well-informed, rigorous analysis of all aspects of the world economy. Whether it is used in the service of business strategy, public policy, scientific research, or any other endeavor, this ability is essential to understanding the economic forces at work in the world and making sound decisions in the face of them. All students are expected to master the theoretical tools necessary to conduct such analysis. This provides students with in-depth knowledge and opportunities for application in three main arenas in international economics: International Economic Theory and Policy, International Commerce and Finance and Economic Growth, Transition and Development.

Paper Contents 1. Theory of of Trade: Definition and Classification of of Trade; of Trade of Bangladesh; Optimum of Trade; of Trade and Economic Welfare. 2. Theory of Balance of Payments: Foreign Trade and National Income; National Income ing; Balance of Payments and its Components; Balance of Payments Vs. Balance of Trade; Deficit of Balance of Payments and Methods to Balance the Balance of Payments; Balance of Payments is Always in Balance; Balance of Payments Situation of Bangladesh. 3. Foreign Exchange Market: Exchange Rates and Foreign Exchange Market; Demand and Supply of Foreign Exchange; Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates; Expectations and Equilibrium; Inflation and Exchange Rate Dynamics; Purchasing Power Parity and the Longrun Exchange Rate Model; General Model of Long-run Exchange Rate; International Exchange Rate Differential and the Real Exchange Rate. 4. Devaluation: Definition; Causes and Objectives; Effects of Devaluation. 5. International Financial Policy: International Monetary System; Breton Woods System; Uruguay Round; IMF and its Functions; World Bank, ADB, IDB; Special Drawing Rights (SDR); Macroeconomic Policy and Co-ordination under Floating Exchange Rate; Performance and Policy Problems; International Investments; Financial Crisis in Developing Countries; North-South Dialogue and the New International Economic Order. 6. International Trading and Trade Organizations: Characteristics, Means of Operation and execution of SAPTA, ASEAN, UNCTAD, European Common Market, GATT, TICFA; World Trade Organization (WTO); Role of WTO in Developing Countries; Ministerial Conferences of WTO and Outcomes; WTO and Bangladesh.

7. International Finance: Bangladesh Context: Assessing Investment Climate in Bangladesh; Foreign Private Investment and Bangladesh. References 1. International Economics: Theory and Policy-Krugman and Obsfeld, 8th edition, Addison and Wesley. 2. International Economics – Miltiades Chacoliades, New York, McGraw Hill. 3. International Money and Finance- Melvin, 7th edition, 2002, Addison-Wesley.


Marks: 100 242205 Research Methodology

Credits: 4


Objective The primary objective of this Paper is to develop a research orientation among the students and to acquaint them with fundamentals of research methods. Specifically, the Paper aims at introducing them to the basic concepts used in research and to scientific social research methods and their approach. It includes discussions on sampling techniques, research designs and techniques of analysis. Some other objectives of the Paper are to develop understanding of the basic framework of research process, develop various research designs and techniques, and identify various sources of information for literature review and data collection, develop an understanding of the ethical dimensions of conducting applied research and appreciate the components of scholarly writing and evaluate its quality. Paper Contents 1. Introduction: Meaning of Research, Objectives, Types, Research Methods, Data, Nature of Data, Accuracy and Reliability of Data, Ethics in Research. 2. Nature of Research: Non-Experimental Research, Exploratory, Descriptive, Explanatory, Experimental Research: Experimental, Quasi-experimental, Basic Research, Applied Research, Action Research and Evaluation Research/Impact. 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Methods: Key Features of Each of the Methods, Qualitative Research Methods: Focus Group Discussion, Direct Observation, In-Depth Interviews, Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA), Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA), Quantitative Research Methods: Sample Survey, Generation of Models, Testing Theories and Hypotheses using Statistical Techniques. 4. Sampling Technique: Sample, Population, Population Census, Sample Survey, characteristics of a Good Sampling Design, Types and Tools of Sampling Design, Importance and Limitation of Sampling, 5. The Steps of Conducting a Research: Formulating a Research Problem; Research Questions; specification of the Mathematical Model if applicable, Constructing Hypotheses, Conducting a Study: Collection of Data, Structure of Model if applicable, Analyzing

Data/Solving the Model, Estimation of the Parameters and Hypothesis Testing if Applicable, Writing a Research Report. 6. Steps in Report Writing: Introduction: General Discussion About the Research Questions, Identification of Research Objectives (Both Broad and Specific Objectives), Literature Review: Critical Evaluation to Identify the Research Gaps, Theoretical/Conceptual Framework, Analysis of Findings: Descriptive (Both Qualitative and/or Quantitative) Statistics and/or Inferential Statistics (Hypothesis testing using t-test, F-test, χ 2 test etc.), Limitations of the Study and Conclusion.

References 1. Sproull N. (1995).Handbook of Social Research Methods: A Guide for Practitioners and Students in the Social Sciences. New Jersey, The Scarecrow Press, Inc. 2. Denzin NK and Lincoln YS (Eds.) (1994). Handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Chapter 27. Huberman, A.M. & Miles, M.B. "Data Management and Analysis Methods”. 3. Graziano, Anthony and Raulin, Michael. (1996). Research Methods A Process of Inquiry, Longman, Inc. 4. Howard G. (1985). Basic Reasearch Methods in the Social Sciences Scott, Foresman and Company.


242207

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Industrial Economics

Objective This Paper introduces students to the terminology and tools of analysis of industrial organization. In addition, the Paper ‘Industrial Economics’ will provide an overview of the range of specialized topics addressed by the industrial economics literature like growth, profit maximization, optimum size of a firm, industrial concentration, integration, merger, diversification, location etc. Paper Contents 1. Conceptual Issue: Importance and Scope of Industrial Economic, Concept of a plan, firm and industry and their interrelationship.Business Organization: a) Private Sector Vs. Public Sector, b) Types of Private Sector Ownership, c) Types of Public Sector Organizations. 2. Objectives of a firm: Growth, profit and sales maximization and nature of interrelationships between different objectives. Determinations of optimum size of the firm, Growth rate and cost curve of firm 3. Measurement of optimum size of a firm: Stigler's hypothesis and Survivor Technique, Economics of scale and Survivor Technique.

4. Industrial Concentration: Types of Concentration: Average concentration, Market concentration. Measurement of Market Concentration, Concentration Curve, Concentration ratio, Lorenz curve, Hirschman HerfinJahl index, Lerner index. 5. Integration: Concept and types of integration, Stigler's life cycle hypothesis on vertical integration, Vertical integration and monopoly. 6. Diversification: Typology of diversification: Lateral diversification : Convergent lateral diversification, divergent lateral diversification, Diagonal diversification, Conglomerate diversification. 7. Location: Weber's theory of least transportation cost, Location of industry and regional development, Growth pole theory of F. Perroux and regional industrial development.

Books Recommended : 1. J. S. Bain 2. Douglas Needham 3. R.R. Birthwal 4. E.T. Penrose 5. W. Isard 6. Amarjit Singh & A.N. Sadhu 7. D. Needham (eds) 8. Report of the Task Force 9. Azizur Rahman Khan


: Industrial Organization : Economic Analysis and Industrial Structure. : Industrial Economics : The Theory of the Growth of a Firm : Location and Space Economy : Industrial Economics : An Introduction to Industrial Economics : Bangladesh Development strategies for the 1990`s. Vol Two : The Strategy of Development in Bangladesh.

Marks: 100 Credits: 4 242209 Environmental and Resource Economics


Objective: Students will be able to apply economic theory to environmental sustainability, to understanding the conflict between market forces and environmental integrity, to develop critical understanding of different ways in which economic decisions, market forces and government policies can affect environment and to develop critical understanding how consumer market and business initiative can lead a way into sustainable environment Paper Contents 1. The Evolution of Environmental and Resource Economics: The Approach to the Economic Analysis of Natural Resources and the Environment Economic Paradigms and Environment, Fundamental Features of Economic Approaches to Natural Resource and Environmental Issues. 2. The Sustainable Economy: Origin and Concepts of Sustainability and the Issues related to Sustainable Development.

3. Ethics and Environment: Ethical Foundations for Environmental Economics, Rationale and Principles of Discounting Environmental Value and A Critique of the Discounting Methods and Principles. 4. The Efficient and Optimal Use of Environmental Resources: Property Rights, Common Property Resources and Environmental Resources, Efficiency Issues, Environmental Resources and Markets, Externalities and Public Policies. 5. Theory of Efficient and Optimum Use of Renewable and Non-Renewable Resources: Fundamental Principles and Models of Renewable and non-renewable natural Resources. 6. The Economics of Pollution: Sources, Types and Levels of Population Problems, Pollution Control Policies and Implications for growth and equity. 7. Valuing the Environment: Environmental Demand Theory, Measuring the Costs of Provision, Total Economic Value, Benefits of improving an environmental amenity, Methods: productivity loss, defensive, mitigating, travel cost, hedonic pricing and contingent valuation, Valuation and Policy Relevance. Reading Lists 1. Baumol, W. J. & Oates, W. E, 2000. The Theory of Environmental Policy. Cambridge University Press. 2. Field, B. C. and Field, M. K. 2006. Environmental Economics. McGraw-Hill/Irwin. 3. James R. Kahn, 2004, The Economic Approach to Environmental and Natural Resources. Thomson – Southwestern. 4. Kolstad, C. D. 2010. Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press. 5. Nick Hanley, Shogren ,J.F. and White, B. 2007. Environmental Economics: In Theory and Practice. Palgrave Macmillan.


Marks: 100 Population and Health Economics

242211

Credits: 4


Objective The learning outcomes for students include the development of a thorough knowledge of the theory and methods used by professional population and health economists and active researchers in the field and their important contemporary contributions in international scholarly journals. Students will gain an understanding of the key analytical arguments that are used in population and health economics and their normative foundations and ethical implications. Further, they will acquire extensive knowledge of the nature and sources of socio-economic data, current challenges and major areas of research, and the role of observation, abstraction, and model construction to facilitate empirical evaluation.

Paper Contents 1. Introduction to Health Economics: Subject matter of Health Economics, application of economics to health and health care, Is health care different? 2. Health Production: The Determinants of Health, Production function of Health. 3. Demand for Health: The demand for health, labour-leisure trade-offs, investment/consumption aspects of health, the demand for health capital, an integrated framework of Grossman model. 4. Asymmetric Information and Agency, Supplier Induced Demand: Asymmetric information, The agency relationship, the need to consider SID, common representation of SID, price rigidities and SID, target income model of SID, disutility of discretion model of SID, profit maximizing model of SID, health, health care and advertising, optimum level of advertising. 5. Health Care Financing: Risk and insurance, demand for insurance, supply of insurance, the case of moral hazard, coinsurance and deductibles. 6. Equity, Efficiency: Efficiency and competitive markets, promoting competition in the health sector, Principals of Equality and Equity in health and health care need and need-based distribution. 7. Economic Evaluation of Health Care: Quantification of Benefits and Monetary Valuation of Health Benefits: (A) Cost analysis: Fixed and variable, recurrent and capital, opportunity cost, animalization, discounting. (B) Cost-benefit analysis (CBA): Concept and methods of conducting CBA. (C) Cost-effectiveness analysis (CEA): Concept, measuring incremental cost-effectiveness ratio, measuring Disability Adjusted Life Years (DALY). (D) Cost-utility analysis (CUA): Concept of quality in health care provision, Measuring Quality-Adjusted Life Years (QALYs), Is CUA different from CEA?

References 1. Folland, S., Goodman, A.C. and Stano, M. 2004: The Economics of Health and Health Care, Macmillan. 2. Jacob P. 1991. The Economics of Health and Medical Care, Aspen Publishers Inc. 3. H Gravelle and P Rees. 1981. Microeconomics, Longman. 4. A.J.Culyer and J.P. Newhouse. 2000. North-Holland Handbook of Health Economics, Elsevier. 5. McGuire A, Henderson J and Mooney G. 1988. The Economics of Health Care: an introductory text. London, Routledge and Kegan Paul. 6. Killingsworth J, Hossain N, Hedrick-Wong Y, Thomas S D, Rahman A, Begum T. 1999. Unofficial fees in Bangladesh: price, equity and institutional issues Health policy and planning 14 (2) pp 152163. 7. HEU. 2001. Financing the health and population sector-resource projections, Health Economics Unit, MOHFW, Research Report 23.

M. F. Drummond, B. J. O’Brein, G. L. Stoddart, G. W. Torrance (1997), Methods for the Economic Evaluation of Health Care Programmes, Oxford University Press.


242213

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Economic Thought

Objective: Students will be able to trace the origins of economic thought in the ancient world and its influence on subsequent schools of thought, including the scholastics and the emergence of early modern (Classical) economics. They will be able to discuss the links between the evolution of Western economies and the emergence of economics as a distinct discipline. Students will be able to define and discuss the mercantilist, early institutionalist, and heterodox schools of economics, including Marxian theory, which have challenged mainstream economics. This Paper will help the students to trace the development of neoclassical marginalism, and to identify the areas of agreement and disagreement between the classical and neoclassical approaches in economics. Students will be able to discuss the historical context and content of the Keynesian revolution, as well as the subsequent developments and criticisms of Keynesianism.

Paper Contents 1. Medieval Economic Thought: Structure of the Medieval Society, Development of Scholasticism, Characteristics of Medieval Economy (Agriculture, Industry and Trade). 2. Emergence of Mercantilism: Mercantilist Economic Thought with special reference to Thomas Mun, William Petty, Phylip von Honrick 3. Fundamental Ideas of Physiocrats: Advocates of physiocrats, Francois Quesnay, Anne Robert Jacquese Turgot, Boisguillebert, and Quesnay’s Tableau Economique. 4. Classical Economic Thought: Adam Smith and Classical economic Thought, A. Smith’s Criticism of Mercantilist and Physiocracy, David Ricardo on Rent, Labor, Value and International Trade, Mathausian Theory of Population. 5. Reaction Against Classical Ideas: Maxian School, Historical School, Marginal School of Economic Ideas. 6. John Maynard Keynes and Great Depression of Thirties: Keynesian Revolution and the Development of New Economic Thought, Schumpeter’s Theory of Economic Development, Marx, Keynes and Schumpeter. 7. Post Keynesian Economic Ideas: Friedman and Chicago School. 8. Islamic Economic Ideas: Development of Islamic Economic Thought, Ibn Khaldun, Ibn Taimiyah, Abu Yousuf, Islamic Economic Institutions, Modern Trend of Thought.

References 1. Blaug, M. (1991), Economic Theory in Retrospect, 5th ed., Cambridge University Press. 2. Negishi, T. (1989), History of Economic Theory. North-Holland.

3. Ekelund, R., R. Hebert, (1990), A History of Economic Theory and Method. McGraw Hill. 4. Schumpeter, J. (1954), A History of Economic Analysis. Oxford University Press. 5. Snowden, Brian, et.al.,(1994), A Modern Guide to Macroeconomics: An Introduction to Competing Schools of Thought.


242215

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Econometrics

Objective Students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the basic concepts in econometrics, to relate economic questions to empirical observations and try to deal with those using econometric models based on sound hypotheses, to have a working knowledge of a statistical software and use it to address empirical questions and to demonstrate the ability to apply econometric principles by writing a quality paper and giving oral presentations of the findings of the paper. Paper Contents: 1. Introduction to Econometrics: Meaning of Econometrics, Importance as a Separate Discipline, Methodology of Econometrics, Understanding Econometric Modeling, Regression, Two Variable Regression Model, Population Regression Function, The Sample Regression Function. 2. Estimation of and Inference in Two Variable Regression Model: The Method of Ordinary Least Squares (OLS), Standard Errors of Estimation, Estimation of the Variance of the Disturbance , The Properties of the Estimation, The basic Assumptions underlying the method of OLS, The Gauss-Markov Theorem, Goodness to Fit, The Central Limit Theorem, Properties of OLS Estimators under Normality Assumptions , The T, Chi-square and F Distribution, Hypothesis Testing, Confidence Interval Approach, and test of significance Approach, The Model Validity Test, Regression Through the Origin, Scaling and Units of Measurement, Different Functional Forms of Regression Models( Double Log Model, Semi Log Model, Reciprocal Model ), Interpretation of Estimated Parameters, Measurement of Elasticity, Point and Interval Forecasting, Some Illustrative Examples. 3. Estimation of Multiple Regression Model: The Matrix Approach to Linear Regression Model, Assumptions of Classical Linear regression Model in Matrix Notation, OLS Estimation, Variance-Covariance Matrix of the Estimators, R Square and Adjusted R Square, Hypothesis Testing of Equality of Two regression Coefficients, Validity of The Model, Restricted Least Squared, Comparing Two Regressions, Testing Functional Forms of Regression, Forecasting with Multiple Regression. 4. Regression with Dummy Variables: Qualitative and Quantitaive Variables, Some Illustrative Example of Regressions on Dummy variables, Testing the Structural Stability of Regression Models, Comparing Two Regressions with Dummy Variable Approach, Capturing the Interaction Effects, Use of Dummy Variables in Seasonal Analysis. 5. Multicollinearity: Consequences, Detection and Remedial Measures of Multicollinearity.

6. Heteroscedastcity: Consequences, Detection and Remedial Measures of Heteroscedastcity. 7. Auto Correlation: Consequences, Detection and Remedial Measures of Auto Correlation. 8. Specification Errors: Types of Specification Errors: Omission of Relevant Variable, Inclusion of Irrelevant Variable, Adopting a Wrong Functional Form, Errors of Measurements, Consequences and Test of Specification Errors, How to Choose A Good Model. 9. Regression of Dummy Dependent Variable: The LPM, Logit and Probit Model, Their Estimation, Some Applications. 10. Demonstration of Statistical Packages for Social Science (SPSS/ STATA/E-Views) References 1. Gujarati, D. 2003. Basic Econometrics, McGraw Hil. 2. Wooldridge, Jeffrey M. 2005. Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach, 3rd edition, SouthWestern College Pub.


Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Economic Systems and Development Patterns

242217


Objective: The students will be familiarized with the different economic systems like primitive communal, economy of slavery, feudal and capitalist economic system. They will also learn the history of each economic system and the development pattern of those economic systems. Paper Contents 1.

Subject Matter and Methodology: Concept of economic system and socio-economic formation (5 systems), Subject-matter of political economy: Classical, physical, neoclassical, and radical schools (An excursion), Interrelationship between production, exchange, distribution and consumption (PEDC), Concept of production relations and mode of production, Economic categories and economic laws, Methodology: Method of scientific abstraction, Despondence from abstract to the concrete, Unity of logical and historical methods analysis and synthesis etc. 2. Primitive Communal Economy (System without economic exploitation): Anthropological history of human being, The food-gathering economy (Palaeolithic savagery), Two stages in the development (appropriation and reproductive economies), Development of productive forces (division of labour), Principal economic law and production relations, Economic law and production relations, Contradictions of the primitive-communal economy, Erosion and Disintegration of primitive economy. 3. Economy of Slavery (First system based on economic exploitation): Origin of slave economy, Objective basis and different types of slavery. Slavery as a global system, Productive forces and large-scale production (latifundia and ergasteria), Prinipal economic

4.

5.

6.

7.

law and production relations under slavery, Usury and trade capital under slavery, Contradictions and erosion of the slavery economic system. Feudal Economic system: Dual origin of feudalism, Different types of feudal bondage, Productive forces under feudalism, Principal economic law and agricultural rents under feudalism, Usury and trade capital under feudalism, Contradiction of feudalism and its disintegration. Capitalist Economic System: Pre-Monopoly Capitalism: Commodity and money, Theory of value (Classical and radical views), Conversion of money into capital. General theory of capital, Theory of surplus value: Absolute and relative surplus value, Wage: Essence and forms, Law of accumulation. Metamorphosis and circuit of capital, Composition of capital: Constant and variable, fixed and circulatory, Theory of reproduction (simple and extended), Transformation of surplus value into profit, Rent and interest. Economy of Societies of the Middle Ages: English manorial system; medieval crafts and guilds; Enclosure movement and the agrarian revolution in England, A brief survey of the economic conditions prior to the Meiji Restoration in Japan, Orientation, feudalism-example of the Indian Sub-continent. Economic of Modernization: The Capitalist Path: Development of Indian economy: Colonial and post-colonial periods, Industrial revolution in England-causes and consequences, Comparative economic situation of UK Italy, Holland and Spain in the early 19th century, Industrialization process in Japan-the special role of agriculture, Small scale and cottage industry, foreign trade, Zaibatsu government.

References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

Fusfeld D., The Age of the Economist. Ilyin and Motylev, What is Political Economy? Kozlov, Political Economy of Capitalism. Burkitt Brian, Radical Political Economy: An Introduction to the alternative Economics. Abalkin, Short Paper on Political Economy. Ryndina, Fundamentals of Political Economy. Seligman B (ed.), Basis of Political Economy. Mendel Ernest, Political Economy of Capitalism. Barkat, A., On Asiatic Mode of Production (in Dhaka University Studies: Dhaka Visvavidyalaya Paatrika, Vol. XXII, June 1985; XXVI, October 1986; Vol. XXVII, February 1987). Schumpeter, History of Economic Analysis. Sen A.K., Development as Freedom. Marx K., Contribution of the Critique of Political Economy (Preface). Marx K., Capital. Marx K., Pre Capitalist Economic Formations (GRUNDRISSE). Engels, F., Anti-Duhring. Lenin VI, Imperialism-the Highest Stage of Capitalism. Bernal, J.D., Science in History. Ankin, A., Science in its Youth.

19. Barkat, A., Development of Capitalism in USA (in Dhaka University Studies: Dhaka Visvavidyalaya Patrika, Vol. XXIX February 1986).


Marks: 100 242219 Economics of Planning

Credits: 4


Objective With the completion of the Paper the student should be able to understand the concepts of social and economic development & social and economic planning in a demographic and socioeconomic context. They will be able to grasp the methods and techniques of economic forecasting adopted in social planning and will be able to apply these methods and techniques to practical data. Paper Contents 1. Introduction: Concept of planning, Definition and techniques of planning, instruments of planning and role of various policy variables, Planning under different Economic systems. 2. Macro Level Planning: Sectoral, regional and project planning stages of planning, Macro economic planning as a system and its different subsystems, Policy instruments, Target variables and data variables and their interrelations, Planning Investment, Saving and growth rate, Forecasting and Economic simulation planning the rate of growth, Rate of growth, Rates of saving and investment-Harrod-Domar and Feldman–Mahalanobis model models. 3. Sector Stage of Planning: Planned input-output model an overview – Planning and projecting technical matrix and final demand, Optimization problem, Criteria for optimality planning some specific sectors – machine, Building and energy. 4. Project Appraisal: Criteria of selecting projects, the Classical basis of project and appraisal, Project appraisal under risk and uncertainty, Economic valuation of costs and benefits of a Land and Natural resources (Labor, Capital); Writing Project Problem Statement, Setting Project Goal, Objectives and Project Description. 5. Plan Implementation: Resource mobilization and Problems relating to it instrumental and istrative requirements for implementing plans. 6. Planning Experience in Different Countries: Western European countries, socialist countries and under developed countries. 7. Planning in Bangladesh: Process, Prospect and Retrospect, Annual planning, five-year planning and perspective planning, Planning models and Planning experiences in Bangladesh, Planning structure and execution of Bangladesh, NEC, ECNEC, Structure of planning commission in Bangladesh.

Books Recommended: 1. M. L. Seth: Theory and Practice of Economic Planning, 7th or latest edition

2. Charles Blitzer, edited by Shri Bhagwan Dahiya, Theoretical foundations of development planning. 3. Samuel Stebbins Bowles, 1969. Planning Educational Systems for Economic Growth. Harvard University Press, M.A 4. Carter A. P. and Brody A., Application of Input-output Analysis, Vol. 2 5. Fontela E. Leontief and the Future of the World Economy, in Dietzenbacher E. and M. Lahr (eds.), Wassily Leontief and input-output economics. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2004. 6. Ashok Rudra, Indian Plan Models, Allied Publishers Private, 1975 - India . 7. Nancey G. (Green) Leigh, Edward J. (James) Blakely, Planning Local Economic Development: Theory and Practice 8. Sixth Five Year Plan in Bangladesh (FY2011-FY2015), Ministry of Planning, Bangladesh. 9. Fifth Five Year Plan in Bangladesh, Ministry of Planning, Bangladesh. 10. Perspective Plan (2010 – 2021) in Bangladesh, BBS


242221

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Islamic Economics

Objective The main objective of the Paper is to comprehend the analysis of economic theory and practice with the Islamic way of life and spiritual thinking. This Paper based on the concept of normative approach of Islamic ideology. Learner will get the ides about economic theory and outcomes formulated by Islamic thought. Further, they will acquire extensive knowledge of the nature and sources of socio-economic challenges. Paper Contents 1. Conceptualization: Teachings of the Quran and the Hadith about economic activities. Fundamental principles of Islamic Economics; Outline of Islamic Economics. Distinction between Islamic Economics and Conventional Economics. 2. Production in Islamic society: Production organization, Production Relations, Islamic Theory of Demand and Supply-Factory pricing and income distribution; rent, wage & profit. Role of state in production, savings and investment. 3. Consumption in Islamic society: Theory of Consumer behavior in Islam consumption, spending, consumption functions; distribution and redistribution. 4. Capital and financing in Islam: Riba vs interest; capital formation; Islamic banking, modes of accumulation of funds and investment, Profit and loss sharing in Islam. Comparison of Islamic and Conventional Banking, Islamic Development Bank. Islamic insurancecharacteristics and functions. 5. Trade and Commerce: Islamic concepts; prohibited activities in trade; International trade; Islamic common market-Problems and prospects; WTO and the Muslim World.

6. Public Finance in Islam: Public Finance in Islamic days-Sources of revenue and heads of expenditure, provision of public good. Baitul mal, Zakat, Taxes, State and distributive justice, Islamic fiscal policy; Role of Zakat in income distribution and poverty alleviation. 7. Social welfare in Islam: Concept of social welfare-Social vs economic welfare; welfare for self vs welfare for the oppressed; role of state in social welfare. Place of Women in Islam, sphere of economic activities of women in Islam. 8. Islamic Economic Thought: Development of Islamic economic thought; Ibn Khaldun, ibn Taimiyah-Abu Yousuf; Islamic economic institutions. Books Recommended: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Khurshid Ahmed (ed): Studies in Islamic Economics Islamic Economics Research Bureau: Text Book on Islamic Banking Nejatullah Siddique: Banking without Interest Nejatullah Siddique: Economic Enterprise in Islam Siddiqi, S. A. : Public Finance Islam Khurshid Ahmed: Economic Development an Islamic Framework


242222 Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Political Science

Four-Year B.S.S. (Honours) Course Effective from the Session: 2013–2014

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Political Science Session: 2013-2014 FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 241901 241903 241905 241907 241909 241911 241913 241915 241917 241918

Paper Title Political Theories: Changes and Continuities

Marks 100

Credits 4

Local Government and Rural Development in Bangladesh Introduction to Public Policy Government and Politics in East Asia: China, Japan and South Korea Environment and Development Foreign Relations of Bangladesh

100

4

100 100

4 4

100 100

4 4

Legislative Process in Bangladesh Globalization, Regionalism and International Financial Institutions Modern Political Thought Viva-voce

100 100

4 4

100 100

4 4

Total=

1000

40


241901

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Political Theories: Changes and Continuities

Paper Content: A. Political theory: Meaning. B. Power, Authority, Legitimacy. C. Contested nature of Sovereignty, Theories of State (Pluralism, Elitism and Marxism). D. Civil Society/Public Sphere, Political Participation, Political Representation. E. Democracy: Debates on Representative versus Participatory Democracy; Deliberative Democracy; Theories of Democratization, F. Politics of Globalization, Governance, Politics of Identity, Non-Party Politics: Protests and Social Movements. Selected Readings: Alan R. Ball and B. Guy Peters, Modern Politics and Government (New York: Houndmills. Basingstoke, Hampshire and New York), 2000. Andrew Vincent, The Nature of Political Theory, (Oxford: Oxford University Press), 2004. David Marsh and Gerry Stoker (eds.), Theory and Methods in Political Science, ( United Kingdom: Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire and London), 1995. Jon Elster Deliberative Democracy, (United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press), 1998. James Good and Irving Velody (eds), The Politics of Postmodernity, (United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press), 1998. Peter Joyce, Politics, (UK: Hodder Headline), 1996.


241903

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Local Government and Rural Development in Bangladesh

Paper Content: A. Approaches to the Study of Local Government B. Local Government in Bangladesh: Historical growth of local bodies. C. Structure of local bodies: Linkage between formal structure and informal structure. D. Dynamics of local government in Bangladesh: The Process of decision-making, The istration of Local finance, Local level planning. E. Local level Politics: Emerging socio-anthropological structure, Rural Power Structure. The Pattern of leadership-politics of brokerage, Politics of factionalism: Patron-Client relation. F. Decentralization, Social Change: Rural Development, Problems and trends, Political Participation.

Selected Readings: Ahmed Shafiqul Haq, Politics and istration in Bangladesh, Dhaka: UPL, 1988. Ali Ahmed, istration of Local Self-Government for Rural Areas in Bangladesh, Dhaka: NILG, 1979. B. Hartmen and J.K. Boyce, A Quiet Violence: View from a Bangladesh Village, London: Zed Books, 1998. Dalem Chandra Barman, Emerging Leadership Patterns in Rural Bangladesh, Dhaka: CSS, 1988. Eliot Tepper, Changing Patterns of istration in Rural East Pakistan, Michigan: Michigan state University Press, 1966. Hasnat Abdul Hye (ed.), Village Studies in Bangladesh, Comilla: BARD, 1985. Hugh Tinker, Foundations of Local Self-Government in India, Pakistan and Burma, London: Athlone Press, 1954. Kamal Sidiqui (ed.), Local Government in South Asia: A Comparative Study, Dhaka: UPL, 1992. M. Rashiduzzaman, Politics and istration in the Local Councils, Dhaka: OUP, 1968. Md. Moksuder Rahman, Politics and Development of Local Self Government in Bangladesh, Delhi: Devika Publications, 2000. N. C. Roy, Rural Self-Government in Bengal, Calcutta: Calcutta University Press, 1936. Najmul Abedin, Local istration and Politics in Modernizing Societies: Bangladesh and Pakistan, Dhaka: Oxford University Press, 1973. Nizam Ahmed, Bureaucracy and Local Politics in Bangladesh, Dhaka: A.H.D Publishing House, 2009. R. Qadir and M. Islam, Women Representatives at the Union level as change agents of Development, Beijing: Newstar Publishers, 1995. S. Maqsood Ali, Decentralization and People’s Participation in Bangladesh, Dhaka: NIPA, 1981. Shairul Masreck, Kinship and Power Structure in Rural Bangladesh, USA: Homeland Press and Publications, 1995.

‡gv: gKmy`yi ingvb, evsjv‡`‡ki ¯’vbxq ¯^vqËkvmb, ivRkvnx: AvjxMo jvB‡eªix, 2005| we.‡K Rvnv½xi, evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvgvÂj I †kªYx msMÖvg, XvKv: mgvR wbwi¶Y †K›`ª, 1997| Avby †gvnv¤§`, MÖvgxY mgvR I A_©bxwZ, XvKv : Wvbv cÖKvkbx, 1987| Av‡iÝ B‡q‡bKv I eyi`¨vb BDm dvb, SMovcyi: MÖvg evsjvi M„n¯’ I bvix, Abyev`: wbjydvi gwZb, XvKv: MY cÖKvkbx, 1980| Kvgvj wmwÏKx, evsjv‡`‡ki MÖvgxY `vwi`ª: ¯î“c I mgvavb, XvKv: Wvbv cÖKvkbx, 1985| ev‡U©vwm wcUvi †W, A¯úó MÖvg: c~e© cvwK¯—v‡bi MÖvgxY mvgvwRK KvVv‡gv Ges m¤cÖ`vq wfwËK msMVb, Abyev`: †gvnv¤§` Avãyi ingvb wgTv, XvKv: b¨vkbvj Bbw÷wUDU Ae †jvKvj MfY©‡g›U, 1992|

ingvb †nv‡mb wRj-yi, gvV M‡elYv I MÖvgxY `vwi`ª: c×wZ wel‡q KwZcq msjvc, XvKv: BDwbfvwm©wU †cÖm wj:, 1994| Paper Code Paper Title:

241905

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Introduction to Public Policy

Paper Content: A.

Public Policy and Its Nature and Scope, Market, Government and the Non-Profit Sector; Mix of Three Sectors; Rationale for Public Policy: Market Failures, Distributional and Other Goals; Limits to Public Intervention: Government Failures Correcting Government and Market Failures: Policy Design and Instruments

B. Theories of Policy Process, Money and Political Influence, Adopting, Implementing and Evaluating Public Policy Making, Ethical issues for Policy Analysts

C. Models of Policy Making, Problem Definition and Agenda Setting, Decision Making, Evaluation, Implementation, Learning

Selected Readings: John Kingdon, Agendas. Alternatives, and Public Policies, Updated Second Edition, Longman, 2011. Eugene Bardach, A Practical Guide to Policy Analysis, Chatham House, CQ Press,4th edition, 2012. Deborah Stone, Policy Paradox: The Art of Political Decision-making, WW Norton, 3rdedition, 2011. Jessica Adolina and Charles Blake, Comparing Public Policies: Issues and Choices in Industrialized Countries, CQ Press, second edition, 2011 Lester M. Salamon, “The New Governance and the Tools of Public Action: An Introduction,” in Lester Salamon, ed., The Tools of Government, Oxford University Press, 2002. Paul Sabatier, editor, Theories of the Policy Process, Westview Press, 2007, Second edition.


241907

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Government and Politics in East Asia: China, Japan and South Korea

Paper Content: A. China: Constitution, The National People’s Congress (NPC); The Communist Party of China (C) founded in 1921; Political leadership and Political succession; the people’s Liberation Army (PLA); Political Institutions (government, bureaucracy, Parliament and Legal Systems, etc); Politics of Economic Reforms; Democratization and Political Participation; Ethnic Regional Autonomy; Special istrative Regions and Governance in Rural China.

B. Japan: Constitution (1947); Legislative System; Prime Minister and the Cabinet; Bureaucracy; the Legal System; the Political Party System; Liberal Democratic Party, Japan Socialist Party, Clean Government Party, Japan Communist Party, Democratic Party of Japan; Election System an Campaign Rules , Money in Japanese Politics: Regulation and Reform; Democratizing the law in Japan. (Influence of Religion in Japanese Politics). C. South Korea: Constitution, Separation of Powers; Execute (Presidency), Legislature (National Assembly) and Judiciary (Constitutional Court); Major Political Parties: Democratic Labor Party (DLP); Democratic Party (DP); Grand National Party (GNP); People-First Party and Uri Party and Local Governments and Election System. Selected Readings: Juichi, Inada. 1993. Democratization, Marketization, Japan’s Emerging Role as a Foreign Aid Donor, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Lie John. 1998. Han Unbound. The Political Economy of south Korea, Stamford: Stamford University Press. Meisner, Maurice. 1999. Mao’s China and After (3rd ed.), New York: The Free Press. Oh, John Kie-Chiang. 1999. Korean Policy: The Quest for Democratization Spence, Jonathan D. 1990. The Search for Modern China, New York: Norton. Inside China Today: http//www.insidechina.com/ China News; http//chinanews.bgn.org


241909

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Environment and Development

Paper Content: A. Approaches to the Study on Environment: Ecological, Social, Economic, Political and Cultural; The Idea of Environmentalism: Popular, Managerial and Marxist; Eco-feminism; Sustainable Development; the Relationship between Environment and Development B. Environmental Politics and Governance: Debates over Population vs. Environment; Technology and Development vs. Environment; Global Governance on Environmental Management and Development C. Environmental Issues and Conflicts: Global, Regional and Local; Environmental Policies and Development in Bangladesh

Selected Readings: Partha Dasgupta and Karl-Göran Mäler (eds.) The Environment and Emerging Development Issues, Volume 1 and Volume 2, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2001 Firoz M. Ahmed (ed.) Bangladesh Environment, Dhaka, Bangladesh Poribesh Andolon, 2000 Roushan Jahan, Environment and Development: Gender Perspective, Dhaka, Women for Women, 1995 Hameeda Hossain et. al. (ed.) From Crisis to Development: Coping with Disasters in Bangladesh, Dhaka, University Press Limited, 1992 A. Atiq Rahman , Saleemul Huq, Raana Haider and Eric G. Jansen, Environment and Development in Bangladesh (Volume 1 & Volume 2), Dhaka, University Press Limited, 1994 A. Atiq Rahman and Peter Ravenscroft, Groundwater Resources and Development in Bangladesh Background to the Arsenic Crisis, Agricultural Potential and the Environment, Dhaka, University Press Limited, 2003 Tawhidul Islam and Ananta Neelim, Climate Change in Bangladesh: A Closer Look into Temperature and Rainfall Data, Dhaka, University Press Limited, 2010 Philip Gain, The Last Forests of Bangladesh, Dhaka, Society for Environment and Human Development (SHED), 1998 Sumi Krishna, Environmental Politics, New Delhi, Sage Publication, 1996 Vandana Shiva, Eco-feminism, London, Zed Books, 1993.


241911

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Foreign Relations of Bangladesh

Paper Content: A. Foreign policy: Concept, objective, behaviour and determinants. B. Emergence of Bangladesh: Big power diplomacy during the Liberation War; Impact of the emergence of Bangladesh on international affairs. C. Small States in World politics – security, military and non-military. D. Foreign Policy of Bangladesh - Goals, Determinants and Policy formulation Process. Security, E. Geopolitical and environmental issues – Defence Strategy of Bangladesh. F. Bangladesh and the Major Powers G. Bangladesh and its Neighbours. H. Bangladesh and Economic Diplomacy

I.

Bangladesh and the Third World – The Non-aligned Movement and Bangladesh.

J.

Bangladesh and the Muslim world.

K. Bangladesh and the United Nations L. Bangladesh and the International Economic Institutions; World Bank, IMF, ADB, MNCs. M. Bangladesh and Multilateral Organizations – European Union, SAARC, OIC, OPEC, WTO, SAFTA, BIMSTEC, D-8.

Selected Readings: Emajuddin Ahmed (ed.), Foreign Policy of Bangladesh, Dhaka: UPL, 1984. Iftekharuzzaman (ed.), Bangladesh and SAARC, Dhaka: Academic Publishers, 1992. M. G. Kabir and Shaukat Hassan (ed.), Issues and Challenges Facing Bangladesh Foreign Policy, Dhaka: BSIS, 1989. Michal P. Sullivan, International Relations: Theory’s and Evidence, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1976. R. C. Macridis, Foreign Policy in World Politics, London: Prentice Hall, 1992. Stephen S Good Speed, The Nature and Function of International Organization, New York: Oxford University Press, 1967. Talukder Maniruzzaman, The Secrity of Small states in the Third World, Strategic and Defence Studies Centre, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University, 1982. Warner Levi, Fundamentals of World Organizations, Minneapolis, USA: The University of Minnesota Press, 1953.


241913

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Legislative Process in Bangladesh

Paper Content: A. Legislatures as Institutions in New States-Legislative origins and history-growth of legislatures in British India; Bengal legislatures, legislatures in United Pakistan. B. Legislatures in Bangladesh: formation and functioning. C. Constitutional provisions; Rules of Procedure; arrangement of legislative business, debate and deliberation. D. The Speaker and his designated role. E. Legislative functions of Parliament; authority of parliament and stages in legislative process.

F. Financial functions of Parliament; Financial procedure in parliament: the financial scrutiny by the House. G. Oversight functions of the Parliament; parliamentary control of the Executive; parliamentary committees and functioning of the committee system. H. Representative functions of the parliament; policy roles and electoral duties of the MPs; sovereignty of the legislature; challenges. I.

The Parliament Secretariat; organization and role.

J.

The Private Sector and its interaction with the Parliament.

K. Gender balance and gender issues in parliament. Selected Readings: Ameller, M. Parliaments: A Comparative Study on the Structure and Functioning of Representative Institutions in 55 Countries, London: Cassell for the Inter Parliamentary Union, 1966. Blondel. J. Comparative Legislatures, Englewood cliffs. N. J.: Prentice Hall, 1973. Buston and Drewry, Legislation and Public Policy, London: 1986. Chowdhury Najma, The Legislative Process in Bangladesh: Politics and Functions of the East Bengal Legislature 1947-58, Dacca: Dacca University, 1980 Husain, Shawkat Ara, Politics and Society in Bengal, Dhaka: Bangla Academy, 1991. Nizam Ahmed, The Parliament of Bangladesh, Aldershot: Ashgate, 2002. Nizam Ahmed and A. T. M. Obiduallh (eds.) The Working of Parliamentary Committees in Westminster Systems: Lessons for Bangladesh, Dhaka: the University Press Limited, 2007. Limited. Smith and Musolf (eds) Legislatures in Development Dynamics of Change in New and Old States, Durhom: DUP, 1979. Wheare, K. C. Legislatures. London: Oxford University Press, 1968. Avj gvmy` nvmvbD¾vgvb, evsjv‡`‡k msm`xq MYZš¿, ivRbxwZ I Mfvb¨vÝ©, XvKv: BDwcGj, 2009. Shawkat and Husain Paper Code Paper Title:

241915

Dhaka, Bangla Academy, 19...... Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Globalization, Regionalism and International Financial Institutions

Paper Content: A.

“Pre-Globalization” International Power-relations and Practices; Contemporary Theories of Global Political Economy

B. Globalization as the New Global Context; Regionalism and Globalization; Globalization and International Financial Institutions; Regionalism and International Financial Institutions; Multinational Corporations and Global Production C. Developing Nations and Globalization; Developed Nations and Globalization; Opposing Globalization; Regionalism and Globalization: Future Trends and Issues

Selected Readings: Thomas L. Friedman, The Lexus and the Olive Tree: Understanding Globalization, New York, Picador, 2012 Joseph E. Stiglitz, Globalization and Its Discontents, W. W. Norton & Company; 1st Edition, 2003 Joseph E. Stiglitz, Making Globalization Work, W. W. Norton & Company; Reprint Edition, 2007 Jeffrey Sachs, The End of Poverty: Economic Possibilities for Our Time, Penguin Books, 1st edition, 2006 Theodore H. Cohn, Global Political Economy: Theory and Practice. 5th ed. New York, Pearson Longman, 2010 Richard Stubbs and Geoffrey R. D. Underhill (eds.), Political Economy and the Changing World Order. 3rd Edition, Don Mills, Oxford University Press, 2006 Brigid Gavin, “Reconciling Regionalism and Multilateralism: Toward Multilevel Governance,” UNUCRIS Occasional Papers, O-2005-20 Barry Buzan, Regions and Powers, Cambridge University Press, 2003 Jenny Berrill, Elaine Hutson and Rudolf Sinkovics (eds.), Firm-Level Internationalization, Regionalism and Globalization: Strategy, Performance and Institutional Change, London, Palgrave Macmillan, 2011 Jagdish Bhagwati, In Defense of Globalization: With a New Afterword, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2007

Daid Held, Glogalization, 2013


241917 Marks: 100 Modern Political Thought

Credits: 4


Paper Outline: A. Socio-economic background of Modern Political Thought B. Rise of modern nation state: Machiavelli, Hobbes; Industrial Capitalism and Growth of Modern Bourgeoisie; John Locke, Montesquieu, Rousseau C. 1789: French Revolution; Liberalism and Utilitarianism: Bentham; John Stuart Mill; and Thomas Green D. Socialist Thoughts: Utopian Socialism, St Simon, Robert Owen, Fabian Socialism and Hegelian Idealism E. Marxism: Marx, Lenin, Stalin and Mao-Tse-Tung

Reading List: 1. John H Halloweal 2. Grane Brinton 3. Mulford Q Sibley 4. W T Johnes 5. Georage H Sabine 6. William Ebensten 7. RC Gettell 8. CC Maxey 9. Harold J Laski 10. Harmon M Judd 11. Sir Leslie Stephen 12. John MacCunn 13. GDH Cole 14. Max Eastman 15. Karl Marx and Frederic Engels 16. Issac Dcutscher 17. H Finer 18. Deniel Lerner and Others 19. J Broce Glasier 20. JO Hertzler 21. ‰mq` gKmy` Avjx 22. gy Av‡qkv DÏxb 23. Lewis John


241918 Viva-voce

: Main Currents in Modern political Thought, London,1963. : The Shaping of Modern Thought: English political Thought in the Nineteenth Century, London, 1933. : Political Ideas and Ideologies, New York,1970. : Masters of political Thought, London, 1949. : A History of Political Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970. : Modern Political Thought, Calcutta, 1974. : A History of Political Thought, London,1964. : The Shaping of Modern political Thought, New York, 1965. : The Rise of Europian Liberalism. London, 1936. : Political Thought, From Plato to present Day, London. : The English Utilitarian, (Vol, I, II &III), 1900. : Six Radical Thinkers, London, 1907. : The meaning of Marxism, London, 1934 : Marx: Lenin and the Science of Revolution, London 1926. : Communist Manifesto and Other Writing, New York, 1952. : Stalln: A Political Biography, New York, 1955. : Mussoline’s Italy, New York,1955. : The Nazi Elite : The Meaning of Socialism, 1923. : The History of Utopion Thought, New York 1923. : divmx wec−‡evËi ivóªwPšÍv, XvKv-1984| : AvaywbK ivóªweÁvb| : Marxism and Modern Socialism

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Social Work


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Social Work Session: 2013-2014


Paper Title Rural and Urban Community Development Climate Change: Issues and Disaster Management Human Resource Management Social Research and Statistics Social Services in Bangladesh Social Work and Globalization Public Health and Social Work Social Action, Social Legislation and Social Work Field Work Education Field Practicum+Viva-voce Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (60+40)=100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40


242101 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Rural and Urban Community Development


1. Rural Community in Bangladesh: Composites and Characteristices; Traditional Village Organizations; Major Socio-Economic Problems in Rural Communities of Bangladesh. Land System. Social Stratification and Power Structure in Rural Bangladesh. 2. Rural Development in Bangladesh: Early Experience in Rural Development, V-AID Programme; Approaches and Strategies of Government and NGOs in Bangladesh: Comilla Approach, BRDB, RSS; BRAC, Grameen Bank, etc. 3. Local Government in Bangladesh: Evolution, Structure and Composition; Functions of Rural and Urban Local Government Bodies. 4. Urbanization: Growth Patterns and Theories of Urban Growth and Ecological Processes. 5. Urban Community of Bangladesh: Composities, Characteristics and Problems of Urban Communities, Urban Community Development and Services initiated by GOB and NGOs, Role of Social Workers in Urban Community Development. 6. Social Work with Community People: Viability of Social Work Practice in Rural and Urban Development Programs in Bangladesh. Books Recommended: Ginsberg, Leon H. (2005). Social Work in Rural Communities. Alexandria: Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Gottdiener, Mark. & Hutchison. Ray. (2006). The New Urban Sociology (3rd ed.). Colorado: Westview Press. Islam, Nazrul. (1996). Urban Poor in Bangladesh. Dhaka: Centre for Urban Studies (CUS). More, Wilbert E. & Smelser, Neil J. (1996). Urbanization in Newly Developing Countries.USA: Prentice Hall. Quddus, Md. Abdul. (ed.). (1996). Rural Development in Bangladesh: Strategies and Experience. Comilla: BARD. Samad, Muhammad. (2002). Parcipation of the Rural Poor in Government and NGO programs. Dhaka: Mawla Brothers. Siddiqui, Mamal. (1992). Social Formation in Dhaka City. Dhaka: UPL. Ginsberg, Leon H. edited (2005). Social Work with Rural Communities, Alexandria, Virginia: Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Bjvnx, †K, gD`y` I i“gx, ˆmq` iwdKzj Avjg| (2005). bMi f~‡Mvj | XvKv: †Wëv eyKm| DB‡gb di DB‡gb| (1999). ¯’vbxq miKvi I bvix m`m¨: BDwbqb cwil`| XvKv: DB‡gb di DB‡gb|


242103

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Climate Change: Issues and Disaster Management

1. Climate change:

Meaning, Causes, Impact.

2. Disaster: Nature, Types of Disaster (a) Nature Disaster (b) Accidental Disaster (C) Man Made Disaster. 3. Ecological and Epidemiological Factors Contributing to Natural Disasters: Impact of Disaster on Individual, Family and Social life. 4. Preparedness Aspects of Prevention and Management of Natural Disasters: a) General Preparedness measures b) Special measures c) Special types of Assistance. 5. Measures adopted by the Government of Bangladesh for tackling Natural Disasters : Government Policy and Planning as it Reveals in the Five year plans. 6. Role of International, National and Local NGOs in Management Disasters.

7. Role of Govt. in Disaster Management, Relief and Rehabilitation Operation Programs in Bangladesh. Role of Social Workers. 9. Organization of Health Services in the event of Disaster: a) Emergency Health Management, b) Mental Health and its Management at the Primary Health Care Level. c) Environmental Health Management 10. Coordination: Meaning and Importance in Disaster Management. 11. Strategy for Plan of Action for Control of National Disaster on Permanent Basis. 12. Laws related to Environmental Preservation and Disaster Management. Books Recommended: Nizamuddin, K. (ed.). (2001). Disaster in Bangladesh: Selected Reading. Dhaka: Disaster Research Training and Management Centre (DRTMC). Bmjvg, Avng` ZvRyj I Ab¨vb¨| (2009). Rjevq~ cwieZ©b I Zvi cÖfve: cÖm•N evsjv‡`k | XvKv: MY Dbœqb MÖš’vMvi| Iqvi, MIûi bCg I Ab¨vb¨| (1993). `~‡hv©M cÖ¯‘wZ I eë¯’vcbv cÖwk¶Y mnvwqKv | XvKv: MY Dbœqb MÖš’vMvi| Lv`¨ I `y‡h©vM eë¯’vcbv gš¿Yvjq| (2009). `y‡h©vM‡Kvl| XvKv: evsjv‡`k miKvi|


242105 Marks: 100 Human Resource Management

Credits: 4


1. Human Resource Management: Concept, Scope and Functions of Human Resource Management, Process of Recruitment, Selection, Appointment and Placement. 2. Job Analysis: Job Specification, Job Description and Job Evaluation, promotion, Dismissal, Retirement of Personnel. Line and Staff Functions. 3. Human Resource Planning: Concept, Needs, Human Power Plan, Component and AnalysisShort Range and Long Range. 4. Human Resource Management and Development: Training and Development, Training Policy, Training Modules, Methods of the Job Training and Training Evaluation. 5.

Employees Performance: Practice Performance, Performance Measurement, Improving Performance Appraisal and Equal Employment Opportunity.

6. Executive and personnel Career Development: Concept, Type and Role of Executive, Need for Executive Development, Executive Development Process; Programme and Agencies; role and Development Procedure of Executive and Personnel in Social Work Agency. 7. Supervision: Supervision as an istrative Process, Objectives, Techniques and Functions of Supervision, Supervision as Educational and Evaluative Process. Books Recommended:

C.B. Momoria. (1986). Personnel Management. India: Himalaya Publishing House. Flippo, E.B. (1968). Principles of Personnel Management. Tokyo: McGraw Hill Book. Heneman, Herbert G. et. al. (1968). Personnel Management. Tokyo: MC Graw Hill Book. Williamson, N. (1961). Supervision: New Pattern and Process. New York: Association Press. Avng`, BKevj| (1993). Kg©x eë¯’vcbv| XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx|


242107 Marks: 100 Social Research and Statistics

Credits: 4


A: Social Research 1. Social Research: Meaning, Characteristics, Use and Importance. Research as a Scientific Method. Elements of Scientific Method Fact, Concept, Variables, Assumption, Hypothesis and Theory. 2. Types of Social Research: Basic or Fundamental and Applied or Operational Research, Action Research, Exploratory, Explanatory Social Work Research. 3. Methods of Social Research: i) Pre Experimental Research Survey, Case Stuey, Content Analysis. Ethnography, ii) Experimental Research. 4. Steps in Social Research: (i) Identification of Problem, (ii) Review of Literature, (iii) Formulation of Hypothesis (i) Research Design (v) Collection of Data, (vi) Processing and Analysis of Data, (vii) Report Writing (Presentation of Findings) 5. Limitation and Problems in Social Research in Bangladesh, Values in Relation to Social Research, Utility of Social Research in Social Work. B: Statistics 1. Introduction: Definition, Characteristics, Functions, Scope and Importance of Statistics, Importance and uses of Statistics in Social Research and Social Work Research, Limitations of Statistics. 2. Presentation of Data: Classification, Tabulation, Frequency Distribution, Presentation of Data on Graphs and Diagram Percentage, Rate and Ratio. 3. Measures of Central Tendency: Necessity and Importance of Central Tendency, Arithmetic Mean, Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean, Median and Mode, their Computation and Application in Social Research. 4. Measures of Dispersion: Necessity and Importance of Dispersion. (i) Absolute Measures of Dispersion (Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation, Variance), (ii) Relative Measures of Dispersion (Co-efficient of Range, Co-efficient of Quartile Deviation, Co-efficient of Mean Deviation, Co-efficient of Variance), Computation and Properties, Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis. 5. Correlation and Regression Analysis: Simple Correlation, Co-efficient of Correlation, Types of Correlation, Scatter Diagram, Rank. Books Recommended: as, G.R. & Schvaneveldt, Jay D. (1985). Understanding Research Methods. New York: Longman. Bailey, Kenneth, D. (1982). Methods of Social Research (2nd ed.). New York: Free Press. Blalock A.B. & Blalock M.M. (1982). Introduction to Social Research (2nd ed.). New Jersey : Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs. Ghose. B. N. (ed.) (1986). Sceientific Methods and Social Research. New Delhi:Staring Publishers.

Gupta, Santoah. (2003). Research Methodology and Statistical Techniques, Delhi:Deep and Deep. Gupta, S.P. and Gupta, M. P. (1990). Business Statistics. New Delhi : Sultan Chand and Sons. Mostafa, M. G. (1972). Methods of Statistics. Dhaka: Anwari Publication. Paper Code Paper Title:

Marks: 100 Social Services in Bangladesh 242109

Credits: 4


1. Nature and Origin of Social Welfare Services in Bangladesh: Department of Social Services and The Ministry of Social Welfare. 2. Public Welfare Services in Bangladesh: Under the Ministry of Social Welfare and Department of Social Services: a) Urban Community Development Program (UCD) b) Rural Social Service (RSS) c) Medical Social Service d) Services for the Disabled e) Correctional Services f) Control of Vagrancy g) Services for the Destitute Children and Older Persons. 3. Bangladesh Council of Social Welfare: Inception, Objectives, Programs, Problems and Prospects. 4. Bangladesh National Social Service Academy: Inception, Objectives, Programs, Problems and Prospects. 5. istration and Coordination of Social Welfare Services in Bangladesh. 6. Welfare Services run by the Department of Youth Development, Department of Women Affairs, Bangladesh Shishu Academy.

Books Recommended: Govt. of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh. (1992). Poverty Alleviation-Human Resource Develolpment. Ministry of Social Welfare. UNROD. (1972). Social Development Planning in Bangladesh. Dhaka: UNROD. Bgjvg, G. Gm. Gg. b~i“j I ingvb, nvweeyi| (1977). mgvRKj¨vY bxwZ I Kg©m~Px| XvKv: evsjv GKv‡Wgx| mgvR‡mev Awa`dZi| (1999). ¯§iwYKv-1999| XvKv: mgvRKj¨vY gš¿Yvjq, evsjv‡`k miKvi|

Nurul Islam Khan. (1978). Department of Social welfare, Govt. of Bangladesh, Social Welfare services in Bangladesh.


242111

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Social Work and Globalization

1. Definition and Concept of Globalization. Theories Relating to Globalization e.g. Realism, Liberalism, Marxism, Constructivism, Contemporary Globalization and Its impacts. 2. Dimensions of Globalization: Political; Economic; Technological; Information; Cultural; Milirary and Environmental Globalization. 3. History, Concepts, Values, Perspectives and scope of Social Work/Welfare. Professional Growth in the Social Work Global Context. Globalization, International Social Work and Need for Global Cooperation. 4. Global Perspectives in Social Work Values, Ethics and Practice.

5. Human Condition and Human Behabior in Global Perspectives with Reference to Developed and Developing Countries Including Bangladesh. 6. Non-Government Organizations (NGOs) in the Global Market; Global Model for Ethnic Diversity and Population at Risk. 7. Global Issues in Social Welfare Policy; Changing Social Welfare Services and Actions in Globalized Society.

Book Recommended: Aghion, Philippe & J.G. Williamson. (2001). Growth Inequality and Globalization: Theory, History and Policy. Cambridge: CUP. Baylis, J. & Steve, Smith. (2005). The Globalization of World Politics. Oxford: OUP. Kalam, A. (2002). Globalization and Bangladesh in the New Century. Dhaka: Palok Publishes. Ramanthan, C.S. & Link, R. (2004). All Our Future: Principles and Resources for Social Work Practice in A Global Era. New York: Thomson. Rowe, Bill (ed.). (2008). Social Work and Globaization. Ottawa: Canadian Associaltiaon of Social Workers (n.d.). Sowers, Karen (ed.) Comprehensive Handbook of Social Work and Social Welfare. New Jersey: John Willey. Stiglitz, Joseph. (2003). Globalization and Discontents. New Delhi: Penguine book. mvnv, mbrKzgvi| (2003). A_©bxwZi fvebv: wek¦vqb, Dbœqb I Ab¨vb¨| XvKv mvwnZ¨ cwÎKv| wms, mvfvjwRs| (2006). wek¦vqb: wKQy AgxgvswmZ cÖkœ| XvKv: BDwbfvwm©wU †cÖm wjwg‡UW| Akimoto, T & Kana Matsuo (eds.). (2013). Internationalization of Social Work Education in Asia, Social Work Research Institute, Asian Centre for Welfare in Society (ACWelS), Japan College of Social Work, Asian and Pacific Association for Social Work Education (APASWE).


242113

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Public Health and Social Work

1. (a) Health: definition, dinensions, determination, indicators of health and Bangladesh perspective. (b) Basic concepts of community health care: comprehensive health services, primary health care, medicine. preventive medicine, social medicne or community medicine, community health care in social work. (c) Community nursing: concepts. functions, process, scope of community nursing. (d) Health education: definition, objectives, methods of health education, principles, importance. barriers of health in Bangladesh. (e) Mental health and occupational health hazards. (f) Personal and environmental hygiene. 2. (a) Immunity, immunization and EPI in Bangladesh. (b) Food and balance diet. (c) Nutrition, malnutrition: concepts, general causes of malnutrition, causes of child and maternal malnutrition in Bangladesh. role of social workers in eradicating malnutrition problem. (d) Common diseases: diseases caused by virus, bacteria and parasites. (e) Sexually transmitted (STD) diseases:- such as aids. multiple causation of diseases. (f) Preventive measures: first aid: hurt, burnt, Senseless. fracture, bleeding, sinking, poisoning etc. 3. Application of social work methods in community health care Practice.

Books Recommended: Rashid, Hyder. (1999). Textbook of Community Medicine and Public Health. Dhaka: Rk. H. Publish ers.

Reza Selim, (2001). The Essntials of Community Medicine. Dhaka: Essence Publications. Mahbub, Kundu, Waliul. (1998). Fundamentals of Community Medicine. Dhaka: K.M. Das Lane. Unicef Publisher Facts for Life, 2001. Statistical pocket Book of Bangladesh, 2003 K. Park Park’s. (2000). Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, India: Publisher Banarsidas Bhanot.


242115

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Social Action, Social Legislation and Social Work

1. Social Action: Meaning, Scope, Principles, Strategies and Models of Social Action. Relationship with Social Reform, Social Reform Movement and Social Legislation and Other Methods of Social Work. 2. Role of Social Action: Human Condition Promotion of the Disadvantaged Groups-Women, Children, Older People and the Disabled. Major Social Reforms in the Fields of Socio-economic Change and Development in Bangladesh. 3. Social Legislation: Meaning, Objectives and Importance. Process of Formulation of Social Legislation. 4. Major Social Legislations in BangladeshA. Legislation Relating to Family and Women: The Muslim Family Laws Ordinance 1961, The Dowry Prohibition Act 1980, The Cruelty to Women and Children (Special Provision) Act 1983, The Women and Children (Special Provision) Act 1995, The Women and Children Repression Prevention (Amendment) Act, 2003. B. Legislation Relating to Children: The Children Employment Act 1938, The Probation of Offenders Ordinance 1960 hrs. and The Children Act 1974. C. Legislation Relating to Social Security: The labour Act 2006. 5. Social Change: Meaning, Theories of Social Change- Evolutionary Theory, Functionalist Theory and Conflict Theory. Factors Contributing to Social Change-Environmental and Population Pressures, Cultural Innovation, Cultural Diffusion and Practices and Technology. Resistance to Social Change-Economic and cultural; and Technological Factors. Process of Social Change- Planned and Unplanned. Relationship with Modernizaiton and Social Development. Book Recommeded: Encyopedia of Social Work in India, (1987). Government of India, Voll-III. New Delhi: Delhi Press. Ganggrade, KD. (1978). Docial Legislation in India, Vol.–II. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Co. Giddens, (2001). Anthon. Sociology (4th ed.). Cambridge: Polity Press. Siddique, H.Y. (Ed.). (1984). Social Work and Social Action: A Developmental Perspective, New Delhi: Hannan Publication.


242117

Marks: 100

Credits: 4


Field Work Education

1. Field Work: Meaning, Objectives, Types and Scope, Historical background, Problems and Prospects of Field work in Bangladesh. 2. Fields Practice in Social Work: Criteria of field placement, Concurrent field work, Block Placement, Supervision, Nature of Students Performance.

3. Field Work Practice in Different Settings: Field work Practices in NGOs and Government Program, Medical and Non Medical, Psychiatric, Correctional and Community Settings. 4. Code of Ethics in Field Work Practice, Ethical Objectives and Principles, Different Ethical Standard and Responsibilities of Social Workers to the Clients, Colleagues, Settings, Legal and Ethical Concern of Field Work with special reference to Bangladesh. 5. Procedures of Field Work Practice, Placement, Formulation of Assignment, Case Management, Preparing Case Study, Supervising and Monitoring Daily Work, Process Recording and Report Writing. Books Recommended: Raj, Bhanti. (1986). Field Work in Social Work Perspectives. Dhaka: Himashw Publications. Rogers, Gayla (ed.). (1995). Social Work Field Education: View and Visions. Dubuque Iowa: Kendall/Hunt Pub. Royse, David.Dhooper, Suriit Singh. and Rompf, Elizabeth Lewis. (2010). Field Instruction: A Guide for Social Work Students(6th ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon. Jean, Anastas (ed.). (2010). Teaching in Social Work: A guide to theory and Practice. Columbia University Press.


242118

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

60 Days

Field Practicum and Viva-voce (60+40)

Field practicum consists of supervised practice in problem solving/socio-economic development activities in recongnized government or non-government agencies operating in respective areas. Through field practicum students are expected to learn to apply social work knowledge and develop insight in professional context and acquire necessary skills. The Department of Social Work of the concerned college will arrange placement of students in different agencies at random basis. The students will be required to do field practicum for a period of 60 hrs. working days under the direct supervision of an agency executive along with a counterpart teacher of the department. The students will be required to write a final report on his/her field practicum which will be examined by the supervisiors responsible for field instructions. Sixty (60 hrs.) marks are alloted for the field practicum performance and report writng which will be awarded tly by the supervisors concerned. There will be a viva-voce examination which will carry 40 (forty) marks.

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY

Fourth Year Syllabus Department of Anthropology


NATIONAL UNIVERSITY Syllabus for Four Year B.S.S. Honours Course Subject: Anthropology Session: 2013-2014

FOURTH YEAR

Paper Code 244001 244003 244005 244007 244009 244011 244013 244015 244017 244018

Paper Title Contemporary Anthropological Theory Research Methods-II Anthropology of Development Medical Anthropology Urban Anthropology South Asian Society and Culture Language, Society and Culture Social Inequality Emerging Issues in Anthropology Viva-voce Total=

Marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000

Credits 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40


244001 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Contemporary Anthropological Theory


This Paper looks to the development of anthropological theory until the post modernist approaches. The mail purpose of the Paper is to give a better view of the development of the anthropological theory from contemporary perspective. 1. Post structuralism and anthropology: A brief review of the ideas and works of Derrida, Althusser and others. 2. Action-centered and processual approaches in anthropology: Fredrik Barth; Max Gluckman; and Edmund Leach. 3. Interpretive and postmodernist approaches. From function to meaning: E. E. Evans-Pritchard, V. Turner, C. Geertz, M. Douglas 4. Culture, structure and agency: Pierre Bordieu’s Practice Theory. 5. Psycholinguistic approaches to culture and the self: Post Freudian theories on self and society; The Frankfurt School; Jacques Lacan; Post Lacanian psychoanalytic cultural theory; Post modern psychoanalytic cultural theory. 6. Feminism and anthropology. From gender studies to feminist anthropology: Ardener, Moore, M. di. Leonardo, M. Shathern, S. Ortner, C. T. Mohanti, G. C. Spivak, S. Herding, S. White.

Required Texts: Barnard, A. 2000, History and Theory in Anthropology, CUP, Cambridge, UK. Eriksen, T. H. and F. S. Nelsen, 2001, A History of Anthropology, Pluto Press, Sterling, USA. Harris, Marvin. 1968. The Rise of Anthropological Theory. New York: Harper and Row. Layton, R. 1997, An Introduction to Theory in Anthropology, CUP, Cambridge. Ortner, Sherry B., 1984, Theory in Anthropology since the Sixties. Smith, Philip, 2001, Cultural Theory: An Introduction, Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, UK. Barth, F., 1959, Political Leadership among the Swat Pathans, London, Attison Press.Bordieu, P., 1977, Outline of a Theory of Practice, Frans, R. Nice, Cambridge, CUP Gluckman, M., 1955, Custom and Conflict in Africa, Oxford, Basil Blackwell.Leach, E., 1954, Political Systems of Highland Burma, London, Altlone.


244003

Marks: 100

Research Methods-II

Credits: 4


The aim of this Paper is to introduce the techniques and approaches of conducting research using qualitative and quantitative research methods. The Paper focuses on the recent methods that are quite extensively used in qualitative data collection. The Paper will include discussion on research techniques,, theories, concepts, hypothesis, research design and protocols undertaken by anthropologists. Paper Contents: Part-1: Qualitative Approach A. Qualitative approach: Overview, diversity in qualitative research, feminism and post modernism, common theme within the diversity. B. Deg qualitative research: Grounded theory: theory generation vs. theory verification, use of literature in grounded theory research.

C. Techniques in Applied Research: Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA), Rapid Rural Appraisal ( RRA), Actor oriented approach( AOA), Participatory Action Research(PAR), PLE, ICT (Information and Communication Technology) in applied anthropological research, free listing, ranking, pile sorting, pocket voting. D. Ethnography and ethnographic representation: Applied ethnography, Auto ethnography, postmodern applied ethnography. E. Preparation of questionnaires; Transferring data from questionnaires to master sheets; Compilation and presentation of qualitative data;Organization and management of field notes; F. Analysing Qualitative Data: Management of numerical dats; Coding,content analysis,ATLAS/TI, Anthropac, matrix analysis. G. Monitoring and Evaluation: Qualitative and quantitative tools, tools in use. Part-2: Quantitative approach: H. Quantitative research design: Background, variables: independent, dependent and control variables, experiment, quasi-experiment and non-experimental designs. I. Collecting Quantitative Data: Sampling, structured interview and secondary sources. J. Analysing Quantitative Data: Excel, SPSS, STRATA, EPI-INFO. K. Analyzing quantitative data: Summarizing quantitative data cross tabulation and contingency tables, analysis of variance, correlation and regression, analysis of survey data, factor analysis and report writing. Required Readings: Anita Hardonet el (1995). Applied health research manual: Anthropology of health and health care.International Paper in anthropology of health and health care. Bernard, R. (1994). Research Methods in Anthropology: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches. Altamira Press. Bernard, Russel. (ed.). 1998. Handbook of Methods in Cultural Anthropology, vol 1,2 &3. Walnut Creek, CA: Altamira Press. Peter J. Pelto (1970) Anthropological Research: The Structure of Inquiry, Harper and Row publications Spradley, James P. (1981). Participant Observation. Holt, Rinehart and Winston Spradley, James P. (1979). The Ethnographic Interview.Holt , Rinehart and Winston Clifford ,J.and G.E Marcus eds. (1990). Writing Culture.The Politics and Poetics of Ethnography. CUP Fetterman, D. M. (2010).Ethnography: Step by Step, Sage Publications. Dey, Ian. 1993. Qualitative Data Analysis: A Friendly Guide for Social Scientists. London: Routledge. Dooley, D. 2008. Social Research Methods. 3rd ed. New Delhi: Prentice Hall. Moser, C. A. (1956). Survey Methods in Social Investigation, Heinemann. Miles, Matthew, B. 1994. Quantitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Source Book. 2nd ed. New Delhi: Sage.


244005 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Anthropology of Development


The aim of this Paper is to introduce the students with the conceptual, historical and theoretical issues of development anthropology. However, since ‘development’ itself is a multifaceted venture, the Paper will briefly introduce students to the core ideas of ‘economic development’. Examining the main paradigms of development in detail, the Paper will focus on analyzing the ways in which anthropologists can contribute to the theories and practices in internal and international development policy. The Paper will also discuss the case studies of development practice, particularly from Bangladesh context.

Paper Contents: A. Meanings of development, development in anthropology. B. Paradigms of development: Modernization; New-Marxist theories of development and underdevelopment; Dependency school and world system theory; Contributions of A.G. Frank, I. Wallerstein, Samir Amin, Paul Barran, and others C. Anthropological critiques of development: post-modernism and after Development as disPaper: subverting the disPaper Development as a disPaper: Ferguson, Hobert, Escober, Sachs. D.

Critiques of development; Notions of sustainability, participation and empowerment Social and cultural factors in development; Gender and development;

E. Changing Perspectives of Development ‘Sustainable Development’: The politics of environmental sustainability, F. The case of ‘Green Revolution’ : Impacts of Green Revolution G. Toward Synthesis: Anthropologists within Development; Deconstructing development disPaper H. Case study of development: Bangladesh Required Readings: Gardner, Katy and David Lewis, (1996).Anthropology, Development and Post modern Challenge. London: Pluto Press. Arturo Escabar (1995). Encountering Development. The Making and Unmaking of the Third World. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press. Grillo, Ralph D. (). DisPapers of development: Anthropological Perspective. Berg, Oxford. Hobart, Mark. (1993). An Anthropological Critique of Development: The Growth o Ignorance. London: Routledge. Kabeer, Naila, (1994). Reversed Realities: Gender Hierarchies in Development Thought. London: Verso, Rahnema, M & V. Bawtree (eds). (1997). The Post Development Reader. London: Zed Books Rapley John (1996). Understanding Development. London: Lynne Rienner Publishers. Sachs, Wolfgang (ed), (1992). The Development Dictionary: A Guide to Knowledge as Power. Zed Press.


244007 Marks: 100 Medical Anthropology

Credits: 4


The purpose of this Paper is to understand the relationship between culture, illness and healing practices in human society. It will focus the biological, cultural, economic and psychosocial factors of individual and public health. It will introduce the students to the basic concepts and theoretical paradigms of medical anthropology and their relationship to, and integration with, other health sciences. Furthermore, the Paper would enable the students to use the methods, theories and insights of anthropology to understand current local and global health problems, politics and concerns. Paper Contents: A. Introduction to Medical Anthropology: Origin, background and development of medical anthropological response to recent epistemological/anthropological crisis. B. Basic concepts in medical anthropology: Disease, illness, health, sickness, medical pluralism, ethno-medicine and epidemiology. C. Perspectives in Medical Anthropology: Bio-medical/clinical perspectives, ecological perspectives: culture as environnent; ethno-medical perspectives and feminist perspectives.

D. Approaches to Medical Anthropology: Folk beliefs model, cognitive model, interpretative Baily, model, citical model/post modern model. E. Colonial and post-colonial context of disease and medicine: Historical and colonial construction of 'medicine' (preventive and curative approaches) Institutionalization of bio-medicine in the Third World F. Gender and Health: Modern medicine and construction of women body (abortion, family planning and menopause). Gender, cultural ideology and different medical practices Social and cultural dimensions of infectious disease G. Contemporary issues in medical anthropology : Organ transplantation, trafficking of human organ, infectious disease, mental health, disability. H. Medical Anthropology in Bangladesh Required Readings: Cecil G. Helmen (1984). Culture, health and illness: An introduction for health professionals. Butterworth, Heinemann. Thomas M. Johnson and Carolyn F. Sargent (eds) (1990). Medical Anthropology. Contemporary Theory and Method. London: Westport, Connecticut. Blanchet Therese. 1984. Meanings and Rituals of Birth in Rural Bangladesh. Dhaka: The University Press Limited. Foucault, Michell (1973). The Birth of Clinic: An Archaeology of Medical perception. NY: Vintage Book Good. J. (1994). Medicine, Rationality & Experience: Anthropological perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Helman, Cecil, (2001). Culture, Health and Illness. London: Arnold Publishers Jalal, Shah &AinoonNahar (1994). Anthropology of Health and Illness: Bangladesh Perspective: Social SciencesVols-XV-XVIII. Jalal Shah (2002). Anthropological understandings of Health and Disease, The Jahangirnagar Review (Social Science) Vols. XXV-XXVI: KawsarAfsana (2005). Disciplining Birth: Power, Knowledge and Childbirth in Bangladesh. Dhaka: The University Press Limited. Landy, D., (1977). Culture, Disease and Healing: Studies in Medical Anthropology: New York: MacMillan Publishing Co. Landy, David (ed) (1977). Culture Disease and Healing: Studies in Medical Anthropology. Macmillan publishing Co. Inc. Poralehom, Donald (1983). Health and Disease: The Anthropological View. Boston: Allyn& Bacon Sargent, Carolyn and Thomas Johnson eds., (1996). Medical Anthropology: Contemporary Theory and Method. Greenwood Pub. Co. Scheper Hughes, Nancy (1990). Tree Propositions for a Critically Applied Medical Anthropology. Social Science and Medicine. 30: 189-197. Zaman, Shahaduz (2005). Broken Limbs, Broken Lives: Ethnography of a Hospital World Bangladesh. Het Spinhus. iv‡k`v Av³vi (2005)ˆRe wPwKrmvicÖvwZôvwbKxKiY|mgvR wbixÿY-92, mwb‡K|


244009 Marks: 100 Urban Anthropology

Credits: 4


This Paper will examine the historical processes under which cities have emerged and urban life has become an inevitable way of human life. The Paper would address the central concepts of urban

anthropology such as urbanism and urbanization which would help expose the particularity and distinctiveness of urban ways of life. The theoretical perspectives of anthropology will be used as basic mean to address urban anthropology as specialized field of anthropology. System of kinship, family and other social organization will be especially focused to reveal distinctive ways of urban life. Paper Contents: A. Emergence of urban anthropology, scope of urban anthropology, basic concepts of urban anthropology: Urbanism, urbanization, town, city, megacity, metropolitan city, municipality and semi-urban area difference between city and urban, relation between Modernization and urbanization. B. Emergence of cities in human societies and its impact on human life: Max Weber, Redfield, Louis Wirth. C. Urbanism as a way of life: Kinship, family and community life in urban setting. Impact of urbanization and industrialization on domestic groups, changing pattern and future of kinship in urban way of life. D. The urban neighborhood: Networks and associations, class, social stratification, status group, social and political organization, local government systems in urban area and ethnicity in urban area. E. Migration from rural to urban area and its impact on city life: ‘Slum’ (‘Bastee’), specificity and particularity of emergence of slum and slum dwelling. Slum dwellers as distinctive urban population politics of slum in the urban area, urban poverty and the culture of poverty. F. Urban Infra Structure: Super market, housing pattern, urban architecture and urban sculpture. G. Peasant culture: The third world cities: Urbanism and urbanization Process in Bangladesh. H. Mega cities: Environment, problems and planning. A case of Dhaka city. Required Readings: Basham, B. (1978). Urban Anthropology. Mayfield Publishing Company, Beckinsale, R. P. & J. M. Houston (eds.) (1968). Urbanization and Its Problems. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, Gutkind. P. (1976). Urban anthropology: Perspective on Third World Urbanization and Urbanism. The Netherlands: Van Goroum and Co. Southall, Aiden (ed.) (1973). Urban Anthropology. New York: Oxford University Press. Afsar, Rita (2000). Rural-urban Migration in Bangladesh. The University Press Limited (UPL). Aldin, S. (ed). (19973). Urban Anthropology. NY: Oxford University Press. Banton, B. (1998). Urban Anthropology. Oxford University Press. Islam, Nazrul. (ed.) (1994). Urban Research in Bangladesh.Urban Studies Program, Dhaka University Islam, Nazrul. (1996). Dhaka: From City to Megacity. Urban Studies Program, Dhaka University Walton, J. and D. Carns (eds.) (1973). Cities in Change. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, Rahman, HussainZillur (ed.) (2012). Bangladesh-Urban Dynamics. PPRC, Dhaka Rahman, HussainZillur (ed.) (2011). Bangladesh-Challenges of Transition. PPRC, Dhaka


244011 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 South Asian Society and Culture


The aim of this Paper is to provide students a general introduction to the South Asian society and culture. In doing so, the history of this ‘area’, both from elitist and subaltern perspective has been taken into . Also empirical studies conducted by social scientists on relevant issues have been

considered. The readings of the Paper have been focused on the issues considered as the ‘core’ concepts like caste, class, tribe, faction, gender, nationalism, patron-client etc. A. Concepts and perspectives in South Asian Studies. Indian Sub continent vs. South Asia: a “Common” history, culture, heritage tradition. B. History Writing: The subaltern perspective. Elitist historiography vs. ‘History from below’ to ‘small voices.’ C. Readings around core conceptual issues in South Asian studies such as faction, patron-client, tribes, caste, class, gender, nationalism, etc (three or four to be selected by Paper teacher each year). D. Empirical studies (three or four to be selected by Paper teacher each year). Required Readings: Baily, F. G., 1971, Caste and Economic Frontier, Manchester, Manchester University Press Fuller, C.J.(ed), 1999, Caste Today, Delhi: Oxford University Press Gupta, Dipanker (ed.) 1993, Social Stratification, Delhi: Oxford University Press Madan, T.N. (ed) 1994, Religion in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press Mayer, Adrian C., 1986, Caste and Kinship in Central India: A Village and Region, New Delhi: Universal Book Stall. Alavi, Hamza, 1972, “Kinship in Punjabi Village”, in Contribution to Indian Society, N.S.No. VI, Vikas Publishing House. Arefeen, H.K.S., 1986, Changing Agrarian Structure in Bangladesh: Shimulia, Study of a Periurban Village, Dhaka: Center for Social Studies Bertocci, Peter J., 1972, “Community Structure and Social Rank in Two Villages in Bangladesh”, in Contribution to Indian Sociology, N.S. No.VI, Vikas Publishing House Janson, Erik, 1987, Rural Bangladesh: Competition for Scarce Resources, Dhaka: University Press Limited Srinivas, M.N., 1996, Village, Caste, Gender and Method: Essays in Indian Social Anthropology, Delhi: Oxford University Press Bose, Sugata and Ayesha Jalal, 1998, Modern South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.


244013 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Language, Society and Culture


At the beginning concerns among many of the anthropologists were, why and how language could be useful in the study of culture. Later, language both as an independent system and as a part of the culture became a significant field of inquiry. This Paper will consider those diversified theoretical developments in study of language. However, understanding of the relations of meaning eventually leads to the understanding of the relations of power. Parallels between the social transformation and that of the language will also be addressed in exploring the relationship between society, culture and language.

Paper Contents: A.

From Anthropological Linguistics to the Linguistic Anthropology; Boas in recognizing the significance of language in Anthropology. On the relationship between language and culture: Sapir-Whorf hypothesis. Attempt in understanding the speaking: Hymes.

B.

Theoretical concerns in understanding Language Structural Perspective and the Sub systems of Language: Phoneme, Morpheme, Semantics, Syntax. Language as a system of sign: Saussure. Language and the search for mathematical principles: Levi-Strauss. Transformational-Generative Grammar: Chomsky. Language mediating between psychological and social: Vygotsky. Meaning through dialogue: Bakhtin

C.

From Language to Culture and Power: Exploring the relations of meaning and relations of power; From Language to Culture and Meta-language: Barthes’ semiotics. Not alone Language but DisPaper: Foucault on Power and Knowledge

D.

Social Historical approach in studying Language; Relationship of Language to diverse social categories, i.e., Gender, Class or Ethnicity etc.

Required Readings: Adrian Akmajian. 1995. Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. Prentice Hall of India. New Delhi. Alexaned J.C. & Steven Seidman (eds.), Culture and Society, Contemporary Debates (p.55-66), Cambridge University Press, 1993. Blount , Ben G., 1995, Language, Culture and Society, A Book of Readings, Waveland Press. Brian Skotko. 2002. Relationship between Language and Thought from a Cross Cultural Perspective. Exploring The Mind. Web Material. Burke, Peter & Roy Porter, 1987, The Social History of Language, Cambridge University Press. Chomsky, Noam, 1966, Topics in the Theory of Generative Grammar, Mouton & Co. Duranti, Alessandro, 1996, Linguistic Anthropology, Cambridge University Press. Hall, Stuart, 1997, Representation: Cultural Representation and Signifying Practices, OpenUniversity Press. 1997. Hymes, Dell, (eds.), 1964, Language in Culture and Society. Harper and Row. Marnie Riddle. 2002. A Philosophical DisPaper on Language. Exploring The Mind. Web Material. Whorf, B. L., 1956, Language, Thought and Reality. MIT Press. Avn‡g`, †inbygv Ges gvbm †PŠayix, 2003, b„weÁv‡bicÖ_gcvV, GKz‡kcvewj‡Kkbwjwg‡UW, XvKv| mybxwZKzgviPÆcva¨vq| evsjvfvlviBwZnvm ûgvqybAvRv`| 1988| Zzjbvg~jK I HwZnvwmKfvlvweÁvb| AvMvgxcÖKvkbx| XvKv|


244015 Marks: 100 Social Inequality

Credits: 4


The purpose of this Paper is to focus on different types of inequality based on class, gender, caste, race and ethnicity, both at general theoretical level and in the context of specific societies. Starting with the classic and path-breaking class theory of Marxism, it eventually would light on the interventions made by Weber and challenges posed by Gramsci. Major schools of feminist thought will also be discussed. Orthodox and contemporary understanding of the older concepts like caste and race will be made familiar to the students in light of consumerism and ethnicity-nationality continuum. Paper Contents:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Forms of Social Inequality: Concepts, Theories and Typologies. The Concept of Class: Marx’s Theory of Surplus Value and Class Struggle Intervention by Weber in Class-theory: Status Group and Modern Capitalism Gramsci’s Theory on hegemony. Conceptualizing Race and its Contemporary Definitions and Exhibitions Gender Inequality: Feminist and Women’s Movements around the world. Theories and Experiences of Caste in Sub-continental Societies Consumer Culture and New Forms of Social Stratification Ethnic Identities and Nation

Required Readings: Bettlie Andre. eds.(1976). Social Inequality. Penguin Education Berreman, G. D. (ed.) (1978). Social Inequality: Comparative and Developmental Approaches. New York: Academic Press. Dumont, L. 1980 [1966]. Homo Hierarchicus: The Caste Systems and its Implications. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Forgas, D. (ed.) (1999). Gramsci Reader: Selected Writings 1916–1935. London: Lawrence and Wishart. Fuller, C. J. (1996). Caste Today. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Giddens, A. (1972). The Class Structure of the Advanced Societies. London: Hutchinson. Gupta, D. (ed.) (1991). Social Stratification. Delhi: Oxford University Press. Hurst, Charles E. (2007). Social Inequality: Forms, causes and consequences. Bosotn: Allyn and Bacon. Marger, M. (2007). Social Inequality: Patterns and Processes. New York: McGraw Hill. Philips, A. (ed.) (1987). Feminism and Equality. Basil Blackwell Ltd. Rosaldo, M. Z. and Lamphere, L. (eds.) (1974). Women, Culture and Society. Stanford University Press. Moore, Henrietta L. (1988). Feminism and Anthropology. Polity Press. Reiter, R. (ed.) (1975). Towards an Anthropology of Women. Monthly Review Press. ¸nVvKziZv, †gNbv, myivBqv †eMg I nvwmbvAvn‡g`, m¤úvw`Z (1997). bvix: cÖwZwbwaZ¡ I ivRbxwZ, XvKv: mgvRwbix¶Y †K›`ª| ¸ji“L, mvqw`qv I gvbm †PŠayix (2000). KZ©vimsmvi: bvixev`xiPbv m¼jb, XvKv: iƒcvš—i cÖKvkbv| ¸ji“L, mvqw`qv I gvbm †PŠayix (1999). Ò†hŠbZv I bvixgyw³ cÖm½,Ó mgvRwbix¶Y, msL¨v 74, XvKv: mgvRwbix¶Y †K›`ª|


244017 Marks: 100 Credits: 4 Emerging Issues in Anthropology


This Paper aims to provide students with theoretical orientation to develop analytical skill on practical issues of our lives and living in contemporary times. Since the notion of ‘contemporary-ness’ changes over time, contents for this Paper is not fixed up beforehand. The Paper therefore will be designed based on the recommended topics suggested by the academic committee of the department. The academic committee of the department will suggest at least ten contemporary topics for the respective year to offer under this Paper. Assigned Paper teacher will basically focus on the theoretical and methodological knowledge of the discipline on how anthropology/anthropologist reflects having disciplinary knowledge upon the suggested topics. However, Paper teacher will be given freedom, not absolute authority, to choose the topics at his/her convenience.

Some examples of emerging issues are given below: Environmental and climate change; Civil society; Terrorism; NGOs and development; Microcredit; Religious fundamentalism; Globalization and new colonialism; Human rights in the Third World; Free Market economy


244018 Viva-voce

Marks: 100

Credits: 4

Nu 4th Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 1f595j

Overview 6h3y3j

More details h6z72

Related Documents 543cg

Nu 4th Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 1f595j

Nu 2nd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 4e2q11

Nu 1st Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus m31k

Nu 3rd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 3p2a

4th Year B.arch Syllabus 715h4h

4 Year Bbs 4th Year Syllabus 502x56

More Documents from "Mukhlesur" 2z3z2e

Nu 3rd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 3p2a

Nu 2nd Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 4e2q11

Nu 4th Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus 1f595j

Nu 1st Year Honours_all Subject Syllabus m31k